MahāparinibbānasuttaThe Great Total Unbinding Discourse
Evaṁ me sutaṁ—I have heard
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.that on one occasion the Blessed One was staying near Rājagaha on Vulture Peak Mountain.
Tena kho pana samayena rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo hoti.
vajjī → vajjiṁ (sya-all)And on that occasion, Ajātasattu Vedehiputta, the king of Magadha, wanted to attack the Vajjians.
So evamāha:
evamāha ahaṁ hime → evam āha āhañhi me (pts)He said:
“ahaṁ hime vajjī evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmī”ti.
ucchecchāmi → ucchejjāmi (sya-all, km, pts1ed); ucchijjāmi (mr) | anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmī”ti → āpādessāmi vajjīti (bj); āpādessāmi vajjinti (sya-all, km) | hime → hi ime (bj) | vajjī → (bj); vajjiṁ (sya-all) | āpādessāmīti → āpādessāmi vajjīti (bj, cck) | hime vajjī → hi me vajjiṁ (sya-all) | ucchecchāmi vajjī → ucchejjāmi vajjiṁ (sya-all) | āpādessāmīti atha kho → āpādessāmi vajjinti athakho (sya-all) | ucchecchāmi → ucchejjāmi (pts) | anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmīti → anayavyasanaṁ āpādessāmi vajjī ti (pts) | ucchecchāmi → ucchejjāmi (bj: aṭṭhakathā, syā, PTS) | ucchecchāmi → ucchejjāmi (cck: syā. pī.); ucchijjāmi (cck: ka.) | vajjī’’ti → āpādessāmi vajjīti (sabbattha) a. ni. 7.22 passitabbaṁ (cck note) | me → Bm K ahaṁ hi me; SS Childers and Hardy ahaṁ ime. Comp. A. iv.; 17 note 16; M. i. 545; Vin. i. 363; J. iv. 395. (pts note) | ucchejjāmi → Sdt ucchecchāmi; Bm uccijjāmi (Sc K and Sum ucchejjami), here and below. (pts note) | Vajjī → K Vajjiṁ. (pts note) | Vajjī → K Vajjin. (pts note)“I will cut down these Vajjians—so mighty, so powerful! I will destroy these Vajjians! I will bring these Vajjians to ruin—these Vajjians!”
Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vassakāraṁ brāhmaṇaṁ magadhamahāmattaṁ āmantesi:Then he addressed Vassakāra the brahman, the chief minister of Magadha:
“ehi tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ puccha:“Come, brahman. Go to the Blessed One and, on arrival, show reverence with your head to his feet in my name and ask whether he is free from illness & affliction, is carefree, strong, & living in comfort, (saying,)
‘rājā, bhante, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchatī’ti.‘Ajātasattu Vedehiputta, the king of Magadha, lord, shows reverence with his head to the Blessed One’s feet and asks whether you are free from illness & affliction, are carefree, strong, & living in comfort.’
Evañca vadehi:And then say:
‘rājā, bhante, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo.
abhiyātukāmo → abhiyātukāmo hoti (bj) | vajjī → vajjiṁ (sya-all)‘Lord, Ajātasattu Vedehiputta, the king of Magadha, wants to attack the Vajjians.
So evamāha:
evamāha ahaṁ hime → evam āha āhañhi me (pts)He says:
“ahaṁ hime vajjī evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmī”’ti.
hime → hi ime (bj) | vajjī vināsessāmi → vināsessa mi (bj) | āpādessāmīti → āpādessāmi vajjīti (bj); āpādessāmi vajjinti (sya-all) | ucchecchāmi vajjī → ucchejjāmi vajjiṁ (sya-all) | vajjī → vajjiṁ (sya-all) | ucchecchāmi → ucchejjāmi (pts) | anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmīti → anayavyasanaṁ āpādessāmi vajjī ti (pts)“I will cut down these Vajjians—so mighty, so powerful! I will destroy these Vajjians! I will bring these Vajjians to ruin—these Vajjians!”’
Yathā te bhagavā byākaroti, taṁ sādhukaṁ uggahetvā mama āroceyyāsi.
yathā → yathā ca (bj, sya-all, pts) | mama → mamaṁ (pts)However the Blessed One answers, having grasped it well, report to me.
Na hi tathāgatā vitathaṁ bhaṇantī”ti.For Tathāgatas do not speak untruthfully.”
1. Vassakārabrāhmaṇa
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto rañño māgadhassa ajātasattussa vedehiputtassa paṭissutvā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojetvā bhaddaṁ bhaddaṁ yānaṁ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi rājagahamhā niyyāsi, yena gijjhakūṭo pabbato tena pāyāsi.
yojetvā bhaddaṁ → yojāpetvā (bj, pts) | yojāpetvā → yojetvā (bj: machasaṁ) | yojāpetvā → So SS; Bm K yojetvā. (pts note) | bhaddaṁ → Bm K bhaddaṁ bhaddaṁ. (pts note)Responding, “As you say, sire,” to Ajātasattu Vedehiputta, the King of Magadha, Vassakāra the brahman, the chief minister of Magadha, had auspicious vehicles yoked, got into an auspicious vehicle, left Rājagaha with the auspicious vehicles and drove toward Vulture Peak Mountain.
Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikova yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.
yena → Hardy omits from the first bhaddāni down to yena. (pts note)Going in his vehicle as far as there was ground for a vehicle, getting down from his vehicle, he approached the Blessed One on foot.
Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
sāraṇīyaṁ → sārāṇīyaṁ (bj, sya-all, pts)On arrival, he exchanged courteous greetings with the Blessed One. After an exchange of friendly greetings & courtesies, he sat to one side. As he was sitting there, he told the Blessed One,
“rājā, bho gotama, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhoto gotamassa pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchati.
pucchati → SS add evañ ca vadeti. (pts note)“Ajātasattu Vedehiputta, the king of Magadha, Master Gotama, shows reverence with his head to Master Gotama’s feet and asks whether you are free from illness & affliction, are carefree, strong, & living in comfort.
Rājā, bho gotama, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo.
Rājā → evañca vadeti rājā (mr) | vajjī → vajjiṁ (sya-all) | Rājā → evañca vadeti rājā (cck: ka.)Master Gotama, Ajātasattu Vedehiputta, the king of Magadha, wants to attack the Vajjians.
So evamāha:
evamāha ahaṁ hime → evam āha āhañhi me (pts)He says:
‘ahaṁ hime vajjī evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmī’”ti.
hime → hi ime (bj) | vajjī → (bj); vajjiṁ (sya-all) | ucchecchāmi vajjī → ucchejjāmi vajjiṁ (sya-all) | āpādessāmīti → āpādessāmi vajjinti (sya-all) | ucchecchāmi → ucchejjāmi (pts) | anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmīti → anayavyasanaṁ āpādessāmi vajjī ti (pts)‘I will cut down these Vajjians—so mighty, so powerful! I will destroy these Vajjians! I will bring these Vajjians to ruin—these Vajjians!’”
2. Rājaaparihāniyadhamma
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ānando bhagavato piṭṭhito ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṁ bījayamāno.
bījayamāno → vījayamāno (bj); vījiyamāno (sya-all); vījamāno (pts1ed) | bījayamāno atha kho → vījiyamāno athakho (sya-all) | bījayamāno → vījamāno (pts) | vījayamāno → vījiyamāno (bj: syā); vījayamāno (bj: machasaṁ) | bījayamāno → vījayamāno (cck: sī.); vījiyamāno (cck: syā.) | vījamāno → Bm vījayamāno; K vījiyamāno. (pts note)Now on that occasion Ven. Ānanda was standing behind the Blessed One, fanning him.
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:So the Blessed One addressed Ven. Ānanda,
“kinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ, ‘vajjī abhiṇhaṁ sannipātā sannipātabahulā’”ti?
abhiṇhaṁ sannipātā → abhiṇhasannipātā (bj, sya-all) | abhiṇhaṁ- → K abhiṇhā. (pts note)“Have you heard, Ānanda, that the Vajjians meet often and meet a great deal?”
“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘vajjī abhiṇhaṁ sannipātā sannipātabahulā’”ti.
abhiṇhaṁ sannipātā → abhiṇhasannipātā (bj, sya-all) | taṁ → -7 Bm sutam etaṁ, and below. (pts note)“I have heard, lord, that the Vajjians meet often and meet a great deal.”
“Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī abhiṇhaṁ sannipātā sannipātabahulā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
abhiṇhaṁ sannipātā → abhiṇhasannipātā (bj, sya-all) | vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all) | vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyepha (bj: syā) | bhavissanti → abhiṇhasannipātā bhavissanti sannipātabahulātipi pāṭhakkamena bhavitabbaṁ (sya-all note) | Yāvakīvañ → Bm -kiv-, and below. (pts note)“As long as the Vajjians meet often and meet a great deal, Ānanda, their growth can be expected, not their decline.
Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ, ‘vajjī samaggā sannipatanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karontī’”ti?
sannipatanti → sannipātanti (bj) | vajjikaraṇīyāni → vajjīkaraṇīyāni (pts)“Have you heard, Ānanda, that the Vajjians meet in harmony, adjourn from their meetings in harmony, and conduct their Vajjian business in harmony?”
“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘vajjī samaggā sannipatanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karontī’”ti.
vajjikaraṇīyāni → vajjīkaraṇīyāni (pts)“I have heard that, lord.…
“Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī samaggā sannipatissanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all)“As long as the Vajjians meet in harmony, adjourn from their meetings in harmony, and conduct their Vajjian business in harmony, Ānanda, their growth can be expected, not their decline.
Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ, ‘vajjī apaññattaṁ na paññapenti, paññattaṁ na samucchindanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattantī’”ti?
paññapenti → paññāpenti (pts) | paññapenti → paññāpentītipi pāṭho (sya-all note)“Have you heard, Ānanda, that the Vajjians neither decree what has been undecreed nor repeal what has been decreed, but conduct themselves, having undertaken the ancient Vajjian laws as they have been decreed?”
“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘vajjī apaññattaṁ na paññapenti, paññattaṁ na samucchindanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattantī’”ti.
paññapenti → paññāpenti (pts)“I have heard that, lord.…
“Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī apaññattaṁ na paññapessanti, paññattaṁ na samucchindissanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all) | paññapessanti → paññāpessanti (pts)“As long as the Vajjians neither decree what has been undecreed nor repeal what has been decreed, but conduct themselves, having undertaken the ancient Vajjian laws as they have been decreed, Ānanda, their growth can be expected, not their decline.
Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ, ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññantī’”ti?
garuṁ karonti → garukaronti (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) | garuṁ karonti → garukaronti (pts) | garukaronti → garuṁ karonti (bj: machasaṁ) | karonti → garukaronti (cck: sī. syā. pī.)“Have you heard, Ānanda, that the Vajjians honor, respect, venerate, and do homage to the Vajjian elders of the Vajjis, regarding them as worth listening to?”
“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññantī’”ti.
garuṁ karonti → garukaronti (bj, sya-all, pts)“I have heard that, lord.…
“Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā, te sakkarissanti garuṁ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
garuṁ karissanti → garukarissanti (bj, sya-all, pts) | vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all) | vajjimahallakā → vajjīmahallakā (pts)“As long as the Vajjians honor, respect, venerate, and do homage to the Vajjian elders of the Vajjis, regarding them as worth listening to, Ānanda, their growth can be expected, not their decline.
Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ, ‘vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo, tā na okkassa pasayha vāsentī’”ti?“Have you heard, Ānanda, that the Vajjians do not roughly drag off women & girls of good families and take them captive?”
“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo tā na okkassa pasayha vāsentī’”ti.“I have heard that, lord.…
“Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo, tā na okkassa pasayha vāsessanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all)“As long as the Vajjians do not roughly drag off women & girls of good families and take them captive, Ānanda, their growth can be expected, not their decline.
Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ, ‘vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṁ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca dinnapubbaṁ katapubbaṁ dhammikaṁ baliṁ no parihāpentī’”ti?
garuṁ karonti → garukaronti (bj, sya-all, pts)“Have you heard, Ānanda, that the Vajjians honor, respect, venerate, and do homage to the Vajjian shrines, both inside (the city) and out, and that they do not let the righteous offerings done in the past and given in the past to those shrines fall into decline?”
“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṁ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti tesañca dinnapubbaṁ katapubbaṁ dhammikaṁ baliṁ no parihāpentī’”ti.
garuṁ karonti → garukaronti (bj, sya-all, pts)“I have heard that, lord.…
“Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṁ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkarissanti garuṁ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca dinnapubbaṁ katapubbaṁ dhammikaṁ baliṁ no parihāpessanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
garuṁ karissanti → garukarissanti (sya-all, pts) | vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all)“As long as the Vajjians honor, respect, venerate, and do homage to the Vajjian shrines, both inside (the city) and out, and do not let the righteous offerings done in the past and given in the past to those shrines fall into decline, Ānanda, their growth can be expected, not their decline.
Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ, ‘vajjīnaṁ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṁvihitā, kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṁ āgaccheyyuṁ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyun’”ti?
phāsu → phāsuṁ (sya-all) | phāsu vihareyyunti → phāsuṁ vihareyyun ti (pts) | phāsuṁ → phāsu vihareyyuṁ (bj: machasaṁ) | phāsuṁ → Sd Bm -su, and below. (pts note)“Have you heard, Ānanda, that righteous protection, watch, and guarding for arahants is well-provided by the Vajjians (with the thought,) ‘If there are any arahants who have yet to come to our domain, may they come; and may the arahants who have come to our domain live in comfort’?
“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante ‘vajjīnaṁ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṁvihitā kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṁ āgaccheyyuṁ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyun’”ti.
phāsu → phāsuṁ (bj, sya-all)“I have heard that, lord.…
“Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṁvihitā bhavissati, kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṁ āgaccheyyuṁ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyunti. Vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī”ti.
bhavissati → bhavissanti (bj) | phāsu → phāsuṁ (bj, sya-all) | vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all) | bhavissati → Scd Bm -santi. (pts note)“As long as righteous protection, watch, and guarding for arahants is well-provided by the Vajjians (with the thought,) ‘If there are any arahants who have yet to come to our domain, may they come; and may the arahants who have come to our domain live in comfort,’ Ānanda, their growth can be expected, not their decline.”
Atha kho bhagavā vassakāraṁ brāhmaṇaṁ magadhamahāmattaṁ āmantesi:Then the Blessed One addressed Vassakāra the brahman, the chief minister of Magadha,
“ekamidāhaṁ, brāhmaṇa, samayaṁ vesāliyaṁ viharāmi sārandade cetiye.
sārandade → sānandare (mr) | sārandade → sānandare (cck: ka.)“Once, brahman, I was staying near Vesālī at the Sārandada shrine.
Tatrāhaṁ vajjīnaṁ ime satta aparihāniye dhamme desesiṁ.There I taught the Vajjians these seven conditions that lead to no decline.
Yāvakīvañca, brāhmaṇa, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā vajjīsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu vajjī sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, brāhmaṇa, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī”ti.
vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all) | sandississanti vuddhiyeva → sandissanti vuddhi yeva (pts)As long as these seven conditions endure among the Vajjians, and as long as the Vajjians remain steadfast in these seven conditions, the Vajjians’ growth can be expected, not their decline.”
Evaṁ vutte, vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:When this was said, Vassakāra the brahman, the chief minister of Magadha, said to the Blessed One,
“ekamekenapi, bho gotama, aparihāniyena dhammena samannāgatānaṁ vajjīnaṁ vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
vajjī → vajjīnaṁ (mr) | ekamekenapi → ekamekenāpi (bj) | vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all)“Master Gotama, even if the Vajjians are endowed with only one of these conditions that lead to no decline, the Vajjians’ growth can be expected, not their decline—
Ko pana vādo sattahi aparihāniyehi dhammehi.to say nothing of all seven.
Akaraṇīyāva, bho gotama, vajjī raññā māgadhena ajātasattunā vedehiputtena yadidaṁ yuddhassa, aññatra upalāpanāya aññatra mithubhedā.
Akaraṇīyāva → akaraṇīyā ca (bj, sya-all, km, mr) | akaraṇīyāva → akaraṇīyā ca (sya-all) | mithubhedā → mithubhedāya (sya-all) | mithubhedā → mithubhedāya (bj: machasaṁ) | Akaraṇīyāva → akaraṇīyā ca (cck: syā. ka.) | vajjī → vajjīnaṁ (cck: ka.) | va → Bm K ca. (pts note) | mithu-bhedā → Bm K -dāya. 3 = A. iv. 21. (pts note)Nothing can be done to the Vajjians by King Ajātasattu Vedehiputta, the king of Magadha, through force of arms—except by befriending them and sowing dissension (among them).
Handa ca dāni mayaṁ, bho gotama, gacchāma, bahukiccā mayaṁ bahukaraṇīyā”ti.“Well, then, Master Gotama, we must go now. Many are our duties, many our responsibilities.”
“Yassadāni tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa, kālaṁ maññasī”ti.“Then do, brahman, what you think it is now time to do.” Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.Then Vassakāra the brahman, the chief minister of Magadha, delighting in and approving of the Blessed One’s words, got up from his seat and left.
3. Bhikkhuaparihāniyadhamma
Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkante vassakāre brāhmaṇe magadhamahāmatte āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:Not long after his departure, the Blessed One addressed Ven. Ānanda: “gaccha tvaṁ, ānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū rājagahaṁ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ sannipātehī”ti.“Go, Ānanda. Have all the monks living in dependence on Rājagaha gather at the assembly hall.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū rājagahaṁ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:Responding, “As you say, lord,” to the Blessed One, Ven. Ānanda—having had all the monks living in dependence on Rājagaha gather at the assembly hall—approached the Blessed One. On arrival, having bowed down to him, he stood to one side. As he was standing there, he said to the Blessed One,
“sannipatito, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho, yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṁ maññatī”ti.
sannipatito → sannipātito (bj) | maññatīti → maññatīti bhikkhūnaṁ satta aparihāniyā dhammā (bj); maññasīti (pts) | maññatīti atha kho → maññasīti athakho (sya-all) | sannipātito → sananīpātito (bj: sīmu)“The Saṅgha of monks has gathered, lord. May the Blessed One do what he thinks it is now time to do.”
Atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi.Then the Blessed One, getting up from his seat, went to the assembly hall and, on arrival, sat down on the seat laid out.
Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:Having sat down, he addressed the monks:
“satta vo, bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi,
desessāmi → Scd Bm sometimes desissāmi. (pts note)“Monks, I will teach you the seven conditions that lead to no decline.
taṁ suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.Listen & pay close attention. I will speak.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.“As you say, lord,” the monks responded to the Blessed One. Bhagavā etadavoca:The Blessed One said:
“Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū abhiṇhaṁ sannipātā sannipātabahulā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
abhiṇhaṁ sannipātā → abhiṇhasannipātā (bj, sya-all) | bhikkhave → (bj) | vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all) | vuddhiyeva bhikkhave → vuddhi yeva (pts) | ca → Scd add kho. (pts note)“Monks, as long as the monks meet often, meet a great deal, their growth can be expected, not their decline.
Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū samaggā sannipatissanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti, samaggā saṅghakaraṇīyāni karissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all)“As long as the monks meet in harmony, adjourn from their meetings in harmony, and conduct Saṅgha business in harmony, their growth can be expected, not their decline.
Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū apaññattaṁ na paññapessanti, paññattaṁ na samucchindissanti, yathāpaññattesu sikkhāpadesu samādāya vattissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all) | paññapessanti → paññāpessanti (pts) | paññapessanti → paññāpessanti (bj: PTS)“As long as the monks neither decree what has been undecreed nor repeal what has been decreed, but conduct themselves, having undertaken the training rules as they have been decreed, their growth can be expected, not their decline.
Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ye te bhikkhū therā rattaññū cirapabbajitā saṅghapitaro saṅghapariṇāyakā, te sakkarissanti garuṁ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
saṅghapariṇāyakā → saṅghaparināyakā (bj, sya-all) | garuṁ karissanti → garukarissanti (bj, sya-all, pts) | vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all) | saṅghaparināyakā → saṅghapariṇāyakā (bj: machasaṁ) | garukarissanti → garuṁ karissannati (bj: machasaṁ) | garukarissanti → Bm garuṁ kar-. (pts note)“As long as the monks honor, respect, venerate, and do homage to the elder monks—those with seniority who have long been ordained, the fathers of the Saṅgha, leaders of the Saṅgha—regarding them as worth listening to, their growth can be expected, not their decline.
Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū uppannāya taṇhāya ponobbhavikāya na vasaṁ gacchissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
gacchissanti → gacchanti (bj) | vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all) | gacchissanti vuddhiyeva → gacchanti vuddhi yeva (pts) | ponobhavikāya → Bm K ponobbhavikāya. (pts note) | gacchanti → K gacchissanti. (pts note)“As long as the monks do not come under the sway of any arisen craving that leads to further-becoming, their growth can be expected, not their decline.
Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū āraññakesu senāsanesu sāpekkhā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all) | āraññakesu → Scd ar-. (pts note)“As long as the monks see their own benefit in wilderness dwellings, their growth can be expected, not their decline.
Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū paccattaññeva satiṁ upaṭṭhapessanti: ‘kinti anāgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī āgaccheyyuṁ, āgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī phāsu vihareyyun’ti. Vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
phāsu → phāsuṁ (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) | vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all) | upaṭṭhapessanti kinti → upaṭṭhāpessanti kin ti (pts) | upaṭṭhapessanti → upaṭṭhāpessanti (bj: PTS) | phāsu → phāsuṁ (cck: sī. syā. pī.) | upaṭṭhāpessanti → Bm upaṭhap-; K upaṭṭhap-. (pts note) | phāsuṁ → Bm phāsu. (pts note)“And as long as the monks each keep firmly in mind: ‘If there are any well-behaved companions in the holy life who have yet to come, may they come; and may the well-behaved companions in the holy life who have come live in comfort,’ their growth can be expected, not their decline.
Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
sandississanti → sandissanti (bj) | vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all) | sandississanti vuddhiyeva → sandissanti vuddhi yeva (pts) | parihāni → evaṁ. no parihānītītipi pāṭhena pana bhavitabbaṁ (sya-all: sī.)“As long as these seven conditions endure among the monks, and as long as the monks remain steadfast in these seven conditions, the monks’ growth can be expected, not their decline.”4
Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṁ suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.
aparepi vo → apare pi kho (pts) | vo → kho (sya-all: sī.) | kho → K vo; A. iv.22 satta vo bh- ap- (so throughout). 10 A. iv. 22; comp. iii. 309, 310, 329. (pts note)“Monks, I will teach you seven further conditions that lead to no decline. Listen & pay close attention. I will speak.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.
bhikkhū → bhikkhu (pts)“As you say, lord,” the monks responded to the Blessed One.
Bhagavā etadavoca:The Blessed One said:
“Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na kammārāmā bhavissanti na kammaratā na kammārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
kammārāmatamanuyuttā vuddhiyeva → kammārāmataṁ anuyuttā vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all)“Monks, as long as the monks are not infatuated with (construction) work, do not delight in construction work, and are not committed to infatuation with construction work, the monks’ growth can be expected, not their decline.
Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na bhassārāmā bhavissanti na bhassaratā na bhassārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
bhassārāmatamanuyuttā vuddhiyeva → bhassārāmataṁ anuyuttā vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all)“As long as the monks are not infatuated with gossip…
Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na niddārāmā bhavissanti na niddāratā na niddārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
niddārāmatamanuyuttā vuddhiyeva → niddārāmataṁ anuyuttā vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all)“As long as the monks are not infatuated with sleeping…
Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na saṅgaṇikārāmā bhavissanti na saṅgaṇikaratā na saṅgaṇikārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
saṅgaṇikaratā → saṅgaṇikāratā (sya-all, pts) | saṅgaṇikārāmatamanuyuttā vuddhiyeva → saṅgaṇikārāmataṁ anuyuttā vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all) | bhikkhū → bhikkhu (pts)“As long as the monks are not infatuated with entanglement…
Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na pāpicchā bhavissanti na pāpikānaṁ icchānaṁ vasaṁ gatā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
bhikkhave → (bj) | vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all)“As long as the monks are not infatuated with evil ambition and have not come under the sway of evil ambitions, the monks’ growth can be expected, not their decline.
Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na pāpamittā bhavissanti na pāpasahāyā na pāpasampavaṅkā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
pāpasampavaṅkā vuddhiyeva → pāpasampavaṅkarā vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all) | pāpa-sampavaṅkā → Bm -vaṅkatā; K -vaṅkarā. 2 = A. iv. 23. (pts note)“As long as the monks do not have evil friends, evil companions, and evil comrades, the monks’ growth can be expected, not their decline.
Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na oramattakena visesādhigamena antarāvosānaṁ āpajjissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all)“And as long as the monks do not stop half-way with lower distinctions & achievements, the monks’ growth can be expected, not their decline.
Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
sandississanti → sandissanti (bj) | sandississanti vuddhiyeva → sandissanti vuddhi yeva (pts)“As long as these seven conditions endure among the monks, and as long as the monks remain steadfast in these seven conditions, the monks’ growth can be expected, not their decline.”
Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi …pe….
aparepi → aparepi satta aparihāniyā dhammā aparepi (bj) | aparepi vo → apare pi kho (pts)“Monks, I will teach you seven further conditions that lead to no decline. Listen & pay close attention. I will speak.” “As you say, lord,” the monks responded to the Blessed One. The Blessed One said:
Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū saddhā bhavissanti …pe…
saddhā → hirimana (bj) | bhavissanti → Bm adds pa. (pts note)“Monks, as long as the monks have conviction…
hirimanā bhavissanti …
hirimanā → Sd hirīmanā; K . . . pe . . . hirimatā. (pts note)shame…
ottappī bhavissanti …
ottappī → ottāpī (pts) | ottāpī → Bm K ottappī. (pts note)compunction…
bahussutā bhavissanti …learning…
āraddhavīriyā bhavissanti …aroused persistence…
upaṭṭhitassatī bhavissanti …
upaṭṭhita-satī → A. satimanto. (pts note)established mindfulness…
paññavanto bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
paññavanto → paññāvanto (pts) | paññāvanto → Bm K A. paññav-. 3 A. iv. 23. (pts note)discernment, the monks’ growth can be expected, not their decline.6
Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
sandississanti → sandissanti (bj) | parihāni → parihāni aparepi satta aparihāniyā dhammā (bj) | sandississanti vuddhiyeva → sandissanti vuddhi yeva (pts)“As long as these seven conditions endure among the monks, and as long as the monks remain steadfast in these seven conditions, the monks’ growth can be expected, not their decline.”
Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṁ suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.
aparepi vo → apare pi kho (pts)“Monks, I will teach you seven further conditions that lead to no decline. Listen & pay close attention. I will speak.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.“As you say, lord,” the monks responded to the Blessed One.
Bhagavā etadavoca:The Blessed One said:
“Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satisambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāvessanti …pe…
bhikkhu satisambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāvessanti → bhikkhū saddhā bhavissanti (sya-all) | bhikkhu → bhikkhū (pts) | bhāvessanti → Bm inserts pa. K pe. (pts note)“Monks, as long as the monks develop mindfulness as a factor for awakening…
dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāvessanti …analysis of qualities as a factor for awakening…
vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāvessanti …persistence as a factor for awakening…
pītisambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāvessanti …rapture as a factor for awakening…
passaddhisambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāvessanti …calm as a factor for awakening…
samādhisambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāvessanti …concentration as a factor for awakening…
upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāvessanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
upekhā-sambojjhaṅgaṁ → Bm K upekkhā- 6 A. iv. 24. (pts note)equanimity as a factor for awakening, the monks’ growth can be expected, not their decline.
Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
sandississanti → sandissanti (bj) | parihāni → parihāni aparepi satta aparihāniyā dhammā (bj) | sandississanti vuddhiyeva → sandissanti vuddhi yeva (pts)“As long as these seven conditions endure among the monks, and as long as the monks remain steadfast in these seven conditions, the monks’ growth can be expected, not their decline.”
Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṁ suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.
aparepi vo → apare pi kho (pts)“Monks, I will teach you seven further conditions that lead to no decline. Listen & pay close attention. I will speak.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.“As you say, lord,” the monks responded to the Blessed One.
Bhagavā etadavoca:The Blessed One said:
“Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū aniccasaññaṁ bhāvessanti …pe…
bhāvessanti → Bm adds pa; K pe. (pts note)“Monks, as long as the monks develop the perception of inconstancy…
anattasaññaṁ bhāvessanti …the perception of not-self…
asubhasaññaṁ bhāvessanti …the perception of unattractiveness…
ādīnavasaññaṁ bhāvessanti …the perception of drawbacks…
pahānasaññaṁ bhāvessanti …the perception of abandoning…
virāgasaññaṁ bhāvessanti …the perception of dispassion…
nirodhasaññaṁ bhāvessanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all)the perception of cessation, the monks’ growth can be expected, not their decline.8
Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
sandississanti → sandissanti (bj) | parihāni → parihāni aparepi (bj) | vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all) | sandississanti vuddhiyeva → sandissanti vuddhi yeva (pts)“As long as these seven conditions endure among the monks, and as long as the monks remain steadfast in these seven conditions, the monks’ growth can be expected, not their decline.”
Cha vo, bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṁ suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.
vo → aparihāniyā dhammā apare (bj); (pts) | cha → aparepi (sya-all) | bhikkhave → K apare pi vo bh- cha. (pts note)“Monks, I will teach you six further9 conditions that lead to no decline. Listen & pay close attention. I will speak.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.“As you say, lord,” the monks responded to the Blessed One.
Bhagavā etadavoca:The Blessed One said:
“Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū mettaṁ kāyakammaṁ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
paccupaṭṭhāpessanti → paccupaṭṭhapessanti (sya-all) | vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all) | āvī → Scd K āvi; St Bm āvī. (pts note)“As long as the monks are set on bodily acts of good will with regard to their companions in the holy life, to their faces & behind their backs, the monks’ growth can be expected, not their decline.
Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū mettaṁ vacīkammaṁ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti …pe…
paccupaṭṭhāpessanti → paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu (bj, pts); paccupaṭṭhapessanti (sya-all)“As long as the monks are set on verbal acts of good will with regard to their companions in the holy life, to their faces & behind their backs…
mettaṁ manokammaṁ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
āvi → āvī (bj) | paccupaṭṭhāpessanti → paccupaṭṭhapessanti (sya-all) | vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all)“As long as the monks are set on mental acts of good will with regard to their companions in the holy life, to their faces & behind their backs…
Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū, ye te lābhā dhammikā dhammaladdhā antamaso pattapariyāpannamattampi tathārūpehi lābhehi appaṭivibhattabhogī bhavissanti sīlavantehi sabrahmacārīhi sādhāraṇabhogī, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
lābhehi → lābhehi na (sya-all) | vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all) | appaṭivibhattabhogī → na appaṭivibhattabhogī (bj: syā) | appaṭivibhatta-bhogī → Sc bhogī; Sd appaṭivittabhogi; Bm apaṭi--bhogi; St -bhoji; K na appaṭi-. (pts note) | sādhāraṇa-bhogī → Bm -gi. (pts note)“As long as the monks, whatever righteous gains they may obtain in a righteous way—even if only the alms in their bowls—do not consume them alone, but consume them after sharing them in common with their virtuous companions in the holy life…
Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yāni tāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññūpasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṁvattanikāni tathārūpesu sīlesu sīlasāmaññagatā viharissanti sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
viññūpasatthāni → viññuppasatthāni (bj) | āvi → āvī (bj) | tāni → kāni (cck) | vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all) | pāṭikaṅkhā → paṭikaṅkhā (sya-all) | viññuppasatthāni → viññūpasatthāni (bj: machasaṁ) | viññūpasatthāni → viññuppasatthāni (cck: sī.)“As long as the monks—with reference to the virtues that are untorn, unbroken, unspotted, unsplattered, liberating, praised by the observant, ungrasped at, leading to concentration—dwell with their virtue in tune with that of their companions in the holy life, to their faces & behind their backs…
Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yāyaṁ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā, niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya, tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmaññagatā viharissanti sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
bhikkhū → bhikkhūnaṁ (bj) | āvi → āvī (bj) | vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all) | sammā-dukkhakkhayāya → Sd Sammādukkakkhayā. (pts note)“And as long as the monks—with reference to the view that is noble, leading outward, that leads those who act in accordance with it to the right ending of suffering & stress—dwell with their view in tune with those of their companions in the holy life, to their faces & behind their backs, the monks’ growth can be expected, not their decline.
Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime cha aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca chasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī”ti.
sandississanti → sandissanti (bj) | vuddhiyeva → vuḍḍhiyeva (sya-all) | sandississanti vuddhiyeva → sandissanti vuddhi yeva (pts)“As long as these six conditions endure among the monks, and as long as the monks remain steadfast in these six conditions, the monks’ growth can be expected, not their decline.”
Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharanto gijjhakūṭe pabbate etadeva bahulaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ karoti:
tatra → tatrapi (sya-all)While staying there near Rājagaha on Vulture Peak Mountain, the Blessed One often gave this Dhamma talk to the monks:
“iti sīlaṁ, iti samādhi, iti paññā.“Such is virtue, such is concentration, such is discernment.
Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso.Concentration nurtured with virtue is of great fruit, great reward.
Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā.Discernment nurtured with concentration is of great fruit, great reward.
Paññāparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṁ—
seyyathidaṁ → seyyathīdaṁ (bj: machasaṁ)The mind nurtured with discernment is rightly released from the effluents, i.e.,
kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā”ti.
avijjāsavāti → diṭṭhāsavā avijjāsavā ti (pts) | bhavāsavā → bhavāsavā diṭṭhāsavā (bj: sīmu) | bhavāsavā → ito paraṁ pāyato diṭṭhāsavāti dissati suttantanayena pana tayo āsavā ñātabbā (sya-all note) | diṭṭhāsavā → K omits, but gives in a note. (pts note)the effluent of sensuality, the effluent of becoming, the effluent of ignorance.”
Atha kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:Then the Blessed One, having stayed near Rājagaha as long as he pleased, said to Ven. Ānanda, “āyāmānanda, yena ambalaṭṭhikā tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti.“Come, Ānanda, we will head for Ambalaṭṭhikā.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.“As you say, lord,” Ven. Ānanda responded to the Blessed One.
Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena ambalaṭṭhikā tadavasari.Then the Blessed One, together with a large Saṅgha of monks, went to Ambalaṭṭhikā.
Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṁ viharati rājāgārake.There he stayed near Ambalaṭṭhikā at the Royal Cottage.
Tatrāpi sudaṁ bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṁ viharanto rājāgārake etadeva bahulaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ karoti:
tatrāpi → tatrapi (bj, sya-all, pts) | sudaṁ → tatrāpi sudaṁ (bj: machasaṁ) | pi → Sd K omit. See 18 and p. 91. (pts note)While staying there near Ambalaṭṭhikā at the Royal Cottage, the Blessed One often gave this Dhamma talk to the monks:
“iti sīlaṁ iti samādhi iti paññā.
iti → itipi (sya-all)“Such is virtue, such is concentration, such is discernment.
Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso.Concentration nurtured with virtue is of great fruit, great reward.
Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā.Discernment nurtured with concentration is of great fruit, great reward.
Paññāparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṁ—The mind nurtured with discernment is rightly released from the effluents, i.e.,
kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā”ti.
avijjāsavāti → diṭṭhāsavā avijjāsavā ti (pts)the effluent of sensuality, the effluent of becoming, the effluent of ignorance.”
Atha kho bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:Then the Blessed One, having stayed near Ambalaṭṭhikā as long as he pleased, said to Ven. Ānanda,
“āyāmānanda, yena nāḷandā tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti.
nāḷandā → nālandā (bj)“Come, Ānanda, we will head for Nāḷandā.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.“As you say, lord,” Ven. Ānanda responded to the Blessed One.
Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena nāḷandā tadavasari,
nāḷandā → nālandā (bj)Then the Blessed One, together with a large Saṅgha of monks, went to Nāḷandā.
tatra sudaṁ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṁ viharati pāvārikambavane.
nāḷandāyaṁ → nālandāyaṁ (bj) | pāvārikambavane → pāvārikambavane sāriputta sīhanādo (bj) | pāvārikambavane atha kho → pāvādikambavane athakho (sya-all)There he stayed near Nāḷandā at the Pāvādika mango grove.
4. Sāriputtasīhanāda
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:Then Ven. Sāriputta went to the Blessed One and, on arrival, having bowed down to him, sat to one side. As he was sitting there, Ven. Sāriputta said to the Blessed One,
“evaṁ pasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati;
bhagavati → bhagavatī (bj)“Lord, I have confidence in the Blessed One
na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṁ sambodhiyan”ti.
bhiyyobhiññataro → bhiyyobhiññātaro (sya-all) | bhiyyo’bhiññataro → bhiyyobhiññātaro (bj: syā) | bhiññataro → K bhiyyobhiññātaro. (pts note)that there neither has been nor will be nor is currently found a contemplative or brahman whose direct knowledge of self-awakening is greater than that of the Blessed One!”
“Uḷārā kho te ayaṁ, sāriputta, āsabhī vācā bhāsitā, ekaṁso gahito, sīhanādo nadito:
āsabhī vācā → āsabhivācā (sya-all, km) | vācā → āsabhivācā (bj: syā) | vācā → āsabhivācā (cck: syā.) | āsabhī → Bm asambhī, and below; K āsabhi-. (pts note)“Grand is this bull-statement you have spoken, Sāriputta; categorical this lion’s roar you have roared:
‘evaṁpasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati;‘Lord, I have confidence in the Blessed One
na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṁ sambodhiyan’ti.
bhiyyobhiññataro → bhiyyobhiññātaro (sya-all) | sambodhiyanti kiṁ te → sambodhiyan ti kin nu (pts)that there neither has been nor will be nor is currently found a contemplative or brahman whose direct knowledge of self-awakening is greater than that of the Blessed One!’
Kiṁ te, sāriputta, ye te ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā:
te → kiṁ nu (sya-all, km, pts1ed, mr) | kinte → kinnu (bj: syā, PTS) | te → kiṁ nu (cck: syā. pī. ka.)So then, Sāriputta, have you encompassed with your awareness the awareness of all the worthy ones, the rightly self-awakened ones that have been in the past and known:
‘evaṁsīlā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipi, evaṁdhammā evaṁpaññā evaṁvihārī evaṁvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṁ itipī’”ti?‘Such was their virtue, such their Dhamma, such their discernment, such their (meditative) dwelling, such their release’?”
“No hetaṁ, bhante”.
bhante → bhanteti (sya-all)“No, lord.”
“Kiṁ pana te, sāriputta, ye te bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā:
pana te → kiṁ pana (sya-all, km, pts1ed, mr) | te → (pts) | te → kiṁ pana (cck: syā. pī. ka.)“Then have you encompassed with your awareness the awareness of all the worthy ones, the rightly self-awakened ones that will be in the future and known:
‘evaṁsīlā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipi, evaṁdhammā evaṁpaññā evaṁvihārī evaṁvimuttā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipī’”ti?‘Such will be their virtue, such their Dhamma, such their discernment, such their (meditative) dwelling, such their release’?”
“No hetaṁ, bhante”.
bhante → bhanteti (sya-all)“No, lord.”
“Kiṁ pana te, sāriputta, ahaṁ etarahi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho cetasā ceto paricca vidito:
te → kiṁ pana (bj: syā, PTS) | te → Bm omits; K te ahaṁ. (pts note)“Then have you encompassed with your awareness my awareness—the awareness of the worthy one, the rightly self-awakened one in the present—and known:
‘evaṁsīlo bhagavā itipi, evaṁdhammo evaṁpañño evaṁvihārī evaṁvimutto bhagavā itipī’”ti?‘Such is his virtue, such his Dhamma, such his discernment, such his (meditative) dwelling, such his release’?”
“No hetaṁ, bhante”.
bhante → bhanteti (sya-all)“No, lord.”
“Ettha ca hi te, sāriputta, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṁ natthi.
ca → (bj) | cetopariyañāṇaṁ → cetopariññāya ñāṇaṁ (sya-all) | ettha ca → etth eva (pts) | hi → ettha ca hi (bj: machasaṁ) | cetopariyañāṇaṁ → cetopariññāyañāṇaṁ (bj: syā) | cetopariyañāṇaṁ → cetopariññāyañāṇaṁ (cck: syā.); cetasā cetopariyāyañāṇaṁ (cck: ka.) | hi → ettheva hi (sya-all: sī.) | ñāṇaṁ → cetopariññāṇaṁ (sya-all: sī.) | hi → Bm ettha carahi; K ettha ca hi. (pts note)“Then, Sāriputta, if you don’t have knowledge of the awareness of the worthy ones, the rightly self-awakened ones of the past, future, & present,
Atha kiñcarahi te ayaṁ, sāriputta, uḷārā āsabhī vācā bhāsitā, ekaṁso gahito, sīhanādo nadito:
kiñcarahi → kiñcetarahi (sya-all) | āsabhī vācā → āsabhivācā (sya-all) | carahi → K kiñcetarahi. (pts note)how is it that just now you spoke this grand bull-statement and roared this categorical lion’s roar:
‘evaṁpasanno ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṁ sambodhiyan’”ti?
bhiyyobhiññataro → bhiyyobhiññātaro (sya-all) | bhagavatā → bhagavato (bj: syā)‘Lord, I have confidence in the Blessed One that there neither has been nor will be nor is currently found a contemplative or brahman whose direct knowledge of self-awakening is greater than that of the Blessed One’?”
“Na kho me, bhante, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṁ atthi,
me → panetaṁ (bj) | cetopariyañāṇaṁ → cetopariññāya ñāṇaṁ (sya-all)“Lord, I don’t have knowledge of the awareness of the worthy ones, the rightly self-awakened ones of the past, future, & present,
api ca me dhammanvayo vidito.
me → me bhante (bj); (pts) | api ca me → apica (sya-all)but I have known the consistency of the Dhamma.
Seyyathāpi, bhante, rañño paccantimaṁ nagaraṁ daḷhuddhāpaṁ daḷhapākāratoraṇaṁ ekadvāraṁ,
daḷhuddhāpaṁ → daḷhuddāpaṁ (bj); daḷhadvāraṁ (sya-all) | daḷhuddhāpaṁ daḷhapākāratoraṇaṁ → daḷhuddāpaṁ daḷha pākāratoraṇaṁ (pts) | daḷhuddāpaṁ → daḷahuddhāpaṁ (bj: machasaṁ); daḷahadvāraṁ (bj: syā) | daḷhadvāraṁ → dalhuddāpaṁ (sya-all: sī.) | daḷhuddāpaṁ → K daḷhadvāraṁ. (pts note)It’s as if there were a royal frontier city with strong ramparts, strong walls & arches, and a single gate.
tatrassa dovāriko paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī aññātānaṁ nivāretā ñātānaṁ pavesetā.
viyatto → byatto (bj) | aññātānaṁ → añātānaṁ (sya-all) | aññātānaṁ → añātānaṁ (bj: syā)In it would be a wise, competent, & intelligent gatekeeper to keep out those he didn’t know and to let in those he did.
So tassa nagarassa samantā anupariyāyapathaṁ anukkamamāno na passeyya pākārasandhiṁ vā pākāravivaraṁ vā, antamaso biḷāranikkhamanamattampi.
samantā → sāmantā (bj) | biḷāranikkhamanamattampi → biḷāranissakkanamattampi (bj, pts); biḷāranikkhamanamattaṁpi na passeyya (sya-all) | anupariyāyapathaṁ → anucariyāya pathaṁ (sya-all) | sāmantā → samantā (bj: syā) | anupariyāyapathaṁ → anucariyāyapathaṁ (bj: syā) | biḷāranissakkanamattampi → biḷāranikakhamatanamantaṁ (bj: sīmu) | anupariyāyapathaṁ → anucariyāyapathaṁ (cck: syā.) | biḷāranikkhamanamattaṁpi → vilāranissakkanamattampi (sya-all: sī.) | biḷāra-nissakkana-mattam → Bm K nikkhamana. (pts note)Walking along the path encircling the city, he wouldn’t see a crack or an opening in the walls big enough for even a cat to slip through.
Tassa evamassa:
Tassa evamassa → na passeyya tassa evamassa (sya-all, km) | evamassa → na passeyya tassa evamassa (cck: syā.)The thought would occur to him:
‘ye kho keci oḷārikā pāṇā imaṁ nagaraṁ pavisanti vā nikkhamanti vā, sabbe te imināva dvārena pavisanti vā nikkhamanti vā’ti.
kho → (bj) | va → Scd ca; K omits. (pts note)‘Whatever large creatures enter or leave the city all enter or leave it through this gate.’
Evameva kho me, bhante, dhammanvayo vidito:“In the same way, I have known the consistency of the Dhamma:
‘ye te, bhante, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacittā sattabojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṁ bhāvetvā anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambujjhiṁsu.
catūsu → catusu (bj, pts) | supatiṭṭhitacittā sattabojjhaṅge → suppatiṭṭhitacittā sattasambojjhaṅge (bj) | sattasambojjhaṅge → bojjhaṅge (bj: machasaṁ) | te → Bm vata. (pts note) | dubbalīkaraṇe → Sc Bm dubbalik-. (pts note) | catusu → Bm K catūsu. (pts note)‘All those who were worthy ones, the rightly self-awakened ones in the past awoke to the unexcelled right self-awakening after having abandoned the five hindrances—those defilements of awareness that weaken discernment—having well-established their minds in the four establishings of mindfulness and having developed, as they have come to be, the seven factors for awakening.
Yepi te, bhante, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacittā satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṁ bhāvetvā anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambujjhissanti.
sammāsambuddhā → sammāsambuddho (bj) | supatiṭṭhitacittā satta bojjhaṅge → suppatiṭṭhitacittā sattasambojjhaṅge (bj) | catūsu → catusu (pts)All those who will be worthy ones, the rightly self-awakened ones in the future will awaken to the unexcelled right self-awakening after having abandoned the five hindrances—those defilements of awareness that weaken discernment—having well-established their minds in the four establishings of mindfulness and having developed, as they have come to be, the seven factors for awakening.
Bhagavāpi, bhante, etarahi arahaṁ sammāsambuddho pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacitto satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṁ bhāvetvā anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’”ti.
supatiṭṭhitacitto satta bojjhaṅge → suppatiṭṭhitacitto sattasambojjhaṅge (bj) | catūsu → catusu (pts)The Blessed One who is now the worthy one, the rightly self-awakened one has awakened to the unexcelled right self-awakening after having abandoned the five hindrances—those defilements of awareness that weaken discernment—having well-established his mind in the four establishings of mindfulness and having developed, as they have come to be, the seven factors for awakening.”
Tatrapi sudaṁ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṁ viharanto pāvārikambavane etadeva bahulaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ karoti:
nāḷandāyaṁ → nālandāyaṁ (bj) | pāvārikambavane → pāvādikambavane (sya-all) | pi → SS omit, but Bm K have the pi here. See 14. (pts note)While staying there near Nāḷandā at the Pāvādika mango grove, the Blessed One often gave this Dhamma talk to the monks:
“iti sīlaṁ, iti samādhi, iti paññā.
iti → itipi (sya-all)“Such is virtue, such is concentration, such is discernment.
Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso.Concentration nurtured with virtue is of great fruit, great reward.
Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā.Discernment nurtured with concentration is of great fruit, great reward.
Paññāparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṁ—The mind nurtured with discernment is rightly released from the effluents, i.e.,
kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā”ti.
avijjāsavāti → diṭṭhāsavā avijjāsavā ti (pts)the effluent of sensuality, the effluent of becoming, the effluent of ignorance.”
5. Dussīlaādīnava
Atha kho bhagavā nāḷandāyaṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
nāḷandāyaṁ → nālandāyaṁ (bj)Then the Blessed One, having stayed near Nāḷandā as long as he pleased, said to Ven. Ānanda,
“āyāmānanda, yena pāṭaligāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti.“Come, Ānanda, we will head for Pāṭali Village.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.“As you say, lord,” Ven. Ānanda responded to the Blessed One. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena pāṭaligāmo tadavasari.Then the Blessed One, together with a large Saṅgha of monks, went to Pāṭali Village.
Assosuṁ kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā: “bhagavā kira pāṭaligāmaṁ anuppatto”ti.
pāṭaligāmikā → pāṭaligāmiyā (bj, sya-all, pts)The lay followers of Pāṭali Village heard,
Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
pāṭaligāmikā → pāṭaligāmiyā (bj, sya-all, pts) | atha kho pāṭaligāmikā → athakho pāṭaligāmiyā (sya-all)“The Blessed One, they say, has reached Pāṭali Village.” So they went to the Blessed One and, on arrival, having bowed down to him, sat to one side. As they were sitting there, they said to him,
“adhivāsetu no, bhante, bhagavā āvasathāgāran”ti.
no → Scd omit. (pts note)“Lord, may the Blessed One acquiesce to (the use of) the rest-house hall.”
Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.The Blessed One acquiesced with silence.
Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā yena āvasathāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṁ āvasathāgāraṁ santharitvā āsanāni paññapetvā udakamaṇikaṁ patiṭṭhāpetvā telapadīpaṁ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
sabbasanthariṁ → sabbasantharitaṁ santhataṁ (sya-all, km); sabbasanthariṁ santhataṁ (mr) | pāṭaligāmikā → pāṭaligāmiyā (bj, sya-all, pts) | paññapetvā → paññāpetvā (bj) | patiṭṭhāpetvā telapadīpaṁ → patiṭṭhapetvā telappadīpaṁ (bj) | atha kho pāṭaligāmikā → athakho pāṭaligāmiyā (sya-all) | paññapetvā udakamaṇikaṁ → paññāpetvā udakamaṇiṁ (pts) | etadavocuṁ sabbasantharisanthataṁ → etad avocuṁ sabbasanthariṁ santhataṁ (pts) | sabbasanthariṁ → sabbasantharitaṁ satthataṁ (cck: syā.); sabbasanthariṁ santhataṁ (cck: ka.) | sabbasantharitaṁ → sabbasanthariṁ (sya-all: sī. yu.) | udaka-maṇiṁ → Bm K Ud. maṇikaṁ; cp. below. (pts note)Sensing his acquiescence, the lay followers of Pāṭali Village got up from their seats and, bowing down to him and circumambulating him, went to the rest-house hall. On arrival, they spread it all over with felt rugs, arranged seats, set out a water vessel, and raised an oil lamp. Then they went to the Blessed One and, on arrival, having bowed down to him, stood to one side. As they were standing there, they said to him,
“sabbasantharisanthataṁ, bhante, āvasathāgāraṁ, āsanāni paññattāni, udakamaṇiko patiṭṭhāpito, telapadīpo āropito;
sabbasantharisanthataṁ → sabbasattharisanthataṁ (bj); sabbasantharitaṁ santhataṁ (sya-all) | sabbasattharisanthataṁ → sabbasantharitaṁ santhataṁ (bj: syā); sabbasanthariṁ santhataṁ (bj: sīmu) | sabbasantharisanthataṁ → sabbasanthariṁ santhataṁ (cck: sī. syā. pī. ka.)“Lord, the rest-house hall has been covered all over with felt rugs, seats have been arranged, a water vessel has been set out, and an oil lamp raised.
yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṁ maññatī”ti.May the Blessed One do what he thinks it is now time to do.”
Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena yena āvasathāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṁ pavisitvā majjhimaṁ thambhaṁ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi.
sāyanhasamayaṁ → pubbaṇhasamayaṁ (km) | sāyanhasamayaṁ → sāyaṇhasamayaṁ (bj); pubbaṇhasamayaṁ (sya-all); (pts) | sāyanhasamayaṁ → idaṁ padaṁ vinayamahāvagga na dissati (cck note) | puratthābhimukho → puratthimābhimukho (cck: ka.) | Bhagavā → Bm adds sāyaṇha-samaye; K and Ud. add pubbaṇhasamayaṁ. (pts note) | puratthābhimukho → Bm puratthimābhi-, and below. (pts note)So the Blessed One, in the evening, after adjusting his lower robe and taking his bowl & outer robe, went together with the Saṅgha of monks to the rest-house hall. On arrival he washed his feet, entered the hall, and sat with his back to the central post, facing east.
Bhikkhusaṅghopi kho pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṁ pavisitvā pacchimaṁ bhittiṁ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi bhagavantameva purakkhatvā.
bhagavantameva → bhagavantaṁ yeva (bj, sya-all, pts) | pacchimaṁ bhittiṁ → pacchimabhittiṁ (sya-all) | purakkhatvā → purekkhitvā (bj: sīmu) | purakkhatvā → Bm -khitvā, and below. (pts note)The Saṅgha of monks washed their feet, entered the hall, and sat with their backs to the western wall, facing east, ranged around the Blessed One.
Pāṭaligāmikāpi kho upāsakā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṁ pavisitvā puratthimaṁ bhittiṁ nissāya pacchimābhimukhā nisīdiṁsu bhagavantameva purakkhatvā.
pāṭaligāmikāpi → pāṭaligāmiyā pi (bj, sya-all, pts) | bhagavantameva → bhagavantaṁ yeva (bj, sya-all, pts) | purakkhatvā → purakkhatvā pāṭaliyāgāmiyānaṁ upāsakānaṁ ovādo (bj) | puratthimaṁ bhittiṁ → puratthimabhittiṁ (sya-all) | pacchimābhimukhā → pacchābhimukhā (pts) | purakkhatvā → purekkhitvā (bj: sīmu) | pacchābhimukhā → Bm pacchimābhi-. (pts note)The lay followers of Pāṭali Village washed their feet, entered the hall, and sat with their backs to the eastern wall, facing west, ranged around the Blessed One.
Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmike upāsake āmantesi:
pāṭaligāmike → pāṭaligāmiye (bj, sya-all, pts)Then the Blessed One addressed the lay followers of Pāṭali Village,
“pañcime, gahapatayo, ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.“Householders, there are these five drawbacks coming from an unvirtuous person’s defect in virtue. Katame pañca?Which five?
Idha, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno pamādādhikaraṇaṁ mahatiṁ bhogajāniṁ nigacchati.
nigacchati → Bm gacchati. (pts note)“There is the case where an unvirtuous person, defective in virtue, by reason of heedlessness undergoes the loss/confiscation of great wealth.
Ayaṁ paṭhamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
sīlavipattiyā → sīlaṁ vipattiyā (bj)This is the first drawback coming from an unvirtuous person’s defect in virtue.
Puna caparaṁ, gahapatayo, dussīlassa sīlavipannassa pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati.“And further, the bad reputation of the unvirtuous person, defective in virtue, gets spread about. Ayaṁ dutiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.This is the second drawback coming from an unvirtuous person’s defect in virtue.
Puna caparaṁ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno yaññadeva parisaṁ upasaṅkamati—yadi khattiyaparisaṁ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṁ yadi gahapatiparisaṁ yadi samaṇaparisaṁ—avisārado upasaṅkamati maṅkubhūto.“And further, whatever assembly the unvirtuous person, defective in virtue, approaches—whether of noble warriors, brahmans, householders, or contemplatives—he/she does so without confidence & abashed. Ayaṁ tatiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.This is the third drawback coming from an unvirtuous person’s defect in virtue.
Puna caparaṁ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno sammūḷho kālaṁ karoti.“And further, the unvirtuous person, defective in virtue, dies confused.
Ayaṁ catuttho ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
sīlavipattiyā → sūlavipattiyā (pts)This is the fourth drawback coming from an unvirtuous person’s defect in virtue.
Puna caparaṁ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjati.
upapajjati → uppajjati (pts) | uppajjati → Bm K Ud. upap-, and below. (pts note)“And further, the unvirtuous person, defective in virtue—on the break-up of the body, after death—reappears in a plane of deprivation, a bad destination, a lower realm, hell.
Ayaṁ pañcamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.This is the fifth drawback coming from an unvirtuous person’s defect in virtue.
Ime kho, gahapatayo, pañca ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.“These, householders, are the five drawbacks coming from an unvirtuous person’s defect in virtue.
6. Sīlavantaānisaṁsa
Pañcime, gahapatayo, ānisaṁsā sīlavato sīlasampadāya.“Householders, there are these five rewards coming from a virtuous person’s consummation in virtue. Katame pañca?Which five?
Idha, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno appamādādhikaraṇaṁ mahantaṁ bhogakkhandhaṁ adhigacchati.“There is the case where a virtuous person, consummate in virtue, by reason of heedfulness acquires a great mass of wealth. Ayaṁ paṭhamo ānisaṁso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.This is the first reward coming from a virtuous person’s consummation in virtue.
Puna caparaṁ, gahapatayo, sīlavato sīlasampannassa kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati.“And further, the fine reputation of the virtuous person, consummate in virtue, gets spread about. Ayaṁ dutiyo ānisaṁso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.This is the second reward coming from a virtuous person’s consummation in virtue.
Puna caparaṁ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno yaññadeva parisaṁ upasaṅkamati—yadi khattiyaparisaṁ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṁ yadi gahapatiparisaṁ yadi samaṇaparisaṁ visārado upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto.
sīlasampanno → sīlasampannā (bj)“And further, whatever assembly the virtuous person, consummate in virtue, approaches—whether of noble warriors, brahmans, householders, or contemplatives—he/she does so with confidence & unabashed.
Ayaṁ tatiyo ānisaṁso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.This is the third reward coming from a virtuous person’s consummation in virtue.
Puna caparaṁ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno asammūḷho kālaṁ karoti.“And further, the virtuous person, consummate in virtue, dies unconfused. Ayaṁ catuttho ānisaṁso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.This is the fourth reward coming from a virtuous person’s consummation in virtue.
Puna caparaṁ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.
upapajjati → uppajjati (pts)“And further, the virtuous person, consummate in virtue—on the break-up of the body, after death—reappears in a good destination, a heavenly world.
Ayaṁ pañcamo ānisaṁso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.This is the fifth reward coming from a virtuous person’s consummation in virtue.
Ime kho, gahapatayo, pañca ānisaṁsā sīlavato sīlasampadāyā”ti.“These, householders, are the five rewards coming from a virtuous person’s consummation in virtue.”
Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmike upāsake bahudeva rattiṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uyyojesi:
pāṭaligāmike → pāṭaligāmiye (bj, sya-all, pts)Then the Blessed One—having instructed, urged, roused, & encouraged the lay followers of Pāṭali Village for a large part of the night with Dhamma talk—dismissed them, saying,
“abhikkantā kho, gahapatayo, ratti, yassadāni tumhe kālaṁ maññathā”ti.
yassadāni tumhe → yassa dāni (pts) | dāni → Bm K add tumhe. (pts note)“The night is far gone, householders. Do what you think it is now time to do.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkamiṁsu.
pāṭaligāmikā → pāṭaligāmiyā (bj, sya-all, pts) | paṭissutvā → Vin. paṭisuṇitvā. (pts note)Responding, “As you say, lord,” to the Blessed One, the lay followers of Pāṭali Village got up from their seats and, bowing down to him and circumambulating him, left.
Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu pāṭaligāmikesu upāsakesu suññāgāraṁ pāvisi.
pāṭaligāmikesu → pāṭaligāmiyesu (bj, sya-all, pts) | pāvisi → pāvisi pāṭalīnagaramāpanaṁ (bj) | Pāṭaligāmiyesu → Bm -kesu. (pts note)Then the Blessed One, not long after they had left, entered an empty building.
7. Pāṭaliputtanagaramāpana
Tena kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṁ māpenti vajjīnaṁ paṭibāhāya.
sunidhavassakārā → sunīdhavassakārā (bj, pts) | sunīdhavassakārā → sunīdha vassakārā (bj: machasaṁ) | sunidhavassakārā → sunīdhavassakārā (cck: syā. ka.)Now on that occasion, Sunidha & Vassakāra, the chief ministers of Magadha, were building a city at Pāṭali Village to preempt the Vajjians.
Tena samayena sambahulā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhanti.
sahasseva → sahassasahasseva (bj udānaṭṭhakathā); sahassasseva (pts1ed, mr); sahassaseva (ṭīkāyaṁ pāṭhantaraṁ) | tena → tena kho pana (bj, sya-all, pts) | sahasseva → sahassass eva (pts) | sahasseva → sahassasseva (cck: sī. pī. ka.); sahassaseva (cck: ṭīkāyaṁ pāṭhantaraṁ); sahassasahasseva (cck: udānaṭṭhakathā) | pana → Bm omits kho pana. Vin. omits From tena to parigaṇhanti, and puts the following sentences into 27. Ud. has them in both . (pts note) | parigaṇhanti → Bm K parigg- and below. (pts note)And on that occasion many devas by the thousands were occupying sites in Pāṭali Village.
Yasmiṁ padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṁ tattha raññaṁ rājamahāmattānaṁ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṁ.
raññaṁ → Vin. rajūnaṁ thrice. (pts note)In the area where devas of great influence occupied sites, there the minds of the king’s royal ministers of great influence were inclined to build their homes.
Yasmiṁ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, majjhimānaṁ tattha raññaṁ rājamahāmattānaṁ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṁ.
yasmiṁ → yamhi (sya-all)In the area where devas of middling influence occupied sites, there the minds of the king’s royal ministers of middling influence were inclined to build their homes.
Yasmiṁ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, nīcānaṁ tattha raññaṁ rājamahāmattānaṁ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṁ.
yasmiṁ → yamhi (sya-all)In the area where devas of low influence occupied sites, there the minds of the king’s royal ministers of low influence were inclined to build their homes.
Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhantiyo.
devatāyo sahasseva → devatāye sahassasahasseva (bj) | sahasseva → sahassass eva (pts) | sahassasahasseva → sahassasseva (bj: sīmu, PTS); sahasseva (bj: machasaṁ) | atikkanta-mānusakena → Bm mānuss-. (pts note)The Blessed One, with the divine eye—purified and surpassing the human—saw those devas by the thousands occupying sites in Pāṭali Village.
Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
paccūsasamayaṁ → paccūsasamaye (sya-all)Then, getting up in the last watch of the night, the Blessed One addressed Ven. Ānanda,
“Ke nu kho, ānanda, pāṭaligāme nagaraṁ māpentī”ti?
kho → ko nu kho (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed, mr) | māpentī”ti → māpeti (si); māpetīti (sya-all, km, pts1ed, mr) | ke nu → konu (bj) | ke → ko (sya-all, pts) | māpentīti → māpetīti (sya-all) | māpentīti sunidhavassakārā → māpetīti sunīdhavassakārā (pts) | kho → konukho (bj: sīmu) | māpentī?ti → māpetī (bj: sīmu) | kho → ko nu kho (cck: sī. syā. pī. ka.) | māpentī’’ti → māpetīti (cck: sī. syā. pī. ka.) | Ko → Vin. ke . . . māpentīti. (pts note)“Ānanda, who is building a city at Pāṭali Village?”
“Sunidhavassakārā, bhante, magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṁ māpenti vajjīnaṁ paṭibāhāyā”ti.
sunidhavassakārā → sunīdhavassakārā (bj)“Sunidha & Vassakāra, the chief ministers of Magadha, lord, are building a city at Pāṭali Village to preempt the Vajjians.”
“Seyyathāpi, ānanda, devehi tāvatiṁsehi saddhiṁ mantetvā;
saddhiṁ → saddhiṁ sakko (sya-all)“Ānanda, it’s as if they had consulted the Devas of the Thirty-three:
evameva kho, ānanda, sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṁ māpenti vajjīnaṁ paṭibāhāya.
sunidhavassakārā → sunīdhavassakārā (bj, pts)That’s how Sunidha & Vassakāra, the chief ministers of Magadha, are building a city at Pāṭali Village to preempt the Vajjians.
Idhāhaṁ, ānanda, addasaṁ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sambahulā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhantiyo.
sahasseva → sahassasahasseva (bj); sahassass eva (pts) | Idhāhaṁ → Scdt Childers imāhaṁ. (pts note)“Just now, Ānanda—with the divine eye—purified and surpassing the human—I saw many devas by the thousands occupying sites in Pāṭali Village.
Yasmiṁ, ānanda, padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṁ tattha raññaṁ rājamahāmattānaṁ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṁ.
yasmiṁ ānanda → yamhi (sya-all) | ānanda → (pts)In the area where devas of great influence occupy sites, there the minds of the king’s royal ministers of great influence are inclined to build their homes.
Yasmiṁ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, majjhimānaṁ tattha raññaṁ rājamahāmattānaṁ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṁ.
yasmiṁ → yamhi (sya-all)In the area where devas of middling influence occupy sites, there the minds of the king’s royal ministers of middling influence are inclined to build their homes.
Yasmiṁ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, nīcānaṁ tattha raññaṁ rājamahāmattānaṁ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṁ.
yasmiṁ → yamhi (sya-all)In the area where devas of low influence occupy sites, there the minds of the king’s royal ministers of low influence are inclined to build their homes.
Yāvatā, ānanda, ariyaṁ āyatanaṁ yāvatā vaṇippatho idaṁ agganagaraṁ bhavissati pāṭaliputtaṁ puṭabhedanaṁ.
vaṇippatho → viṇippatho (sya-all) | vaṇippatho → vaṇipapātho (bj: syā) | vaṇippatho → Sd vanipphato. (pts note)“Ānanda, as far as the sphere of the Ariyans extends, as far as merchants’ roads extend, this will be the supreme city:
Pāṭaliputtassa kho, ānanda, tayo antarāyā bhavissanti—Pāṭaliputta, where the seedpods of the Pāṭali plant break open. There will be three dangers for Pāṭaliputta:
aggito vā udakato vā mithubhedā vā”ti.
mithubhedā → Sc bhedato; Sd bhedo; Vin. abbhantarato mithubhedā. (pts note)from fire, from water, or from the breaking of alliances.”
Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu,
sunidhavassakārā → sunīdhavassakārā (bj, pts)Then Sunidha & Vassakāra, the chief ministers of Magadha, went to the Blessed One and, on arrival, exchanged courteous greetings with him.
sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu, ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:
sāraṇīyaṁ → sārāṇīyaṁ (bj, sya-all, pts) | sunidhavassakārā → sunīdhavassakārā (bj, pts)After an exchange of friendly greetings & courtesies, they stood to one side. As they were standing there, they said to him,
“adhivāsetu no bhavaṁ gotamo ajjatanāya bhattaṁ saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghenā”ti.
no → no bhante (sya-all)“May Master Gotama acquiesce to our meal today, together with the Saṅgha of monks.”
Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.The Blessed One acquiesced with silence.
Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā yena sako āvasatho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā sake āvasathe paṇītaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṁ ārocāpesuṁ:
sunidhavassakārā → sunīdhavassakārā (bj, pts) | āvasathe → -2 Vin. omits. (pts note)Then Sunidha & Vassakāra, the chief ministers of Magadha, understanding the Blessed One’s acquiescence, went to their rest-house. On arrival, after having exquisite staple & non-staple food prepared in their rest-house, they announced the time to the Blessed One:
“kālo, bho gotama, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattan”ti.“It’s time, Master Gotama. The meal is ready.”
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena yena sunidhavassakārānaṁ magadhamahāmattānaṁ āvasatho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi.
pubbaṇhasamayaṁ → pubbanhasamayaṁ (bj) | sunidhavassakārānaṁ → sunīdhavassakārānaṁ (bj, pts) | āvasatho → Vin. parivesanā. (pts note) | nisīdi → Vin. adds saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṁghena. (pts note)Then the Blessed One, early in the morning, adjusted his lower robe and—taking his bowl & outer robe—went together with the Saṅgha of monks to the rest-house of Sunidha & Vassakāra, the chief ministers of Magadha. On arrival, he sat down on the seat laid out.
Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā buddhappamukhaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesuṁ sampavāresuṁ.
sunidhavassakārā → sunīdhavassakārā (bj, pts)Sunidha & Vassakāra, with their own hands, served & satisfied the Saṅgha of monks, with the Buddha at its head, with exquisite staple & non-staple food.
Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.
sunidhavassakārā → sunīdhavassakārā (bj, pts) | onītapattapāṇiṁ → oṇītapattapāṇiṁ (pts)Then, when the Blessed One had finished his meal and had rinsed his bowl & hands, Sunidha & Vassakāra, taking a low seat, sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte bhagavā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi:
sunidhavassakāre → sunīdhavassakāre (bj, pts)As they were sitting there, the Blessed One gave his approval with these verses:
“Yasmiṁ padese kappeti, vāsaṁ paṇḍitajātiyo;
paṇḍitajātiyo sīlavantettha → paṇḍitajātiko sīlavant ettha (pts) | paṇḍitajātiyo → paṇḍitajātiko (bj: PTS) | paṇḍita-jātiko → Bm K Vin. Ud. -yo. (pts note)In whatever place a wise person makes his dwelling, Sīlavantettha bhojetvā, saññate brahmacārayo.
brahmacārayo → brahmacārino (sya-all, km) | brahmacārayo → brahmacārino (bj: machasaṁ) | brahmacārayo → brahmacārino (cck: syā.) | brahmacārayo → Sd K -riyo; Bm Vin. -riye. (pts note)—there providing food for the virtuous, the restrained, the restrained, leaders of the holy life—Yā tattha devatā āsuṁ, tāsaṁ dakkhiṇamādise;
āsuṁ → assu (pts) | āsuṁ → asasu (bj: PTS) | assu → Bm K Vin. Ud. āsum. (pts note)to the devas there. they, receiving honor, will honor him; Tā pūjitā pūjayanti, mānitā mānayanti naṁ.
pūjitā pūjayanti → pūjitā pūjayanti naṁ (mr) | pūjayanti → pūjitā pūjayanti naṁ (cck: ka.)being respected, will show him respect.Tato naṁ anukampanti, mātā puttaṁva orasaṁ;
anukampanti → anukampenti (bj: sīmu) | anukampanti → Bm -penti. (pts note)As a result, they will feel sympathy for him, like that of a mother for her child, her son. Devatānukampito poso, sadā bhadrāni passatī”ti.A person with whom the devas sympathize always meets with auspicious things.
Atha kho bhagavā sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
sunidhavassakāre → sunīdhavassakāre (bj, pts)Then the Blessed One, having given his approval to Sunidha & Vassakāra with these verses, got up from his seat and left.
Tena kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhā honti:
sunidhavassakārā → sunīdhavassakārā (bj, pts) | anubandhā → anubaddhā (bj, pts)And on that occasion, Sunidha & Vassakāra followed right after the Blessed One, (thinking,)
“yenajja samaṇo gotamo dvārena nikkhamissati, taṁ gotamadvāraṁ nāma bhavissati.“By whichever gate Gotama the contemplative departs today, that will be called the Gotama Gate.
Yena titthena gaṅgaṁ nadiṁ tarissati, taṁ gotamatitthaṁ nāma bhavissatī”ti.
gaṅgaṁ nadiṁ → gaṅgānadiṁ (sya-all) | nāma → (pts) | nadiṁ → gaṅgānadiṁ (bj: syā) | gaṅgānadiṁ → gaṅgaṁ nadiṁ (sya-all: sī.)And by whichever ford he crosses over the Ganges River, that will be called the Gotama Ford.”
Atha kho bhagavā yena dvārena nikkhami, taṁ gotamadvāraṁ nāma ahosi.
ahosi → “gotamatitthaṁ nāma ahosī”ti pāḷiyaṁ na dissati. tathāpa “gotamatitthāvidure” iti mahābodhivaṁsādisu dissate (bj note)So the gate by which the Blessed One departed was called the Gotama Gate.
Atha kho bhagavā yena gaṅgā nadī tenupasaṅkami.Then he went to the Ganges River.
Tena kho pana samayena gaṅgā nadī pūrā hoti samatittikā kākapeyyā.
samatittikā → samātittikā (bj) | samatittikā → Scd tiyā; Bm Vin. -titthikā. (pts note)Now on that occasion the Ganges River was full up to the banks, so that a crow could drink from it.
Appekacce manussā nāvaṁ pariyesanti, appekacce uḷumpaṁ pariyesanti, appekacce kullaṁ bandhanti apārā, pāraṁ gantukāmā.
apārā → orā (bj); pārā (sya-all) | apārā pāraṁ → aparāparaṁ (pts) | pāraṁ → pārāpāraṁ (bj: sīmu); apārāpāraṁ (bj: machasaṁ, PTS) | apārā → pārā (cck: sī. syā. ka.); orā (cck: vi. mahāvagga) | pāraṁ → aparāparaṁ. yu. orā pāraṁ (sya-all: sī.) | manussā → Vin. Manussā aññe n. p. aññe u. p. aññe k. b. orā pāraṁ. (pts note) | aparāparaṁ → K pārā pāraṁ, with aparāparaṁ in a note. (pts note)Some people were searching for boats; some were searching for floats; some were binding rafts in hopes of going from this shore to the other.
Atha kho bhagavā—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—gaṅgāya nadiyā orimatīre antarahito pārimatīre paccuṭṭhāsi saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena.
orimatīre → orime tīre (sya-all) | pārimatīre → pārime tīre (sya-all) | samiñjeyya evameva → sammiñjeyya evam evaṁ (pts) | sammiñjitaṁ → samiñjitaṁ (bj: machasaṁ) | sammiñjeyya → samiñjeyya (bj: machasaṁ) | pārimatīre → K orime t. a. pārime tīre. (pts note)So the Blessed One—just as a strong man might extend his flexed arm or flex his extended arm—disappeared from the near bank of the Ganges River and reappeared on the far bank together with the Saṅgha of monks.
Addasā kho bhagavā te manusse appekacce nāvaṁ pariyesante appekacce uḷumpaṁ pariyesante appekacce kullaṁ bandhante apārā pāraṁ gantukāme.
apārā → orā (bj); pārā (sya-all) | apārā pāraṁ → aparāparaṁ (pts) | gantu-kāme → Vin. omits this sentence. (pts note)He saw that some people were searching for boats; some were searching for floats; some were binding rafts in hopes of going from this shore to the other.
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṁ viditvā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi:Then, on realizing the significance of that, the Blessed One on that occasion exclaimed:
“Ye taranti aṇṇavaṁ saraṁ, setuṁ katvāna visajja pallalāni;
aṇṇavaṁ → Sc annāvaṁ. (pts note) katvāna → Bm katvā. (pts note)Those who cross the foaming flood, having made a bridge, avoiding the swamps Kullañhi jano bandhati, tiṇṇā medhāvino janā”ti.
Kullañhi jano bandhati → kullaṁ hi jano pabandhati (bj, pts1ed, mr); kullaṁ jano ca bandhati (sya-all, km) | kullañhi → kullaṁ (sya-all) | jano → jano ca (sya-all) | bandhati → pabandhati (pts) | pabandhati → kullaṁ jano vabandhati (bj: syā) | bandhati → kullaṁ jano ca bandhati (cck: syā.); kullaṁ hi jano pabandhati (cck: sī. pī. ka.) | pabandhati → Sc sambandhati; K kullaṁ jano ca bandhati; Vin. k. hi j. bandhati. (pts note) tiṇṇā → na tiṇṇā (mr) | tiṇṇā → nitiṇṇā, na tiṇṇā (cck: ka.) | tiṇṇā → Bm nittiṇṇā. (pts note) | janā → Sc jātā. (pts note)—while people are binding rafts— intelligent people
Paṭhamabhāṇavāro.have already crossed.
8. Ariyasaccakathā
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:Then the Blessed One said to Ven. Ānanda, “āyāmānanda, yena koṭigāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti.“Come, Ānanda, we will head for Koṭi Village.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.“As you say, lord,” Ven. Ānanda responded to the Blessed One. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena koṭigāmo tadavasari.Then the Blessed One, together with a large Saṅgha of monks, went to Koṭi Village. Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā koṭigāme viharati.There he stayed near Koṭi Village.
Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:And there he addressed the monks:
“Catunnaṁ, bhikkhave, ariyasaccānaṁ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ sandhāvitaṁ saṁsaritaṁ mamañceva tumhākañca.“It’s through not awakening to or penetrating four noble truths, monks, that we have transmigrated and wandered on for such a long time, you & I.
Katamesaṁ catunnaṁ?Which four?
Dukkhassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ sandhāvitaṁ saṁsaritaṁ mamañceva tumhākañca.“It’s through not awakening to or penetrating the noble truth of stress that we have transmigrated and wandered on for such a long time, you & I.
Dukkhasamudayassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ sandhāvitaṁ saṁsaritaṁ mamañceva tumhākañca.It’s through not awakening to or penetrating the noble truth of the origination of stress…
Dukkhanirodhassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ sandhāvitaṁ saṁsaritaṁ mamañceva tumhākañca.It’s through not awakening to or penetrating the noble truth of the cessation of stress…
Dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ sandhāvitaṁ saṁsaritaṁ mamañceva tumhākañca.It’s through not awakening to or penetrating the noble truth of the path of practice leading to cessation of stress that we have transmigrated and wandered on for such a long time, you & I.
Tayidaṁ, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ anubuddhaṁ paṭividdhaṁ, dukkhasamudayaṁ ariyasaccaṁ anubuddhaṁ paṭividdhaṁ, dukkhanirodhaṁ ariyasaccaṁ anubuddhaṁ paṭividdhaṁ, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṁ anubuddhaṁ paṭividdhaṁ, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti.
dukkhanirodhaṁ → dukkhanirodho (bj, sya-all) | dukkhasamudayaṁ → dukkhasamudayo (bj, sya-all) | dukkhasamudayo → dukkhasamudayaṁ (bj: sīmu, machasaṁ, PTS) | dukkhanirodho → dukkhanirodhaṁ (bj: sīmu, machasaṁ, PTS) | dukkhasamudayaṁ → dukkhasamudayo (cck: syā.) | dukkhanirodhaṁ → dukkhanirodho (cck: syā.)“(But now,) this noble truth of stress has been awakened to & penetrated, the noble truth of the origination of stress has been awakened to & penetrated, the noble truth of the cessation of stress has been awakened to & penetrated, the noble truth of the path of practice leading to cessation of stress has been awakened to & penetrated. Craving for becoming has been crushed; the guide to becoming [i.e., clinging] is ended. There now is no further-becoming.”
Idamavoca bhagavā.That is what the Blessed One said.
Idaṁ vatvāna sugato athāparaṁ etadavoca satthā:
vatvā → K vatvāna. 90 No footnote. (pts note)Having said it, the Teacher, the One Well-Gone, said further:
“Catunnaṁ ariyasaccānaṁ, yathābhūtaṁ adassanā;From lack of vision of the four noble truths, Saṁsitaṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ, tāsu tāsveva jātisu.
saṁsitaṁ → saṁsaritaṁ (sya-all) | saṁsitaṁ → saṁsaritaṁ (bj: sīmu) | Saṁsitaṁ → Bm K saṁsaritaṁ. (pts note) tāsveva → tās eva (pts) | tāsveva → tāyeva (bj: PTS) | eva → Bm K Feer Old. tāsveva. (pts note)we have wandered a long time simply in these births & those.Tāni etāni diṭṭhāni, bhavanetti samūhatā;
Tāni → Sd bhagavanteti; St bhavanteti. (pts note) bhava-netti → Feer, yāni. (pts note)These are now seen, the guide to becoming is removed, Ucchinnaṁ mūlaṁ dukkhassa, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti.
Ucchinnaṁ → SS ucchinna-. (pts note) ti → = S v. 431 = Vin. i. 231. (pts note)crushed is the root of suffering & stress. there is now no further-becoming.
Tatrapi sudaṁ bhagavā koṭigāme viharanto etadeva bahulaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ karoti:
karoti → SS here only katheti. See 1. 12; 2. 10, 20. (pts note)While staying there near Koṭi Village, the Blessed One often gave this Dhamma talk to the monks:
“iti sīlaṁ, iti samādhi, iti paññā.“Such is virtue, such is concentration, such is discernment.
Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso.Concentration nurtured with virtue is of great fruit, great reward.
Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā.Discernment nurtured with concentration is of great fruit, great reward.
Paññāparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṁ—The mind nurtured with discernment is rightly released from the effluents, i.e.,
kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā”ti.
avijjāsavāti → avijjāsavāti dhammādāsa dhammapariyāyo (bj); diṭṭhāsavā avijjāsavā ti (pts) | avijjāsavā”ti → kāmāsavā bhavāsavā diṭṭhāsavā avijjāsavā (bj: PTS) | diṭṭhāsavā → St K omit. (pts note)the effluent of sensuality, the effluent of becoming, the effluent of ignorance.”
9. Anāvattidhammasambodhiparāyaṇa
Atha kho bhagavā koṭigāme yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:Then the Blessed One, having stayed near Koṭi Village as long as he pleased, said to Ven. Ānanda,
“āyāmānanda, yena nātikā tenupaṅkamissāmā”ti.
nātikā → nādikā (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) | nātikā tenupaṅkamissāmāti → nādikā tenupasaṅkamissāmāti (bj, sya-all, pts) | nādikā → nātika (bj: machasaṁ) | nātikā → nādikā (cck: syā. pī.) | nādikā → nātikā (sya-all: sī. yu.) | Nādikā → So all MSS K and Sum. See 6, 7. (pts note)“Come, Ānanda, we will head for Nādikā.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.“As you say, lord,” Ven. Ānanda responded to the Blessed One.
Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena nātikā tadavasari.
nātikā → nādikā (bj, sya-all) | nātikā tadavasari tatrapi → nādikā tad avasari tatra (pts)Then the Blessed One, together with a large Saṅgha of monks, went to Nādikā.
Tatrapi sudaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe.
nātike → nādike (bj, sya-all, pts) | Tatra → Bm adds pi. (pts note)There he stayed near Nādikā at the Brick Hall.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:Then Ven. Ānanda went to the Blessed One and, on arrival, having bowed down to him, sat to one side. As he was sitting there, Ven. Ānanda said to the Blessed One,
“sāḷho nāma, bhante, bhikkhu nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo?
nātike kālaṅkato → nādike kālakato (bj, sya-all, pts) | kālakato → kālaṁkato (bj: machasaṁ) | kālakato → Bm kālaṁ kato, and onwards. (pts note) | abhisamparāyo → Comp. Vin. i. 293. (pts note)“Lord, the monk named Sāḷha has died in Nādikā. What is his destination, what his future state?
Nandā nāma, bhante, bhikkhunī nātike kālaṅkatā, tassā kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo?
nātike kālaṅkatā → nādike kālakatā (bj, sya-all, pts)The nun named Nandā has died in Nādikā. What is her destination, what her future state?
Sudatto nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo?
nātike kālaṅkato → nādike kālakato (bj, sya-all, pts)The male lay-follower named Sudatta has died in Nādikā. What is his destination, what his future state?
Sujātā nāma, bhante, upāsikā nātike kālaṅkatā, tassā kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo?
nātike kālaṅkatā → nādike kālakatā (bj, sya-all, pts)The female lay-follower named Sujātā has died in Nādikā. What is her destination, what her future state?
Kukkuṭo nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo?
Kukkuṭo → kakudho (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) | kukkuṭo nāma → kakudhonāma (bj) | nātike kālaṅkato → nādike kālakato (bj, sya-all, pts) | kukkuṭo → kakudho (sya-all, pts) | kakudhonāma → kukkuṭo (bj: machasaṁ) | Kukkuṭo → kakudho (cck: syā.) | Kakudho → Sct K Kakudho; Sd Kakudo here, but Kakudho in 7; Bm Kukkuṭo (and so below). (pts note)The male lay-follower named Kakudha…
Kāḷimbo nāma, bhante, upāsako …pe…
Kāḷimbo → kālimbo (bj); kāraḷimbho (sya-all, km); kāliṅgo (pts1ed) | kāḷimbo → kāliṅgo (bj, pts); kāraḷimbho (sya-all) | kāliṅgo → kāḷimbe (bj: machasaṁ); kāraḷimbo (bj: syā) | Kāḷimbo → kāliṅgo (cck: pī.); kāraḷimbo (cck: syā.) | kāraḷimbho → kāliṅgo (sya-all: sī.) | Kāliṅgo → Bm Kālimbo; K Kāraḷimbo (Kāliṅgo as a various reading). So also in 7. (pts note)Kāraḷimbha…
nikaṭo nāma, bhante, upāsako …Nikaṭa…
kaṭissaho nāma, bhante, upāsako …
kaṭissaho → kaṭissabho (pts1ed) | kaṭissaho → kaṭissabho (pts) | kaṭissaho → kaṭissabho (cck: sī. pī.)Kaṭissaha…
tuṭṭho nāma, bhante, upāsako …Tuṭṭha…
santuṭṭho nāma, bhante, upāsako …Santuṭṭha…
bhaddo nāma, bhante, upāsako …
bhaddo → bhaṭo (sya-all, km) | bhaddo → bhaṭo (cck: syā.) | bhaṭo → bhaddo (sya-all: sī.) | Bhaddo → K Bhaṭo (Bhaddo as var. read.). (pts note)Bhaṭa…
subhaddo nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo”ti?
subhaddo → subhaṭo (sya-all, km) | nātike kālaṅkato → nādike kālakato (bj, sya-all, pts) | subhaddo → subhaṭo (cck: syā.) | subhaṭo → subhaddo (sya-all: sī.) | Subhaddo → K Subhaṭo (Subhaddo as var. read.). (pts note)Subhaṭa has died in Nādikā. What is his destination, what his future state?”
“Sāḷho, ānanda, bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi.“Ānanda, the monk Sāḷha, with the ending of effluents, dwelt in the effluent-free awareness-release and discernment-release, having directly known and realized them for himself right in the here-and-now.
Nandā, ānanda, bhikkhunī pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyinī anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā.
lokā → Scdt insert pe. (pts note)The nun Nandā, with the ending of the five lower fetters,16 has spontaneously arisen (in the Pure Abodes,) there to be totally unbound, destined never again to return from that world.
Sudatto, ānanda, upāsako tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmī sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissati.Sudatta the male lay-follower, with the ending of [the first] three fetters, and with the attenuation of passion, aversion, & delusion, is a once-returner, who—on returning only once more to this world—will put an end to stress.
Sujātā, ānanda, upāsikā tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā.
sambodhiparāyaṇā kukkuṭo → sambodhiparāyanā kakudho (sya-all, pts) | avinipātadhammā → avinipātadhannā (pts) | sambodhiparāyaṇā → parāyanā (cck: sī. syā. pī. ka.)Sujātā the female lay-follower, with the ending of [the first] three fetters, is a stream-winner, never again destined for states of destitution, certain, headed for self-awakening.
Kukkuṭo, ānanda, upāsako pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā.
kukkuṭo → kakudho nāma (bj)Kakudha the male lay-follower…
Kāḷimbo, ānanda, upāsako …pe…
kāḷimbo → kāliṅgo (bj, pts); kāraḷimbho (sya-all)Kāraḷimbha…
nikaṭo, ānanda, upāsako …Nikaṭa…
kaṭissaho, ānanda, upāsako …
kaṭissaho → kaṭissabho (pts)Kaṭissaha…
tuṭṭho, ānanda, upāsako …Tuṭṭha…
santuṭṭho, ānanda, upāsako …Santuṭṭha…
bhaddo, ānanda, upāsako …
bhaddo → bhaṭo (sya-all)Bhaṭa…
subhaddo, ānanda, upāsako pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā.
subhaddo → subhaṭo (sya-all)Subhaṭa the male lay-follower, with the ending of the five lower fetters, have spontaneously arisen (in the Pure Abodes,) there to be totally unbound, destined never again to return from that world.
Paropaññāsaṁ, ānanda, nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā, pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyino anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā.
nātike → nādike (bj, sya-all, pts) | kālaṅkatā → kālakatā (bj, sya-all, pts) | Paro-paññāsa → Bm -saṁ. (pts note)“Ānanda, more than 50 lay-followers who have died in Nādikā, with the ending of the five lower fetters, have spontaneously arisen (in the Pure Abodes,) there to be totally unbound, destined never again to return from that world.
Sādhikā navuti, ānanda, nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmino sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissanti.
Sādhikā navuti → chādhikā navuti (sya-all); nādhikā navuti (km) | nātike → nādike (bj, sya-all, pts) | kālaṅkatā → kālakatā (bj, sya-all, pts) | sādhikā → chādhikā (sya-all) | navuti → chādhikā navuti (cck: syā.)96 lay-followers who have died in Nādikā, with the ending of [the first] three fetters, and with the attenuation of passion, aversion, & delusion, are once-returners, who—on returning only once more to this world—will put an end to stress.
Sātirekāni, ānanda, pañcasatāni nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā, tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā.
Sātirekāni → dasātirekāni (sya-all, km) | pañcasatāni nātike → pañca satāni nādike (bj) | kālaṅkatā → kālakatā (bj, sya-all, pts) | sātirekāni → dasātirekāni (sya-all) | nātike → nādike (sya-all, pts) | sambodhiparāyaṇā → sambodhiparāyanā (sya-all, pts) | avinipātadhammā → avinipātādhammā (pts) | Sātirekāni → dasātirekāni (cck: syā.) | Sātirekāni → K dasātir-. (pts note)510 lay-followers who have died in Nādikā, with the ending of [the first] three fetters, are stream-winners, never again destined for states of destitution, certain, headed for self-awakening.
10. Dhammādāsadhammapariyāya
Anacchariyaṁ kho panetaṁ, ānanda, yaṁ manussabhūto kālaṁ kareyya.
kālaṁ kareyya tasmiṁyeva kālaṅkate → kālaṁkareyya tasmiñce kālakate (bj)“It’s not amazing, Ānanda, that anyone who has become a human being would die.
Tasmiṁyeva kālaṅkate tathāgataṁ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ pucchissatha, vihesā hesā, ānanda, tathāgatassa.
Tasmiṁyeva → tasmiṁ tasmiṁ kho (sya-all, km); tasmiṁ tasmiṁ ce (pts1ed) | hesā → cesā (bj) | tasmiṁyeva kālaṅkate → tasmiṁ tasmiṁ kho kālakate (sya-all) | vihesā hesā → vihesāvesā (sya-all) | Tasmiṁyeva → tasmiṁ tasmiṁ ce (cck: sī. pī.); tasmiṁ tasmiṁ kho (cck: syā.) | ce → Bm yeva; K kho. (pts note)But if with every death you approach the Tathāgata and ask about this matter, that would be wearisome for him.
Tasmātihānanda, dhammādāsaṁ nāma dhammapariyāyaṁ desessāmi, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṁ byākareyya:
dhammādāsaṁ → dhammadāsaṁ (sya-all) | byākareyya khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni → vyākareyya khīṇanirayo mhi khīṇatiracchānayoniyo (pts)“Therefore, Ānanda, I will teach you the Dhamma-discourse called the Dhamma-mirror, endowed with which a disciple of the noble ones, if he/she so desires, may predict for him or herself:
‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti.
sambodhiparāyaṇoti → sambodhiparāyanoti (sya-all, pts) | khīṇatiracchāna-yoniyo → Bm K yoni, and below. (pts note)‘Hell is ended for me; animal wombs are ended; the state of the hungry ghosts is ended; planes of deprivation, the bad destinations, the lower realms are ended! I am a stream-winner, never again destined for the lower realms, certain, headed for self-awakening!’
Katamo ca so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṁ byākareyya:
ānanda → ānando (pts) | byākareyya khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni → vyākareyya khīṇamirayo mhi khīṇatiracchānayoniyo (pts)“And what is the Dhamma-mirror Dhamma-discourse, endowed with which a disciple of the noble ones, if he/she so desires, may predict for him or herself:
‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti?
sambodhiparāyaṇoti → sambodhiparāyanoti (sya-all) | sambodhiparāyaṇoti idhānanda → sambodhiparāyano ti idh ānanda (pts)‘Hell is ended for me; animal wombs are ended; the state of the hungry ghosts is ended; planes of deprivation, the bad destinations, the lower realms are ended! I am a stream-winner, never again destined for the lower realms, certain, headed for self-awakening’?
Idhānanda, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti:“There is the case where the disciple of the noble ones is endowed with verified confidence in the Awakened One: ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.‘Indeed, the Blessed One is worthy & rightly self-awakened, consummate in clear-knowing & conduct, well-gone, an expert with regard to the cosmos, unexcelled trainer of people fit to be tamed, teacher of devas & human beings, awakened, blessed.’
Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti:“He/she is endowed with verified confidence in the Dhamma:
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṁ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.
opaneyyiko → opanayiko (bj, sya-all, pts) | opanayiko → opaneyyako (bj: machasaṁ)‘The Dhamma is well taught by the Blessed One, to be seen here & now, timeless, inviting verification, pertinent, to be experienced by the observant for themselves.’
Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti:“He/she is endowed with verified confidence in the Saṅgha:
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.
pāhuneyyo → pāhuṇeyyo (pts) | pāhuṇeyyo → St K pāhun-. (pts note)‘The Saṅgha of the Blessed One’s disciples who have practiced well… who have practiced straight-forwardly… who have practiced methodically… who have practiced masterfully—in other words, the four types of noble disciples when taken as pairs, the eight when taken as individual types—they are the Saṅgha of the Blessed One’s disciples: deserving of gifts, deserving of hospitality, deserving of offerings, deserving of respect, the incomparable field of merit for the world.’”
Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññūpasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṁvattanikehi.
viññūpasatthehi → viññuppasatthehi (bj, pts) | akhaṇḍehi → K akkh-. (pts note) | bhujissehi → Bm bhūj-. (pts note) | viññuppasatthehi → Bm pasaṭhehi; K viññūpasatthehi. (pts note)“He/she is endowed with virtues that are appealing to the noble ones: untorn, unbroken, unspotted, unsplattered, liberating, praised by the observant, ungrasped at, leading to concentration.
Ayaṁ kho so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṁ byākareyya:
so → (sya-all) | byākareyya khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni → vyākareyya khīṇanirayo mhi khīṇatiracchānayoniyo (pts)“This, Ānanda, is the Dhamma-mirror Dhamma-discourse, endowed with which a disciple of the noble ones, if he/she so desires, may predict for him or herself:
‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’”ti.
sambodhiparāyaṇoti → sambodhiparāyanoti (sya-all) | sambodhiparāyaṇoti tatrapi → sambodhiparāyano ti tatra (pts) | khīṇa-tiracchānayoniyo → Bm K yoni. (pts note)‘Hell is ended for me; animal wombs are ended; the state of the hungry ghosts is ended; planes of deprivation, the bad destinations, the lower realms are ended! I am a stream-winner, never again destined for the lower realms, certain, headed for self-awakening!’”
Tatrapi sudaṁ bhagavā nātike viharanto giñjakāvasathe etadeva bahulaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ karoti:
nātike → nādike (bj, sya-all, pts) | Tatra → Bm K insert pi. (pts note) | Nādike → Bm Nātike. (pts note) | Giñjakāvasathe → Sd Gijjhak-; St Gijjhañjak-. (pts note)While staying there near Nādikā in the Brick House, the Blessed One often gave this Dhamma talk to the monks:
“Iti sīlaṁ iti samādhi iti paññā.“Such is virtue, such is concentration, such is discernment.
Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso.Concentration nurtured with virtue is of great fruit, great reward.
Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā.Discernment nurtured with concentration is of great fruit, great reward.
Paññāparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṁ—The mind nurtured with discernment is rightly released from effluents, i.e.,
kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā”ti.
avijjāsavāti → avijjāsavāti ambapālivane satipaṭṭhāna desanā (bj); diṭṭhāsavā avijjāsavā ti (pts) | diṭṭhāsavā → St K om. (pts note)the effluent of sensuality, the effluent of becoming, the effluent of ignorance.”
Atha kho bhagavā nātike yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
nātike → nādike (bj, sya-all, pts)Then the Blessed One, having stayed near Nādikā as long as he pleased, said to Ven. Ānanda,
“āyāmānanda, yena vesālī tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti.
vesālī tenupasaṅkamissāmāti → vesāli ten upasaṁkamissāmāti (pts)“Come, Ānanda, we will head for Vesālī.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.“As you say, lord,” Ven. Ānanda responded to the Blessed One.
Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena vesālī tadavasari.
vesālī tadavasari → vesāli tad avasari (pts)Then the Blessed One, together with a large Saṅgha of monks, went to Vesālī.
Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati ambapālivane.There he stayed near Vesālī in Ambapālī’s grove.
Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:And there he addressed the monks:
“Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno,“Stay mindful, monks, and alert.
ayaṁ vo amhākaṁ anusāsanī.
vo → te (sya-all) | vo → Scdt kho; K te. (pts note)This is our instruction to you all.
Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sato hoti?And how is a monk mindful?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ.There is the case where a monk remains focused on the body in & of itself—ardent, alert, & mindful—subduing greed & distress with reference to the world.
Vedanāsu vedanānupassī …pe…
vedanānupassī → (pts)He remains focused on feelings…
citte cittānupassī …pe…
cittānupassī → (pts)mind…
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ.mental qualities in & of themselves—ardent, alert, & mindful—subduing greed & distress with reference to the world.
Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sato hoti.This is how a monk is mindful.
Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti?“And how is a monk alert?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti, ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti, samiñjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti, saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti, asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti.When going forward & returning, he makes himself alert; when looking toward & looking away… when bending & extending his limbs… when carrying his outer cloak, his upper robe, & his bowl… when eating, drinking, chewing, & savoring… when urinating & defecating… when walking, standing, sitting, falling asleep, waking up, talking, & remaining silent, he makes himself alert.
Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti.This is how a monk is alert.
Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno,“Stay mindful, monks, and alert.
ayaṁ vo amhākaṁ anusāsanī”ti.
anusāsanīti → anusāsanīti ambapālī ārāmapaṭiggahanaṁ (bj) | vo → te (sya-all) | vo → Sctd kho; K te. (pts note)This is our instruction to you all.”
11. Ambapālīgaṇikā
Assosi kho ambapālī gaṇikā: “bhagavā kira vesāliṁ anuppatto vesāliyaṁ viharati mayhaṁ ambavane”ti.
ambapālī → ampālī (sya-all) | vesāliṁ → vesāliyaṁ (pts) | Vesāliyaṁ → Bm K Vesāliṁ, against Scdt and Ch. (pts note)Then Ambapālī the courtesan heard, “The Blessed One, they say, has arrived at Vesālī and is staying near Vesālī in my mango [amba] grove!”
Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhaddaṁ bhaddaṁ yānaṁ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi vesāliyā niyyāsi. Yena sako ārāmo tena pāyāsi.
atha kho ambapālī → athakho ampālaṁ (sya-all) | bhaddaṁ → (pts) | bhaddaṁ → Bm K add bhaddaṁ. (pts note)Then, having auspicious vehicles yoked, she got into an auspicious vehicle, left Vesālī with the auspicious vehicles and drove toward her own garden [the grove].
Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.Going in her vehicle as far as there was ground for a vehicle, getting down from her vehicle, she approached the Blessed One on foot. On arrival, having bowed down to him, she sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho ambapāliṁ gaṇikaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.
ambapāliṁ → ampāliṁ (sya-all)As she was sitting there, the Blessed One instructed, urged, roused, & encouraged her with a talk on Dhamma.
Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṁsitā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
atha kho ambapālī → athakho ampālī (sya-all) | ambapālī → ambabāli (pts)Then Ambapālī the courtesan—instructed, urged, roused, & encouraged with the Blessed One’s talk on Dhamma—said to him,
“adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṁ saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghenā”ti.“Lord, may the Blessed One acquiesce to my meal tomorrow, together with the Saṅgha of monks.”
Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.The Blessed One acquiesced with silence.
Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.
atha kho ambapālī → athakho ampālī (sya-all) | ambapālī gaṇikā → amba pāligaṇikā (pts)Then Ambapālī the courtesan, understanding the Blessed One’s acquiescence, got up from her seat and, bowing down to him and circumambulating him, left.
Assosuṁ kho vesālikā licchavī: “bhagavā kira vesāliṁ anuppatto vesāliyaṁ viharati ambapālivane”ti.
Vesāliṁ → SS Vesāliyaṁ. Comp. vol. i. 87, 111, 127. (pts note)Then the Licchavis of Vesālī heard, “The Blessed One, they say, has arrived at Vesālī and is staying near Vesālī in Ambapālī’s grove!”
Atha kho te licchavī bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhaddaṁ bhaddaṁ yānaṁ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi vesāliyā niyyiṁsu.
bhaddaṁ → (pts) | nīyiṁsu → nīyāyiṁsu (bj: PTS); niyyaṁsu (bj: machasaṁ, syā) | bhaddaṁ → Bm K add bhaddaṁ. (pts note) | niyyiṁsu → Sd niyyaṁsu; St niyyumsu; Bm niyiṁsu. Vin. i. 231 niyyāsuṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya. (pts note)Then, having auspicious vehicles yoked, the Licchavis got into the auspicious vehicles, and left Vesālī with the auspicious vehicles.
Tatra ekacce licchavī nīlā honti nīlavaṇṇā nīlavatthā nīlālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī pītā honti pītavaṇṇā pītavatthā pītālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī lohitā honti lohitavaṇṇā lohitavatthā lohitālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī odātā honti odātavaṇṇā odātavatthā odātālaṅkārā.
lohitā → lohitakā (sya-all, pts) | lohitavaṇṇā lohitavatthā lohitālaṅkārā → lohitakavaṇṇā lohitakavatthā lohitakālaṅkārā (sya-all) | lohitā → lohikatā (bj: PTS) | lohitakā → Bm -tā. (pts note)Now, some of those Licchavis were dark blue, with dark blue complexions, dark blue clothing, & dark blue ornaments. Some of those Licchavis were yellow, with yellow complexions, yellow clothing, & yellow ornaments. Some of those Licchavis were red, with red complexions, red clothing, & red ornaments. Some of those Licchavis were white, with white complexions, white clothing, & white ornaments.
Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā daharānaṁ daharānaṁ licchavīnaṁ akkhena akkhaṁ cakkena cakkaṁ yugena yugaṁ paṭivaṭṭesi.
paṭivaṭṭesi → pativaṭṭesi (bj) | ambapālī → ambapāli (pts) | pativaṭṭesi → paṭivaṭṭesi (bj: machasaṁ, PTS, syā) | paṭivaṭṭesi → parivattesi (cck: vi. mahāvagga) | yuggaṁ → yuropiyavinayapotthakeyeva īsāya īsaṁ cakkena cakkaṁ yuggena yuggaṁ akkhena akkhanti pālikkamo dissati (sya-all note) | paṭivaṭṭesi → Vin. i. 231, 3 differs in this and the following clauses. (pts note)Then Ambapālī the courtesan, driving axle to axle, wheel to wheel, yoke to yoke, brought those young Licchavis to a halt.
Atha kho te licchavī ambapāliṁ gaṇikaṁ etadavocuṁ:
te → (pts)So those Licchavis said to her,
“kiṁ, je ambapāli, daharānaṁ daharānaṁ licchavīnaṁ akkhena akkhaṁ cakkena cakkaṁ yugena yugaṁ paṭivaṭṭesī”ti?“Hey, Ambapālī, what are you doing—driving axle to axle, wheel to wheel, yoke to yoke—bringing the young Licchavis to a halt?”
“Tathā hi pana me, ayyaputtā, bhagavā nimantito svātanāya bhattaṁ saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghenā”ti.“Because, young masters, I have invited the Blessed One, together with the Saṅgha of monks, for tomorrow’s meal!”
“Dehi, je ambapāli, etaṁ bhattaṁ satasahassenā”ti.
etaṁ → ekaṁ (mr) | etaṁ → ekaṁ (cck: ka.)“Give us that meal, Ambapālī, for 100,000!”
“Sacepi me, ayyaputtā, vesāliṁ sāhāraṁ dassatha, evamahaṁ taṁ bhattaṁ na dassāmī”ti.
evamahaṁ taṁ → evaṁ mahantaṁ (bj, pts1ed); evaṁpi mahantaṁ (sya-all, km) | sacepi → sace hi (sya-all) | ayyaputtā → ayyaputta (pts) | bhattaṁ → esīmpi mahattaṁ (bj: syā) | dassatha → dajjeyyātha (cck: vi. mahāvagga) | taṁ → evampi mahantaṁ (cck: syā.); evaṁ mahantaṁ (cck: sī. pī.) | dassāmī’’ti → neva dajjāhaṁ taṁ bhattanti (cck: vi. mahāvagga)“Even if the masters gave me Vesālī with all its revenue, I still wouldn’t give up such a great meal!”
Atha kho te licchavī aṅguliṁ phoṭesuṁ:
phoṭesuṁ jitamha → poṭhesuṁ jitamhā (bj) | aṅguliṁ phoṭesuṁ jitamha → aṅgulī poṭhesuṁ jitamhā (sya-all, pts) | aṅguliṁ → aṅgulī (bj: sīmu, PTS) | aṅgulī → Sc -ṭhosuṁ. (pts note) | poṭhesuṁ → Bm aṅguliṁ, and so below 18. (pts note)Then the Licchavis snapped their fingers:
“jitamha vata bho ambakāya, jitamha vata bho ambakāyā”ti.
jitamha → jitamhā (bahūsu) | vata bho ambakāya, jitamha vata bho ambakāyā”ti → (?) | jitamha → jitamhā (bj); vañcit amhā (pts) | ambakāya jitamha → ambapālikāya vañcitamhā (sya-all) | ambakāyāti atha kho → ambapālikāyāti athakho (sya-all) | ambakāya → ambapālikāya (bj: syā) | jitamhā → vañcitamhā (bj: PTS) | jitamha → jitamhā (cck: bahūsu) | ambakāyā’’ti → ‘‘jitamhā vata bho ambapālikāya vañcitamhā vata bho ambapālikāyā’’ti (cck: syā.) | vañcitamhā → parājitamhā (sya-all: sī. yu.) | vañcit → Bm jit'. (pts note)“How we’ve been defeated by Little Ambapālī! How we’ve been cheated by Little Ambapālī!”
Atha kho te licchavī yena ambapālivanaṁ tena pāyiṁsu.Then the Licchavis set out for Ambapālī’s grove.
Addasā kho bhagavā te licchavī dūratova āgacchante.The Blessed One saw them coming from afar and,
Disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi:on seeing them, he said to the monks,
“yesaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ devā tāvatiṁsā adiṭṭhapubbā, oloketha, bhikkhave, licchaviparisaṁ;
adiṭṭhapubbā → adiṭṭhā (bj, pts) | licchaviparisaṁ apaloketha → licchavīparisaṁ avaloketha (bj) | adiṭṭhā → adiṭṭhapubbā (bj: katthaci) | yesaṁ → yehi (cck: vi. mahāvagga) | adiṭṭhā → K and Vin. i. 232, adiṭṭha-pubbā. Comp. Mahāvastu i. 262; Sum. i. 310; Rockhill 63. (pts note)“Those monks who have never before seen the Devas of the Thirty-three, look at the assembly of Licchavis!
apaloketha, bhikkhave, licchaviparisaṁ;
licchaviparisaṁ → licchavīparisaṁ (bj) | apaloketha → avaloketha (sya-all, pts) | avaloketha → apaloketha (bj: sīmu)Gaze at the assembly of Licchavis!
upasaṁharatha, bhikkhave, licchaviparisaṁ—
licchaviparisaṁ → licchavīparisaṁ (bj)Regard the assembly of Licchavis
tāvatiṁsasadisan”ti.
tāvatiṁsasadisanti → tāvatiṁsaparisan ti (pts) | tāvatiṁsasadisanti → tāvatiṁsā sadisaṁ (bj: sīmu); tāvatiṁsaparisaṁ (bj: PTS)as like the assembly of the Thirty-three!”
Atha kho te licchavī yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu.Then the Licchavis, going in their vehicles as far as there was ground for vehicles, got down from their vehicles and approached the Blessed One on foot. On arrival, having bowed down to him, they sat to one side. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te licchavī bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.As they were sitting there, the Blessed One instructed, urged, roused, & encouraged them with a talk on Dhamma.
Atha kho te licchavī bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṁsitā bhagavantaṁ etadavocuṁ:Then the Licchavis—instructed, urged, roused, and encouraged with the Blessed One’s talk on Dhamma—said to him, “adhivāsetu no, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṁ saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghenā”ti.“Lord, may the Blessed One acquiesce to our meal tomorrow, together with the Saṅgha of monks.”
Atha kho bhagavā te licchavī etadavoca:
“adhivutthaṁ kho me, licchavī, svātanāya ambapāliyā gaṇikāya bhattan”ti.
adhivutthaṁ → adhivāsitaṁ (sya-all, km) | ambapāliyā gaṇikāya → ambapāligaṇikāya (sya-all) | ambapāliyā gaṇikāya bhattanti → ambapāligaṇikāya bhattan ti (pts) | gaṇikāya → ambapāligaṇikāya (bj: sīmu, PTS) | adhivutthaṁ → adhivāsitaṁ (cck: syā.) | bhattanti → adhivuttaṁ. yuropiyavinayapotthake pana adhivutthomhi licchavī svātanāya gaṇikāya bhattantīti pālikkamo dissati (sya-all: sī.) | Ambapāligaṇikāya → Bm -liyā- throughout. (pts note)“Licchavis, I have already acquiesced to Ambapālī the courtesan’s meal tomorrow.”
Atha kho te licchavī aṅguliṁ phoṭesuṁ:
phoṭesuṁ jitamha → poṭhesuṁ jitamhā (bj) | aṅguliṁ phoṭesuṁ jitamha → aṅgulī poṭhesuṁ jitamhā (sya-all, pts)Then the Licchavis snapped their fingers:
“jitamha vata bho ambakāya, jitamha vata bho ambakāyā”ti.
jitamha → jitamhā (bj); vañcit amhā (pts) | ambakāya jitamha → ambapālikāya vañcitamhā (sya-all) | ambakāyāti atha kho → ambapālikāyāti athakho (sya-all)“How we’ve been defeated by Little Ambapālī! How we’ve been cheated by Little Ambapālī!”
Atha kho te licchavī bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkamiṁsu.Then the Licchavis, delighting in and approving of the Blessed One’s words, got up from their seats and, bowing down to him and circumambulating him, left.
Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā tassā rattiyā accayena sake ārāme paṇītaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṁ ārocāpesi:
ambapālī → ambapāli (pts)Then Ambapālī the courtesan, at the end of the night—after having exquisite staple & non-staple food prepared in her own garden—announced the time to the Blessed One:
“kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattan”ti.“It’s time, lord. The meal is ready.”
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena yena ambapāliyā gaṇikāya nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi.
ambapāliyā gaṇikāya nivesanaṁ → ambapāligaṇikāya parivesanaṁ (sya-all) | ambapāliyā gaṇikāya nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami → ambapāligaṇikāya parivesanā ten upasaṁkami (pts) | parivesanā → Bm nivesanaṁ; K parivesanaṁ. (pts note)Then the Blessed One, early in the morning, adjusted his lower robe and—taking his bowl & outer robe—went together with the Saṅgha of monks to Ambapālī the courtesan’s meal offering. On arrival, he sat down on the seat laid out.
Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā buddhappamukhaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi.
ambapālī → ambapāli (pts)Ambapālī the courtesan, with her own hands, served & satisfied the Saṅgha of monks, with the Buddha at its head, with exquisite staple & non-staple food.
Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ aññataraṁ nīcaṁ āsanaṁ gahetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
ambapālī → ambapāli (pts) | onītapattapāṇiṁ → oṇītapattapāṇiṁ (pts)Then, when the Blessed One had finished his meal and had rinsed his bowl & hands, Ambapālī the courtesan, taking a low seat, sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
ambapālī gaṇikā → ambapāligaṇikā (pts)As she was sitting there, she said to the Blessed One,
“imāhaṁ, bhante, ārāmaṁ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dammī”ti.
ārāmaṁ → Vin. i. 233 Ambapālivanaṁ(!). (pts note)“Lord, I give this garden to the Saṅgha of monks with the Buddha at its head.”
Paṭiggahesi bhagavā ārāmaṁ.The the Blessed One accepted the garden.
Atha kho bhagavā ambapāliṁ gaṇikaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
ambapāliṁ gaṇikaṁ → ambapāligaṇikaṁ (pts)Then—having instructed, urged, roused, & encouraged Ambapālī the courtesan with a talk on Dhamma—got up from his seat and left.
Tatrapi sudaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharanto ambapālivane etadeva bahulaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ karoti:
pi → Sd K om. (pts note)While staying there near Vesālī in Ambapālī’s grove, the Blessed One often gave this Dhamma talk to the monks:
“iti sīlaṁ, iti samādhi, iti paññā.“Such is virtue, such is concentration, such is discernment.
Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso.Concentration nurtured with virtue is of great fruit, great reward.
Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā.Discernment nurtured with concentration is of great fruit, great reward.
Paññāparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṁ—The mind nurtured with discernment is rightly released from the effluents, i.e.,
kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā”ti.
avijjāsavāti → avijjāsavāti beluvagāme jīvita saṅkhāra adhiṭṭhānaṁ (bj); diṭṭhāsavā avijjāsavā ti (pts) | diṭṭhāsavā → K omits. (pts note)the effluent of sensuality, the effluent of becoming, the effluent of ignorance.”
12. Veḷuvagāmavassūpagamana
Atha kho bhagavā ambapālivane yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:Then the Blessed One, having stayed in Ambapālī’s grove as long as he pleased, said to Ven. Ānanda,
“āyāmānanda, yena veḷuvagāmako tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti.
veḷuvagāmako → beluvagāmako (bj, pts1ed) | veḷuvagāmako tenupasaṅkamissāmāti → beluvagāmako ten upasaṁkamissāmāti (pts) | beluvagāmako → veḷuvagāmako (bj: machasaṁ) | veḷuvagāmako → beḷuvagāmako (cck: sī. pī.) | Beluva-gāmako → Bm K Veḷuva-(and below). (pts note)“Come, Ānanda, we will head for Veḷuva Village.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.“As you say, lord,” Ven. Ānanda responded to the Blessed One.
Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena veḷuvagāmako tadavasari.
veḷuvagāmako → beluvagāmako (bj) | veḷuvagāmako tadavasari → beluvagāmako tad avasari (pts)Then the Blessed One, together with a large Saṅgha of monks, went to Veḷuva Village.
Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā veḷuvagāmake viharati.
veḷuvagāmake → beluvagāmake (bj, pts)There he stayed near Veḷuva Village.
Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:And there he addressed the monks:
“etha tumhe, bhikkhave, samantā vesāliṁ yathāmittaṁ yathāsandiṭṭhaṁ yathāsambhattaṁ vassaṁ upetha.
vassaṁ upetha → upagacchatha (sya-all, km) | upetha → upagacchatha (bj: syā) | upetha → upagacchatha (cck: syā.) | yathāmittaṁ → yathākhittaṁ (sya-all: sī.) | Vesāliṁ → Scd -liyaṁ; Feer -liyā. (pts note) | yathāmittaṁ → Sc mattaṁ, and below, Sdt khittaṁ and below. K yathāmittam in text, yathākhittam in note. (pts note)“Come, monks, enter the Rains retreat around Vesālī with your friends, acquaintances, & eating companions.
Ahaṁ pana idheva veḷuvagāmake vassaṁ upagacchāmī”ti.
veḷuvagāmake → beluvagāmake (bj) | idheva veḷuvagāmake → idh eva beluvagāmake (pts)As for me, I will enter the Rains retreat right here near Veḷuva Village.
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissutvā samantā vesāliṁ yathāmittaṁ yathāsandiṭṭhaṁ yathāsambhattaṁ vassaṁ upagacchiṁsu.
paṭissutvā → paṭissuṇitvā (sya-all) | upagacchiṁsu → upagacchuṁ (sya-all); upagañchuṁ (pts) | upagacchiṁsu → upagañjuṁ (bj: PTS) | Vesāliṁ → Sc -liyaṁ as above. (pts note) | upagañchuṁ → Bm upagacchiṁsu; K upagacchuṁ. (pts note)Responding, “As you say, lord,” to the Blessed One, the monks entered the Rains retreat around Vesālī with their friends, acquaintances, & eating companions.
Bhagavā pana tattheva veḷuvagāmake vassaṁ upagacchi.
veḷuvagāmake → beluvagāmake (bj) | upagacchi → upagañchi (bj, pts) | tattheva veḷuvagāmake → tatth eva beluvagāmake (pts) | upagañchi → upagacchi (bj: machasaṁ) | upagañchi → Bm K upagacchi. (pts note)The Blessed One entered the Rains retreat right there near Veḷuva Village.
Atha kho bhagavato vassūpagatassa kharo ābādho uppajji, bāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā.
māraṇantikā tā → maraṇantikā tatra (sya-all) | bāḷhā → pabāḷahā (bj: katthaci) | bāḷhā → SS pabāḷhā as at 4. 20. (pts note) | vattanti → Bm vattati. (pts note)Then in the Blessed One, when he had entered the Rains retreat, there arose a severe disease with intense pains & deadly.
Tā sudaṁ bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāsesi avihaññamāno.
adhivāsesi → adhivāseti (bj, pts) | sudaṁ → tatra sudaṁ (bj: machasaṁ) | adhivāseti → adhivāsesi (bj: machasaṁ) | Tā → St Bm K tatra. (pts note) | adhivāseti → Bm K -sesi. (pts note)But the Blessed One endured it—mindful, alert, & not struck down by it.
Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi:The thought occurred to him,
“na kho metaṁ patirūpaṁ, yvāhaṁ anāmantetvā upaṭṭhāke anapaloketvā bhikkhusaṅghaṁ parinibbāyeyyaṁ.
yvāhaṁ → yohaṁ (bj) | metaṁ patirūpaṁ yvāhaṁ → me taṁ paṭirūpaṁ yohaṁ (sya-all) | yo’haṁ → yavāhaṁ (bj: machasaṁ) | haṁ → Bm yvāhaṁ. (pts note)“It would not be proper for me to totally unbind without having addressed my attendants or taken leave of the Saṅgha of monks.
Yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ ābādhaṁ vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā jīvitasaṅkhāraṁ adhiṭṭhāya vihareyyan”ti.
vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā → viriyena paṭippanāmetvā (bj) | viriyena → vīriyena (bj: machasaṁ)Why don’t I, bending back this disease with persistence, keep determining the fabrications of life?”
Atha kho bhagavā taṁ ābādhaṁ vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā jīvitasaṅkhāraṁ adhiṭṭhāya vihāsi.
vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā → viriyena paṭippanāmetvā (bj)So the Blessed One, bending back the disease with persistence, kept determining the fabrications of life.
Atha kho bhagavato so ābādho paṭippassambhi.
paṭippassambhi → The Saṁyutta omits this sentence. (pts note)And his disease calmed down.
Atha kho bhagavā gilānā vuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā vihārā nikkhamma vihārapacchāyāyaṁ paññatte āsane nisīdi.
gilānā vuṭṭhito → gilānavuṭṭhito (saddanīti) | vihārapacchāyāyaṁ → vihārappaccāyāyaṁ (bj: syā) | vuṭṭhito → gilānavuṭṭhito (cck: saddanīti) | vihāra-pacchāyāyaṁ → K vihārapp-; Feer, nikkhamitvā vihārapacchā chāyāyaṁ. (pts note)Then the Blessed One—having recovered from being ill, not long recovered from the illness—went out of the dwelling and sat down on a seat laid out behind the dwelling.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
etadavoca diṭṭho → etad avoca diṭṭhā (pts)Then Ven. Ānanda went to the Blessed One and, on arrival, having bowed down to him, sat to one side. As he was sitting there, he said to the Blessed One,
“diṭṭho me, bhante, bhagavato phāsu; diṭṭhaṁ me, bhante, bhagavato khamanīyaṁ, api ca me, bhante, madhurakajāto viya kāyo, disāpi me na pakkhāyanti, dhammāpi maṁ na paṭibhanti bhagavato gelaññena.
diṭṭho me → diṭṭhā (sya-all) | me → (sya-all) | ca → hi (pts) | diṭṭho → diṭṭhā (bj: katthaci) | Diṭṭhā → Bm diṭho. Both Bm and K omit me both times. (pts note) | khamanīyaṁ → Feer has Diṭṭhā bhante khamanīyaṁ, diṭṭhā bhante Bhagavato yāpanīyaṁ. (pts note) | hi → Bm K ca; Feer omits. (pts note)“What a happy sight to see the Blessed One’s comfort! What a happy sight to see the Blessed One’s being at ease! Because of the Blessed One’s illness my own body felt as if it were drugged. I lost my bearings. Things were unclear to me.
Api ca me, bhante, ahosi kācideva assāsamattā:Yet I still took a measure of reassurance in the thought
‘na tāva bhagavā parinibbāyissati, na yāva bhagavā bhikkhusaṅghaṁ ārabbha kiñcideva udāharatī’”ti.that the Blessed One would not totally unbind as long as he hadn’t given at least some pronouncement concerning the Saṅgha of monks.”
“Kiṁ panānanda, bhikkhusaṅgho mayi paccāsīsati?
paccāsīsati → paccāsiṁsati (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) | paccāsīsati → paccāsiṁsati (pts) | paccāsiṁsati → paccāsīsati (bj: machasaṁ) | paccāsīsati → paccāsiṁsati (cck: sī. syā.) | paccāsiṁsati → Bm -sīsati. (pts note)“What more does the Saṅgha of monks want from me, Ānanda?
Desito, ānanda, mayā dhammo anantaraṁ abāhiraṁ karitvā.I have taught the Dhamma without making an inside or outside (version).
Natthānanda, tathāgatassa dhammesu ācariyamuṭṭhi.
natthānanda → na tatth ānanda (pts) | natthānanda → na natthānanda (bj: PTS) | tatth → Bm K Feer, n'; atth'; for na tatth'. (pts note)The Tathāgata has no closed fist with regard to teachings.
Yassa nūna, ānanda, evamassa:To whomever the thought occurs,
‘ahaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ pariharissāmī’ti vā ‘mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho’ti vā, so nūna, ānanda, bhikkhusaṅghaṁ ārabbha kiñcideva udāhareyya.‘I will govern the Saṅgha of monks,’ or ‘The Saṅgha of monks looks to me,’ he should give some pronouncement concerning the Saṅgha of monks.
Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, na evaṁ hoti:But the thought doesn’t occur to the Tathāgata that
‘ahaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ pariharissāmī’ti vā ‘mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho’ti vā.‘I will govern the Saṅgha of monks,’ or ‘The Saṅgha of monks looks to me.’
Sakiṁ, ānanda, tathāgato bhikkhusaṅghaṁ ārabbha kiñcideva udāharissati.
Sakiṁ → sa kiṁ (bj); kiṁ (pts1ed) | sakiṁ → kiṁ (pts) | kiṁ → kiṁ (bj: PTS) | Sakiṁ → kiṁ (cck: sī. pī.) | Kiṁ → K sakiṁ. (pts note)So why should he give some pronouncement concerning the Saṅgha of monks?
Ahaṁ kho panānanda, etarahi jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayo anuppatto.
vuddho → vuḍḍho (sya-all) | vayo anuppatto āsītiko → vayoanuppatto asītiko (sya-all) | etarahi → Feer, Etarahi kho panāham Ānanda. (pts note)“I am now aged, Ānanda: old, elderly, advanced in years, having come to the last stage of life,
Āsītiko me vayo vattati.
āsītiko → asītiko (pts) | vayo → Bm Feer vasso; SS K vayo. (pts note)80 years old.
Seyyathāpi, ānanda, jajjarasakaṭaṁ veṭhamissakena yāpeti;
veṭhamissakena → vekkhamissakena (bj); veḷumissakena (sya-all, km); veghamissakena (pts1ed); vekhamissakena (mr) | jajjarasakaṭaṁ veṭhamissakena → jarasakaṭaṁ veḷumissakena (sya-all); jarasakaṭaṁ veghamissakena (pts) | vekkhamissakena → vedhamissakena (bj: sīmu, __nā__); veṭhamissakena (bj: katthaci); veḷumissakena (bj: syā); veghamissakena (bj: PTS); vekhamissakena (bj: a.dīni, machasaṁ) | veṭhamissakena → veḷumissakena (cck: syā.); veghamissakena (cck: pī.); vedhamissakena, vekhamissakena (cck: ka.)Just as an old cart is kept going with the help of bamboo strips,
evameva kho, ānanda, veṭhamissakena maññe tathāgatassa kāyo yāpeti.
veṭhamissakena → vekkhamissakena (bj); veḷumissakena (sya-all); veghamissakena (pts) | maññe → St inserts na. (pts note)the Tathāgata’s body is kept going with the help of bamboo strips, as it were.
Yasmiṁ, ānanda, samaye tathāgato sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā ekaccānaṁ vedanānaṁ nirodhā animittaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati, phāsutaro, ānanda, tasmiṁ samaye tathāgatassa kāyo hoti.
phāsutaro → phāsukato (pts) | phāsutaro → phāsukato (bj: PTS) | phāsukato → Bm K -karo. Feer phāsutaraṁ and omits kāyo. (pts note)When the Tathāgata—not attending to any theme at all, and with the cessation of certain feelings—enters & remains in the theme-less concentration of awareness, that is when his body is more at ease.
Tasmātihānanda, attadīpā viharatha attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā.“So, Ānanda, you should all live with yourselves as your island, yourselves as your refuge, with no other as your refuge; with the Dhamma as your island, the Dhamma as your refuge, with no other as your refuge.
Kathañcānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo?
kathañcānanda → kathañca ānanda (bj, sya-all)And how does a monk live with himself as his island, himself as his refuge, with no other as his refuge; with the Dhamma as his island, the Dhamma as his refuge, with no other as his refuge?
Idhānanda, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati atāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ.
atāpī → ātāpī (sya-all, pts)There is the case where a monk remains focused on the body in & of itself—ardent, alert, & mindful—subduing greed & distress with reference to the world.
Vedanāsu …pe…He remains focused on feelings in & of themselves…
citte …pe…mind in & of itself…
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ.mental qualities in & of themselves—ardent, alert, & mindful—subduing greed & distress with reference to the world.
Evaṁ kho, ānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo.This is how a monk lives with himself as his island, himself as his refuge, with no other as his refuge; with the Dhamma as his island, the Dhamma as his refuge, with no other as his refuge.
Ye hi keci, ānanda, etarahi vā mama vā accayena attadīpā viharissanti attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, tamatagge me te, ānanda, bhikkhū bhavissanti ye keci sikkhākāmā”ti.
mama → mamaṁ (bj, pts) | accayena → Bm K mama vā accayena; Feer, mamaccayena vā. (pts note) | te → Bm p'; ete, for me te. (pts note)For those who, now or when I am gone, live with themselves as their island, themselves as their refuge, with no other as their refuge; with the Dhamma as their island, the Dhamma as their refuge, not with another as their refuge, will be my foremost monks: those who are desirous of training.”
13. Nimittobhāsakathā
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
pubbaṇhasamayaṁ → pubbanhasamayaṁ (bj)Then the Blessed One, early in the morning, adjusted his lower robe and—taking his bowl & outer robe—went into Vesālī for alms.
Vesāliyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
Vesāliyaṁ → Sct Ud. -liṁ both times; Sd Feer Vesāliyaṁ both times. (pts note) | caritvā → All MSS. add pannatte āsane nisīdi. But K and all the other texts omit. (pts note)Then, having gone for alms in Vesālī, after the meal, returning from his alms round, he addressed Ven. Ānanda,
“gaṇhāhi, ānanda, nisīdanaṁ,“Get a sitting cloth, Ānanda.
yena cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ tenupasaṅkamissāma divā vihārāyā”ti.
cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ → pāvālaṁ cetiyaṁ (sya-all, km) | cāpālaṁ → pāvālaṁ (sya-all) | tenupasaṅkamissāma divā vihārāyāti → ten upasaṁkamissāmi divāvihārāyāti (pts) | cetiyaṁ → cāpālacetiyaṁ (bj: sīmu); pāvalaṁ cetiyaṁ (bj: syā) | cetiyaṁ → pāvālaṁ (cetiyaṁ (syā.) (cck note) | upasaṁkamissāmi → Bm K Hardy -ssāma. (pts note)We will go to the Pāvāla shrine for the day’s abiding.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nisīdanaṁ ādāya bhagavantaṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi.
paṭissutvā → paṭissuṇitvā (sya-all)Responding, “As you say, lord,” to the Blessed One, Ven. Ānanda followed along behind the Blessed One, carrying the sitting cloth.
Atha kho bhagavā yena cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi.
cāpālaṁ → pāvālaṁ (sya-all)Then the Blessed One went to the Pāvāla shrine and, on arrival, sat down on the seat laid out.
Āyasmāpi kho ānando bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:Seated, the Blessed One addressed Ven. Ānanda,
“ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṁ udenaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ gotamakaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ sattambaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ bahuputtaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ sārandadaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ.
sattambaṁ → sattamba (bj); sattambakaṁ (pts1ed) | cāpālaṁ → pāvālaṁ (sya-all) | sattambaṁ → sattambakaṁ (pts) | sattamba → sattambakaṁ cetiya (bj: PTS) | cetiyaṁ → ānandacetiyaṁ (bj: sīmu) | sattambaṁ → sattambakaṁ (cck: pī.) | Ramaṇīyā → Bm rammaṇiyā, and in 5 (with mm, and 1). (pts note) | Udenaṁ → Bm Udena-, Gotamaka-, etc. , and so in 5. (pts note) | Sattambakaṁ → Bm Feer Sattamba-, K -baṁ and so in 5. (pts note) | Sārandadaṁ → Bm Sānandara, and so in 5. (pts note)“Vesālī is refreshing, Ānanda. Refreshing, too, are the Udena shrine, the Gotamaka shrine, the Sattamba shrine, the ManySon shrine, the Sāranda shrine, the Pāvāla shrine.23
Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā.
ākaṅkhamāno → ākaṅkhamāno ānanda (sya-all) | yānīkatā → yānikatā (pts) | yāni-katā → Bm yanī-katā. S. i. 116, Jāt. ii. 61, Mil. 198 all -ni. (pts note)“Anyone, Ānanda, in whom the four bases of power are developed, pursued, given a means of transport, given a grounding, steadied, consolidated, and well-undertaken, could—if he wanted—remain for an eon or the remainder of an eon.
Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā”ti.
kho → kho pana (bj) | yānīkatā → yānikatā (pts) | ākaṅkhamāno → ākaṅkhamāno (cck: ?) | So → Childers, p. 34, says this word should be struck out, having crept in from previous sentence; and so Windisch, p. 44. Scd Bm K all have it. Steinthal, Feer, and Hardy omit it. Comp. 2. 25, and below 3. 41. (pts note)In the Tathāgata, Ānanda, the four bases of power are developed, pursued, given a means of transport, given a grounding, steadied, consolidated, and well-undertaken. He could—if he wanted—remain for an eon or the remainder of an eon.”
Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṁ;
evampi → evaṁ (bj) | kho → evampi (bj: __sata__)But Ven. Ānanda—even when the Blessed One had given such a blatant sign, such a blatant hint—wasn’t able to understand his meaning.
na bhagavantaṁ yāci:He didn’t beg of him, “Lord, may the Blessed One remain for an eon.
“tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṁ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṁ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti, yathā taṁ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto.May the One Well-Gone remain for an eon—for the benefit of the many, for the happiness of the many, out of sympathy for the world, for the welfare, benefit, & happiness of human beings & devas.” It was as if his mind were possessed by Māra.
Dutiyampi kho bhagavā …pe…A second time…
tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:A third time, the Blessed One addressed Ven. Ānanda, “Vesālī is refreshing, Ānanda.
“ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṁ udenaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ gotamakaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ sattambaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ bahuputtaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ sārandadaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ.
cāpālaṁ → pāvālaṁ (sya-all) | sattambaṁ → sattambakaṁ (pts)Refreshing, too, are the Udena shrine, the Gotamaka shrine, the Sattamba shrine, the ManySon shrine, the Sāranda shrine, the Pāvāla shrine.
Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā.
yānīkatā → yānikatā (pts)“Anyone, Ānanda, in whom the four bases of power are developed, pursued, given a means of transport, given a grounding, steadied, consolidated, and well-undertaken, could—if he wanted—remain for an eon or the remainder of an eon.
Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā”ti.
yānīkatā → yānikatā (pts)In the Tathāgata, Ānanda, the four bases of power are developed, pursued, given a means of transport, given a grounding, steadied, consolidated, and well-undertaken. He could—if he wanted—remain for an eon or the remainder of an eon.”
Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṁ;But Ven. Ānanda—even when the Blessed One had given such a blatant sign, such a blatant hint—wasn’t able to understand his meaning. na bhagavantaṁ yāci:He didn’t request of him, “tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṁ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṁ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti, yathā taṁ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto.“Lord, may the Blessed One remain for an eon. May the One Well-Gone remain for an eon—for the benefit of the many, for the happiness of the many, out of sympathy for the world, for the welfare, benefit, & happiness of human beings & devas.” It was as if his mind were possessed by Māra.
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:Then the Blessed One addressed Ven. Ānanda, “gaccha tvaṁ, ānanda,“Go, Ānanda. yassadāni kālaṁ maññasī”ti.Do what you think it is now time to do.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā avidūre aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisīdi.
paṭissutvā → paṭissuṇitvā (sya-all)Responding, “As you say, lord,” to the Blessed One, Ven. Ānanda got up from his seat and, bowing down to him and circumambulating him, went to sit under a tree not far from the Blessed One.
14. Mārayācanakathā
Atha kho māro pāpimā acirapakkante āyasmante ānande yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho māro pāpimā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:Then, not long after Ven. Ānanda had left, Māra the Evil One went to the Blessed One and, on arrival, stood to one side. As he was standing there, he said to the Blessed One,
“parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.“May the Blessed One totally unbind now, lord. May the One Well-Gone totally unbind now, lord. Now is the time for the Blessed One’s total unbinding, lord.
Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā:After all, these words were said by the Blessed One:
‘na tāvāhaṁ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desessantī’ti.
na → nā (bj) | suniggahitaṁ → suniggahītaṁ (bj) | desessanti paññapessanti → desessan ti paññāpessanti (pts) | uttānī → uttāniṁ (cck: ka.); uttāni (cck: sī. pī.) | pāpima → Sc always; Sd twice pāpimā. (pts note) | visāradā → Windisch, Hardy, and Feer (who says BB omit it) add throughout pattayogakkhemā. Steinthal has visāradappattā yogakkhemā. Divy. omits. (pts note) | anudhamma-cārino → Windisch p. 47 adds ye (pts note) | ti → Hardy, Feer, and Steinthal, desissanti throughout (but desenti). (pts note) | suniggahītaṁ → Bm K -hitam. (pts note)‘Evil One, I will not totally unbind as long as my monk disciples are not yet experienced, trained, attained to confidence, learned, maintaining the Dhamma, practicing the Dhamma in line with the Dhamma, practicing masterfully, living in line with the Dhamma; declaring the Dhamma—after having learned it from their own teachers—teaching it, describing it, setting it forth, revealing it, explaining it, making it plain; well-refuting, in line with the Dhamma, any opposing teachings that have arisen; teaching the Dhamma with its marvels.’26
Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhikkhū bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desenti.
sāvakā → sāvakaṁ (bj) | suniggahitaṁ → suniggahītaṁ (bj) | paññapenti → paññāpenti (pts) | bhante → Hardy, Etarahi bhante. Feer, Steinthal, Santi kho pana bhante etarahi (throughout). (pts note)“But now, lord, the Blessed One’s monk disciples are experienced, trained, attained to confidence, learned, maintaining the Dhamma, practicing the Dhamma in line with the Dhamma, practicing masterfully, living in line with the Dhamma; declaring the Dhamma—after having learned it from their own teachers—teaching it, describing it, setting it forth, revealing it, explaining it, making it plain; well-refuting, in line with the Dhamma, any opposing teachings that have arisen; teaching the Dhamma with its marvels.
Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.“May the Blessed One totally unbind now, lord. May the One Well-Gone totally unbind now, lord. Now is the time for the Blessed One’s total unbinding, lord.
Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā:After all, these words were said by the Blessed One:
‘na tāvāhaṁ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desessantī’ti.
suniggahitaṁ → suniggahītaṁ (bj) | desessanti → (sya-all) | dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo → dhammānudhammapaṭipannā sāmīcipaṭipannā anudhammacārino (pts) | paññapessanti → paññāpessanti (pts) | uttānīkarissanti → uttānikarissanti (pts) | sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ → saha dhammena niggahītaṁ (pts)‘Evil One, I will not totally unbind as long as my nun disciples… my male lay-follower disciples… my female lay-follower disciples are not yet experienced, trained, attained to maturity, learned, maintaining the Dhamma, practicing the Dhamma in line with the Dhamma, practicing masterfully, living in line with the Dhamma; declaring the Dhamma—after having learned it from their own teachers—teaching it, describing it, setting it forth, revealing it, explaining it, making it plain; well-refuting, in line with the Dhamma, any opposing teachings that have arisen; teaching the Dhamma with its marvels.’
Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhikkhuniyo bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desenti.
suniggahitaṁ → suniggahītaṁ (bj) | bhikkhuniyo → upāsakā (pts) | sāvikā → sāvakā (pts) | dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo → dhammānudhammapaṭipannā sāmīcipaṭipannā anudhammacārino (pts) | paññapenti → paññāpenti (pts)“But now, lord, the Blessed One’s female lay-follower disciples are experienced, trained, attained to maturity, learned, maintaining the Dhamma, practicing the Dhamma in line with the Dhamma, practicing masterfully, living in line with the Dhamma; declaring the Dhamma—after having learned it from their own teachers—teaching it, describing it, setting it forth, revealing it, explaining it, making it plain; well-refuting, in line with the Dhamma, any opposing teachings that have arisen; teaching the Dhamma with its marvels.
Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.“May the Blessed One totally unbind now, lord. May the One Well-Gone totally unbind now, lord. Now is the time for the Blessed One’s total unbinding, lord.
Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā:After all, these words were said by the Blessed One:
‘na tāvāhaṁ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desessantī’ti.
suniggahitaṁ → suniggahītaṁ (bj) | sappāṭihāriyaṁ → sappaṭihāriyaṁ (bj) | upāsakā → upāsikā (pts) | sāvakā → sāvikā (pts) | viyattā → viyattā vinītā (pts) | dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino → dhammānudhammapaṭipannā sāmīcipaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo (pts) | paññapessanti → paññāpessanti (pts)‘Evil One, I will not totally unbind as long as this holy life of mine is not powerful, prosperous, widely-spread, disseminated among many people, well-expounded as far as there are human beings & devas.’
Etarahi kho pana, bhante, upāsakā bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desenti.
suniggahitaṁ → suniggahītaṁ (bj) | upāsakā → upāsikā (pts) | sāvakā → sāvikā (pts) | dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino → dhammānudhammapaṭipannā sāmīci paṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo (pts) | paññapenti → paññāpenti (pts)But now, lord, the Blessed One’s holy life is powerful, prosperous, widely-spread, disseminated among many people, well-expounded as far as there are human beings & devas.
Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.“May the Blessed One totally unbind now, lord. May the One Well-Gone totally unbind now, lord. Now is the time for the Blessed One’s total unbinding, lord.”
Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā:When this was said, the Blessed One said to Māra, the Evil One:
‘na tāvāhaṁ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desessantī’ti.
suniggahitaṁ → suniggahītaṁ (bj) | sappāṭihāriyaṁ → sappaṭihāriyaṁ (bj)
Etarahi kho pana, bhante, upāsikā bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desenti.
desenti parinibbātu dāni → desentī parinibbātudāni (bj)
Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.
Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā:
‘na tāvāhaṁ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me idaṁ brahmacariyaṁ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṁ bāhujaññaṁ puthubhūtaṁ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitan’ti.
bāhujaññaṁ → bahujaññaṁ (sya-all) | vitthārikaṁ → vitthāritaṁ (bj: sīmu) | idaṁ → Bm Hardy, Feer, and Steinthal and SS below 36, etc. idaṁ; SS here imaṁ. (pts note) | phītañ → Scd pītañ; Bm phitañ, and below. (pts note) | manussehi → So all MSS. and K, and Feer and Steinthal. Hardy, deva-manussehi. Divy. deva-manusyebhyah. (pts note)
Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṁ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṁ bāhujaññaṁ puthubhūtaṁ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṁ.
bhagavato → bhagavato idaṁ (sya-all) | bāhujaññaṁ → bahujaññaṁ (sya-all) | Bhagavato → K inserts imaṁ. Hardy, Etarahi bhante Bh. br. Feer, Tayidaṁ bhante Bh. br. Steinthal = Dīgha. (pts note)
Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato”ti.
Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā māraṁ pāpimantaṁ etadavoca:
“appossukko tvaṁ, pāpima, hohi, na ciraṁ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissati.
appossukko → appossukke (bj)“Relax, Evil One. It won’t be long until the Tathāgata’s total unbinding.
Ito tiṇṇaṁ māsānaṁ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī”ti.In three months’ time from now, the Tathāgata will totally unbind.”
15. Āyusaṅkhāraossajjana
Atha kho bhagavā cāpāle cetiye sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṁ ossaji.
ossaji → ossajī (bj) | cāpāle cetiye → pāvālacetiye (sya-all) | ossaji → K Ud. and Wind. ossajji. (pts note)Thus at the Pāvāla shrine—mindful & alert—the Blessed One relinquished the fabrications of life.
Ossaṭṭhe ca bhagavatā āyusaṅkhāre mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṁsanako salomahaṁso, devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu.
salomahaṁso → lomahaṁso (sya-all, km); lomahaṁsano (pts1ed) | devadundubhiyo → devadundabhiyo (sya-all); devadudrabhiyo (mr) | salomahaṁso devadundubhiyo → lomahaṁso devadundabhiyo (sya-all) | bhagavatā → bhagavato (pts) | salomahaṁso → lomahaṁsano (pts) | salomahaṁso → lomahaṁso (bj: machasaṁ) | devadundubhiyo → devadubhiyo (bj: sīmu) | salomahaṁso → lomahaṁso (cck: syā.) | devadundubhiyo → devadudrabhiyo (cck: ka.) | ca → Hardy omits. Feer, pana. (pts note) | Bhagavato → Bm K Hardy and Feer, -tā. (pts note) | lomahaṁsano → Bm Hardy and SS twice below salomahaṁso; K, Feer, Steinthal, lomahaṁso, SS here lomahaṁsano. (pts note) | phaliṁsu → Feer, caliṁsu, and so Sc the second time only. (pts note)And as the Blessed One relinquished the fabrications of life, there was a great earthquake, awesome & hair-raising, and rolls of the deva-drums split (the air).
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṁ viditvā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi:Then, on realizing the significance of that, the Blessed One on that occasion exclaimed:
“Tulamatulañca sambhavaṁ, bhavasaṅkhāramavassaji muni;
atulañ → So all MSS. and K, A S and Udāna. but Bm in the Udāna has ū . . . ū. Wind. 5O. (pts note) bhavasaṅkhāramavassaji → bhavasaṅkhāramavassajī (bj) | bhavasaṅkhāramavassaji muni → bhavasaṁkhāram avassajī munī (pts) | avassajī → St oss-; Scd -khāra ossaji; K. Steinthal, avassajji; Bm Sum. Hardy and Feer, avassaji. (pts note) | munī → Bm K Hardy and Feer, muni. (pts note)Comparing the incomparable with coming-into-being, the sage relinquished the fabrication of becoming. Ajjhattarato samāhito, abhindi kavacamivattasambhavan”ti.
kavacamivattasambhavanti → kavacamivattasambhavanti bhūmicālassa aṭṭha hetū (bj) | abhida → Bm abhinda. K Hardy and Feer, abhindi. (pts note)Inwardly joyful, centered, he split his own coming-into-being like a coat of mail.
16. Mahābhūmicālahetu
Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi:Then the thought occurred to Ven. Ānanda:
“acchariyaṁ vata bho, abbhutaṁ vata bho, mahā vatāyaṁ bhūmicālo;
abbhutaṁ → abbhūtaṁ (sya-all)“How amazing! How astounding! What a great earthquake!
sumahā vatāyaṁ bhūmicālo bhiṁsanako salomahaṁso; devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu.
salomahaṁso devadundubhiyo → lomahaṁso devadundabhiyo (sya-all) | salomahaṁso → St lomahaṁsano; K lomahaṁso. (pts note)What a very great earthquake, awesome & hair-raising, and rolls of the deva-drums split (the air)!
Ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā”ti?
pātubhāvāyāti → Scd pātubhāvāya deva-dundhubhīnañ ca phālitun ti; St pātubhāvā deva-dundhubhīnañ ca phālitun. (pts note)What is the reason, what is the cause, for the appearance of the great earthquake?”
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami,So Ven. Ānanda went to the Blessed One and,
upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi,on arrival, having bowed down to him, sat to one side.
ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:As he was sitting there, he said to the Blessed One,
“acchariyaṁ, bhante, abbhutaṁ, bhante.
abbhutaṁ → abbhūtaṁ (sya-all)“How amazing, lord! How astounding!
Mahā vatāyaṁ, bhante, bhūmicālo;What a great earthquake!
sumahā vatāyaṁ, bhante, bhūmicālo bhiṁsanako salomahaṁso; devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu.
salomahaṁso devadundubhiyo → lomahaṁso devadundabhiyo (sya-all) | saloma-haṁso → K lomahaṁso. (pts note)What a very great earthquake, awesome & hair-raising, and rolls of thunder split (the air)!
Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā”ti?What, lord, is the reason, what is the cause, for the appearance of the great earthquake?”
“Aṭṭha kho ime, ānanda, hetū, aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.“Ānanda, there are these eight reasons, eight causes, for the appearance of a great earthquake. Katame aṭṭha?Which eight?
Ayaṁ, ānanda, mahāpathavī udake patiṭṭhitā, udakaṁ vāte patiṭṭhitaṁ, vāto ākāsaṭṭho. Hoti kho so, ānanda, samayo, yaṁ mahāvātā vāyanti. Mahāvātā vāyantā udakaṁ kampenti. Udakaṁ kampitaṁ pathaviṁ kampeti.
mahāpathavī → mahāpaṭhavi (bj); mahāpaṭhavī (sya-all, pts) | ākāsaṭṭho → ākāsaṭṭho hoti (bj) | pathaviṁ → paṭhaviṁ (bj, sya-all, pts) | mahāpaṭhavi → mahāpathavi (bj: machasaṁ) | kho → Aṅg. iv. 312 omits. (pts note)“This great earth, Ānanda, is established on water. The water is established on wind. The wind is standing on space. There comes a time when a great wind blows. The great wind blowing shakes the water. The water, shaken, shakes the earth.
Ayaṁ paṭhamo hetu paṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.This is the first reason, the first cause, for the appearance of a great earthquake.
Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, samaṇo vā hoti brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto, devo vā mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo, tassa parittā pathavīsaññā bhāvitā hoti, appamāṇā āposaññā. So imaṁ pathaviṁ kampeti saṅkampeti sampakampeti sampavedheti.
pathavīsaññā → paṭhavisaññā (bj, sya-all, pts) | pathaviṁ → paṭhaviṁ (bj, sya-all, pts) | devo → devatā (pts) | mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo tassa → mahiddhikā mahānubhāvā yassa (pts) | tassa → yassa (sya-all: sī.) | devatā → Bm K devo. (pts note) | mahānubhāvā → Bm K -o. (pts note) | yassa → Bm Hardy, tassa; so K, with yassa in note. (pts note)“Then, Ānanda, there comes a time when a brahman of power, with mastery of the mind, or a deva of great power, great might, has developed a limited earth-perception and an immeasurable liquid-perception. He makes this earth shake & shiver, quiver & quake.
Ayaṁ dutiyo hetu dutiyo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.This is the second reason…
Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, yadā bodhisatto tusitakāyā cavitvā sato sampajāno mātukucchiṁ okkamati, tadāyaṁ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati.
tusitakāyā → tusitā kāyā (bj, sya-all, pts) | pathavī → paṭhavī (bj, sya-all) | tadāyaṁ pathavī → tadā yaṁ paṭhavī (pts) | sampakampati → (pts)“Then, Ānanda, when the bodhisatta, falling from the Tusita group, mindful & alert, descends into his mother’s womb, the earth shakes & shivers, quivers & quakes.
Ayaṁ tatiyo hetu tatiyo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.This is the third reason…
Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, yadā bodhisatto sato sampajāno mātukucchismā nikkhamati, tadāyaṁ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati.
mātukucchismā → mātukucchismiṁ (bj); mātu kucchimhā (sya-all) | pathavī → paṭhavī (bj, sya-all) | tadāyaṁ pathavī → tadā yaṁ paṭhavī (pts)“Then, Ānanda, when the bodhisatta, mindful & alert, emerges from his mother’s womb, the earth shakes & shivers, quivers & quakes.
Ayaṁ catuttho hetu catuttho paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.This is the fourth reason…
Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambujjhati, tadāyaṁ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati.
pathavī → paṭhavī (bj, sya-all) | tadāyaṁ pathavī → tadā yaṁ paṭhavī (pts)“Then, Ānanda, when the Tathāgata awakens to the unexcelled right self-awakening, the earth shakes & shivers, quivers & quakes.
Ayaṁ pañcamo hetu pañcamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.This is the fifth reason…
Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavatteti, tadāyaṁ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati.
pathavī → paṭhavī (bj, sya-all) | pavatteti → pavattesi (sya-all) | tadāyaṁ pathavī → tadā yaṁ paṭhavī (pts)“Then, Ānanda, when the Tathāgata sets rolling the unexcelled Dhamma-wheel, the earth shakes & shivers, quivers & quakes.
Ayaṁ chaṭṭho hetu chaṭṭho paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.This is the sixth reason…
Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṁ ossajjati, tadāyaṁ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati.
pathavī → paṭhavī (bj, sya-all) | tadāyaṁ pathavī → tadā yaṁ paṭhavī (pts)“Then, Ānanda, when the Tathāgata, mindful & alert, relinquishes the fabrications of life, the earth shakes & shivers, quivers & quakes.
Ayaṁ sattamo hetu sattamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.This is the seventh reason…
Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, tadāyaṁ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati.
pathavī → paṭhavī (bj, sya-all) | tadāyaṁ pathavī → tadā yaṁ paṭhavī (pts)“Then, Ānanda, when the Tathāgata, by means of the unbinding property with no fuel remaining, totally unbinds,30 the earth shakes & shivers, quivers & quakes.
Ayaṁ aṭṭhamo hetu aṭṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
pātubhāvāya → SS have -āyāti. (pts note)This is the eighth reason, the eighth cause, for the appearance of a great earthquake.
Ime kho, ānanda, aṭṭha hetū, aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
pātubhāvāya → pātubhāvāyāti (bj, cck, sya-all, pts)“These are the eight reasons, the eight causes, for the appearance of a great earthquake.
17. Aṭṭhaparisā
Aṭṭha kho imā, ānanda, parisā.“Ānanda, there are these eight assemblies.
Katamā aṭṭha?Which eight?
Khattiyaparisā, brāhmaṇaparisā, gahapatiparisā, samaṇaparisā, cātumahārājikaparisā, tāvatiṁsaparisā, māraparisā, brahmaparisā.
cātumahārājikaparisā → cātummahārājikaparisā (cck: sī. syā. kaṁ. pī.)A noble warrior assembly, a brahman assembly, a householder assembly, a contemplative assembly, a Four Great Kings assembly, a (Devas of the) Thirty-three assembly, a Māra assembly, a Brahmā assembly.
Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṁ, ānanda, anekasataṁ khattiyaparisaṁ upasaṅkamitā.
upasaṅkamitā → upasaṅkamitvā (sya-all) | upasaṅkamitā tatrapi → upasaṁkamitvā tatra pi (pts) | upasaṅkamitā → upasaṅkamitvā (bj: syā, PTS) | upasaṅkamitvā → upasaṅkamitātipi pāṭho (sya-all note) | upasaṁkamitvā → K (note) upasaṁkamitātipi pāṭho. So the Majjhima and Bp in A. (pts note)“I can remember approaching many hundreds of noble warrior assemblies.
Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā.
tatrapi → tatrāpi (bj)There—before seating myself, before talking, before engaging in conversation—
Tattha yādisako tesaṁ vaṇṇo hoti, tādisako mayhaṁ vaṇṇo hoti. Yādisako tesaṁ saro hoti, tādisako mayhaṁ saro hoti.
tattha → tatatha (sya-all)whatever sort of appearance they had, that was the sort of appearance I had; whatever sort of accent they had, that was the sort of accent I had.
Dhammiyā kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṁsemi.
dhammiyā → dhammiyā ca (bj, sya-all, pts) | ca → dhammiyā (bj: machasaṁ)And I instructed, urged, roused, & encouraged them with Dhamma talk.
Bhāsamānañca maṁ na jānanti:While I was speaking, they didn’t know me:
‘ko nu kho ayaṁ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā’ti?‘Who is this who speaks—a deva or a human being?’
Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā antaradhāyāmi.
dhammiyā → dhammiyā ca (sya-all, pts)Having instructed, urged, roused, & encouraged them with Dhamma talk, I disappeared.
Antarahitañca maṁ na jānanti:When I had disappeared, they didn’t know me:
‘ko nu kho ayaṁ antarahito devo vā manusso vā’ti?‘Who is this who disappeared—a deva or a human being?’
Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṁ, ānanda, anekasataṁ brāhmaṇaparisaṁ …pe…“I can remember approaching many hundreds of brahman assemblies…
gahapatiparisaṁ …many hundreds of householder assemblies…
samaṇaparisaṁ …many hundreds of contemplative assemblies…
cātumahārājikaparisaṁ …many hundreds of Four Great King assemblies…
tāvatiṁsaparisaṁ …many hundreds of (Devas of the) Thirty-three assemblies…
māraparisaṁ …many hundreds of Māra assemblies…
brahmaparisaṁ upasaṅkamitā.
upasaṅkamitā → upasaṅkamitvā (sya-all) | upasaṅkamitā tatrapi → upasaṁkamitvā tatra pi (pts)“I can remember approaching many hundreds of Brahmā assemblies.
Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā.
tatrapi → tatrāpi (bj)There—before seating myself, before talking, before engaging in conversation—
Tattha yādisako tesaṁ vaṇṇo hoti, tādisako mayhaṁ vaṇṇo hoti.whatever sort of appearance they had, that was the sort of appearance I had;
Yādisako tesaṁ saro hoti, tādisako mayhaṁ saro hoti.whatever sort of accent they had, that was the sort of accent I had.
Dhammiyā kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṁsemi.
dhammiyā → dhammiyā ca (bj, sya-all, pts)And I instructed, urged, roused, & encouraged them with Dhamma talk.
Bhāsamānañca maṁ na jānanti:While I was speaking, they didn’t know me:
‘ko nu kho ayaṁ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā’ti?‘Who is this person who speaks—a deva or a human being?’
Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā antaradhāyāmi.
dhammiyā → dhammiyā ca (sya-all, pts)Having instructed, urged, roused, & encouraged them with Dhamma talk, I disappeared.
Antarahitañca maṁ na jānanti:When I had disappeared, they didn’t know me:
‘ko nu kho ayaṁ antarahito devo vā manusso vā’ti?‘Who is this who disappeared—a deva or a human being?’
Imā kho, ānanda, aṭṭha parisā.
parisā → parisā aṭṭhaabhibhāyatanāni (bj)
18. Aṭṭhaabhibhāyatana
Aṭṭha kho imāni, ānanda, abhibhāyatanāni.
kho → Sct me; Sd omits. (pts note)“Ānanda, there are these eight dimensions of (mental) mastery.
Katamāni aṭṭha?Which eight?
Ajjhattaṁ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni.“Having a single perception of form internally, one sees forms externally as limited, beautiful & ugly. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṁsaññī hoti.Mastering them, one has the perception, ‘I know; I see.’ Idaṁ paṭhamaṁ abhibhāyatanaṁ.This is the first dimension of (mental) mastery.
Ajjhattaṁ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni.“Having a single perception of form internally, one sees forms externally as immeasurable, beautiful & ugly. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṁsaññī hoti.Mastering them, one has the perception, ‘I know; I see.’ Idaṁ dutiyaṁ abhibhāyatanaṁ.This is the second dimension of (mental) mastery.
Ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni.“Having a single formless perception internally, one sees forms externally as limited, beautiful & ugly. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṁsaññī hoti.Mastering them, one has the perception, ‘I know; I see.’ Idaṁ tatiyaṁ abhibhāyatanaṁ.This is the third dimension of (mental) mastery.
Ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni.“Having a single formless perception internally, one sees forms externally as immeasurable, beautiful & ugly. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṁsaññī hoti.Mastering them, one has the perception, ‘I know; I see.’ Idaṁ catutthaṁ abhibhāyatanaṁ.This is the fourth dimension of (mental) mastery.
Ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni.
nīlāni → Scd often spell nil-; and so Bm throughout. St K nīl throughout. (pts note)“Having a single formless perception internally, one sees forms externally as blue, blue in their color, blue in their features, blue in their glow.
Seyyathāpi nāma umāpupphaṁ nīlaṁ nīlavaṇṇaṁ nīlanidassanaṁ nīlanibhāsaṁ. Seyyathā vā pana taṁ vatthaṁ bārāṇaseyyakaṁ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṁ nīlaṁ nīlavaṇṇaṁ nīlanidassanaṁ nīlanibhāsaṁ.
seyyathā → seyyathāpi (bj) | ummāpupphaṁ → umāpupphaṁ (bj: machasaṁ) | seyyathā → Sc adds pi (erased here, but still left in below). (pts note)Just as a flax-flower is blue, blue in its color, blue in its features, blue in its glow, or just as Bārāṇasī muslin, smooth on both sides, is blue, blue in its color, blue in its features, blue in its glow;
Evameva ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni.in the same way, having a single formless perception internally, one sees forms externally as blue, blue in their color, blue in their features, blue in their glow.
‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṁsaññī hoti.Mastering them, one has the perception, ‘I know; I see.’
Idaṁ pañcamaṁ abhibhāyatanaṁ.This is the fifth dimension of (mental) mastery.
Ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni.
pītāni → Bm pitāni, and so throughout. (pts note)“Having a single formless perception internally, one sees forms externally as yellow, yellow in their color, yellow in their features, yellow in their glow.
Seyyathāpi nāma kaṇikārapupphaṁ pītaṁ pītavaṇṇaṁ pītanidassanaṁ pītanibhāsaṁ. Seyyathā vā pana taṁ vatthaṁ bārāṇaseyyakaṁ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṁ pītaṁ pītavaṇṇaṁ pītanidassanaṁ pītanibhāsaṁ.
seyyathā → seyyathāpi (bj) | kaṇikārapupphaṁ → kaṇṇikārapupphaṁ (sya-all)Just as a kaṇṇikāra flower is yellow, yellow in its color, yellow in its features, yellow in its glow, or just as Bārāṇasī muslin, smooth on both sides, is yellow, yellow in its color, yellow in its features, yellow in its glow;
Evameva ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni.in the same way, having a single formless perception internally, one sees forms externally as yellow, yellow in their color, yellow in their features, yellow in their glow.
‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṁsaññī hoti.Mastering them, one has the perception, ‘I know; I see.’
Idaṁ chaṭṭhaṁ abhibhāyatanaṁ.This is the sixth dimension of (mental) mastery.
Ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni.“Having a single formless perception internally, one sees forms externally as red, red in their color, red in their features, red in their glow.
Seyyathāpi nāma bandhujīvakapupphaṁ lohitakaṁ lohitakavaṇṇaṁ lohitakanidassanaṁ lohitakanibhāsaṁ. Seyyathā vā pana taṁ vatthaṁ bārāṇaseyyakaṁ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṁ lohitakaṁ lohitakavaṇṇaṁ lohitakanidassanaṁ lohitakanibhāsaṁ.
seyyathā → seyyathāpi (bj) | bandhujīvakapupphaṁ → bandhujīvakaṁ pupphaṁ (sya-all)Just as a bandhu-jīvaka flower is red, red in its color, red in its features, red in its glow, or just as Bārāṇasī muslin, smooth on both sides, is red, red in its color, red in its features, red in its glow;
Evameva ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni.in the same way, having a single formless perception internally, one sees forms externally as red, red in their color, red in their features, red in their glow.
‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṁsaññī hoti.Mastering them, one has the perception, ‘I know; I see.’
Idaṁ sattamaṁ abhibhāyatanaṁ.This is the seventh dimension of (mental) mastery.
Ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni.“Having a single formless perception internally, one sees forms externally as white, white in their color, white in their features, white in their glow.
Seyyathāpi nāma osadhitārakā odātā odātavaṇṇā odātanidassanā odātanibhāsā. Seyyathā vā pana taṁ vatthaṁ bārāṇaseyyakaṁ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṁ odātaṁ odātavaṇṇaṁ odātanidassanaṁ odātanibhāsaṁ.
osadhitārakā → osadhī tārakā (bj) | seyyathā → seyyathāpi (bj)Just as the morning star is white, white in its color, white in its features, white in its glow, or just as Bārāṇasī muslin, smooth on both sides, is white, white in its color, white in its features, white in its glow;
Evameva ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni.in the same way, having a single formless perception internally, one sees forms externally as white, white in their color, white in their features, white in their glow.
‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṁsaññī hoti.Mastering them, one has the perception, ‘I know; I see.’
Idaṁ aṭṭhamaṁ abhibhāyatanaṁ.This is the eighth dimension of (mental) mastery.
Imāni kho, ānanda, aṭṭha abhibhāyatanāni.
kho → kho aṭṭha (bj) | ānanda → ānanda abhibhāyatanāni (bj) | abhibhāyatanāni → vimokkhā (bj)“These, Ānanda, are the eight dimensions of (mental) mastery.
19. Aṭṭhavimokkha
Aṭṭha kho ime, ānanda, vimokkhā.“Ānanda, there are these eight emancipations. Katame aṭṭha?Which eight?
Rūpī rūpāni passati,“Possessed of form, one sees forms. ayaṁ paṭhamo vimokkho.This is the first emancipation.
Ajjhattaṁ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati,“Not percipient of form internally, one sees forms externally. ayaṁ dutiyo vimokkho.This is the second emancipation.
Subhanteva adhimutto hoti,“One is intent only on the beautiful. ayaṁ tatiyo vimokkho.This is the third emancipation.
Sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati,
atthaṅgamā → atthagamā (pts) | atthagamā → Sc -āya; Bm K Hardy, -aṅgamā. (pts note)“With the complete transcending of perceptions of (physical) form, with the disappearance of perceptions of resistance, and not heeding perceptions of multiplicity, (perceiving,) ‘Infinite space,’ one enters and remains in the dimension of the infinitude of space.
ayaṁ catuttho vimokkho.This is the fourth emancipation.
Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati,
viññāṇanti → viññānan ti (pts)“With the complete transcending of the dimension of the infinitude of space, (perceiving,) ‘Infinite consciousness,’ one enters and remains in the dimension of the infinitude of consciousness.
ayaṁ pañcamo vimokkho.This is the fifth emancipation.
Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati,“With the complete transcending of the dimension of the infinitude of consciousness, (perceiving,) ‘There is nothing,’ one enters and remains in the dimension of nothingness. ayaṁ chaṭṭho vimokkho.This is the sixth emancipation.
Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharati,“With the complete transcending of the dimension of nothingness, one enters and remains in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. ayaṁ sattamo vimokkho.This is the seventh emancipation.
Sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharati,“With the complete transcending of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, one enters and remains in the cessation of perception and feeling. ayaṁ aṭṭhamo vimokkho.This is the eighth emancipation.
Ime kho, ānanda, aṭṭha vimokkhā.
vimokkhā → vimokkhā mārāyacanā (bj)“These, Ānanda, are the eight emancipations.
Ekamidāhaṁ, ānanda, samayaṁ uruvelāyaṁ viharāmi najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho.
ajapālanigrodhe → ajapālanigrodhamūle (bj) | Uruvelāyaṁ → Sc Ūr-. (pts note) | Ajapāla-nigrodhe → Sc nigrodha-mūle. But see Kathā Vatthu 559. (pts note)“One time, Ānanda, I was staying in Uruvelā on the bank of the Nerañjarā River at the Goat-herd Banyan, newly awakened.
Atha kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā maṁ etadavoca:Then Māra, the Evil One, approached me and, on arrival, stood to one side. As he was standing there, he said to me, ‘May the Blessed One totally unbind now, lord.
‘parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā; parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato’ti.May the One Well-Gone totally unbind now, lord. Now is the time for the Blessed One’s total unbinding, lord.’
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, ānanda, māraṁ pāpimantaṁ etadavocaṁ:
vutte ahaṁ → vuttohaṁ (bj) | pāpimantaṁ etadavocaṁ → pāpimaṁ etad avocaṁ (pts)“When this was said, I said to Māra, the Evil One,
‘Na tāvāhaṁ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desessanti.
paññapessanti → paññāpessanti (bj) | desessanti paññapessanti → desessantī paññāpessanti (pts) | paññāpessanti → paññapessanti (bj: machasaṁ) | uttānīkarissanti → uttāniṁ karissanti (bj: sī, katthaci); uttānikarissanti (bj: PTS) | suniggahitaṁ → suniggahītaṁ (bj: PTS) | desessantī → Sct desiss-; Sd desess- corrected to desiss-. (pts note)‘Evil One, I will not totally unbind as long as my monk disciples are not yet experienced, trained, attained to confidence, learned, maintaining the Dhamma, practicing the Dhamma in line with the Dhamma, practicing masterfully, living in line with the Dhamma; declaring the Dhamma—after having learned it from their own teachers—teaching it, describing it, setting it forth, revealing it, explaining it, making it plain; well-refuting, in line with the Dhamma, any opposing teachings that have arisen; teaching the Dhamma with its marvels.’
Na tāvāhaṁ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desessanti.
paññapessanti → paññāpessanti (bj, pts)“‘Evil One, I will not totally unbind as long as my nun disciples…
Na tāvāhaṁ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desessanti.
paññapessanti → paññāpessanti (bj, pts)my male lay-follower disciples…
Na tāvāhaṁ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṁ ācariyakaṁ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṁ parappavādaṁ sahadhammena suniggahitaṁ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṁ dhammaṁ desessanti.
dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā → dhammānudhammapaṭipannā sāmīpaṭipannā (bj) | paññapessanti → paññāpessanti (bj, pts)my female lay-follower disciples are not yet experienced, trained, attained to maturity, learned, maintaining the Dhamma, practicing the Dhamma in line with the Dhamma, practicing masterfully, living in line with the Dhamma; declaring the Dhamma—after having learned it from their own teachers—teaching it, describing it, setting it forth, revealing it, explaining it, making it plain; well-refuting, in line with the Dhamma, any opposing teachings that have arisen; teaching the Dhamma with its marvels.
Na tāvāhaṁ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me idaṁ brahmacariyaṁ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṁ bāhujaññaṁ puthubhūtaṁ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitan’ti.
na → (sya-all) | bāhujaññaṁ → bahujaññaṁ (sya-all) | bāhujaññaṁ → bahujaññaṁ (bj: syā)“‘Evil One, I will not totally unbind as long as this holy life of mine is not powerful, prosperous, widely-spread, disseminated among many people, well-expounded as far as there are human beings & devas.’
Idāneva kho, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye māro pāpimā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā maṁ etadavoca:
cāpāle → pāvāle (sya-all) | cāpāle → pāvāle (bj: syā)“And just now, Ānanda, (here) at the Pāvāla Shrine, Māra the Evil One approached me and, on arrival, stood to one side. As he was standing here, he said to me,
‘parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato.‘May the Blessed One totally unbind now, lord. May the One Well-Gone totally unbind now, lord. Now is the time for the Blessed One’s total unbinding, lord.
Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā:After all, these words were said by the Blessed One:
“na tāvāhaṁ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti …pe…
bhavissanti → K abbreviates without pe, goes on yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti. Yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti. Yāva me upasikā na sāvikā bhavissanti. Yāva me idaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, &c. (pts note)“Evil One, I will not totally unbind as long as my monk disciples are not yet experienced,
yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti …pe…
na sāvikā bhavissanti → (pts)as long as my nun disciples…
yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti …pe…my male lay-follower disciples…
yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti …pe…my female lay-follower disciples are not yet experienced…
yāva me idaṁ brahmacariyaṁ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṁ bāhujaññaṁ puthubhūtaṁ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitan”ti.
na → (sya-all) | bāhujaññaṁ → bahujaññaṁ (sya-all)as long as this holy life of mine is not powerful, prosperous, widely-spread, disseminated among many people, well-expounded as far as there are human beings & devas.”
Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṁ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṁ bāhujaññaṁ puthubhūtaṁ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṁ.
bāhujaññaṁ → bahujaññaṁ (sya-all)But now, lord, the Blessed One’s holy life is powerful, prosperous, widely-spread, disseminated among many people, well-expounded as far as there are human beings & devas.
Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato’ti.“‘May the Blessed One totally unbind now, lord. May the One Well-Gone totally unbind now, lord. Now is the time for the Blessed One’s total unbinding, lord.’
Evaṁ vutte, ahaṁ, ānanda, māraṁ pāpimantaṁ etadavocaṁ:“When this was said, I said to Māra, the Evil One:
‘appossukko tvaṁ, pāpima, hohi, na ciraṁ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissati.‘Relax, Evil One. It won’t be long until the Tathāgata’s total unbinding.
Ito tiṇṇaṁ māsānaṁ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’ti.In three months’ time from now, the Tathāgata will totally unbind.’
Idāneva kho, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye tathāgatena satena sampajānena āyusaṅkhāro ossaṭṭho”ti.
ossaṭṭhoti → ossaṭṭhoti ānandayācanā (bj) | cāpāle → pāvāle (sya-all)“Just now, Ānanda, here at the Pāvāla shrine—mindful & alert—I relinquished the fabrications of life.”
20. Ānandayācanakathā
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:When this was said, Ven. Ānanda said to the Blessed One, “tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṁ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṁ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti.“Lord, may the Blessed One remain for an eon. May the One Well-Gone remain for an eon—for the benefit of the many, for the happiness of the many, out of sympathy for the world, for the welfare, benefit, & happiness of human beings & devas.”
“Alaṁ dāni, ānanda.
dāni → (bj) | dāni → Scdt omit. (pts note)“Enough, now, Ānanda.
Mā tathāgataṁ yāci, akālo dāni, ānanda, tathāgataṁ yācanāyā”ti.Don’t beg the Tathāgata. Now is not the time for begging the Tathāgata.”
Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando …pe…A second time… tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:A third time, Ven. Ānanda said to the Blessed One, “Lord, may the Blessed One remain for an eon. “tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṁ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṁ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti.May the One Well-Gone remain for an eon—for the benefit of the many, for the happiness of the many, out of sympathy for the world, for the welfare, benefit, & happiness of human beings & devas.”
“Saddahasi tvaṁ, ānanda, tathāgatassa bodhin”ti?“Ānanda, do you have conviction in the Tathāgata’s awakening?”
“Atha kiñcarahi tvaṁ, ānanda, tathāgataṁ yāvatatiyakaṁ abhinippīḷesī”ti?“Then why, Ānanda, do you harass the Tathāgata up to three times?”
“Sammukhā metaṁ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:
paṭiggahitaṁ → paṭiggahītaṁ (pts)“Face-to-face with the Blessed One have I heard this, face-to-face have I received this:
‘yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā.‘Anyone, Ānanda, in whom the four bases of power are developed, pursued, given a means of transport, given a grounding, steadied, consolidated, and well-undertaken, could—if he wanted—remain for an eon or the remainder of an eon.
Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. So ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā’”ti.
so → (sya-all, pts) | yānīkatā → yānikatā (pts)In the Tathāgata, Ānanda, the four bases of power are developed, pursued, given a means of transport, given a grounding, steadied, consolidated, and well-undertaken. He could—if he wanted—remain for an eon or the remainder of an eon.’”
“Saddahasi tvaṁ, ānandā”ti?“Ānanda, do you have conviction in the Tathāgata’s awakening?”
“Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṁ dukkaṭaṁ, tuyhevetaṁ aparaddhaṁ, yaṁ tvaṁ tathāgatena evaṁ oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṁ, na tathāgataṁ yāci:
kayiramāne → kariyamāne (bj: sīmu)“Then the wrong-doing is yours, Ānanda. Yours the mistake, in that—even when the Tathāgata had given such a blatant sign, such a blatant hint—you weren’t able to understand his meaning. You didn’t beg of the Tathāgata,
‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṁ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṁ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan’ti.
bhante → (sya-all)‘Lord, may the Blessed One remain for an eon. May the One Well-Gone remain for an eon—for the benefit of the many, for the happiness of the many, out of sympathy for the world, for the welfare, benefit, & happiness of human beings & devas.’
Sace tvaṁ, ānanda, tathāgataṁ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṁ adhivāseyya.If you had begged the Tathāgata two times, the Tathāgata would have refused, but after the third time he would have acquiesced.
Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṁ dukkaṭaṁ, tuyhevetaṁ aparaddhaṁ.The wrong-doing is yours, Ānanda. Yours the mistake.
Ekamidāhaṁ, ānanda, samayaṁ rājagahe viharāmi gijjhakūṭe pabbate.“On one occasion, Ānanda, I was staying near Rājagaha, on Vulture Peak Mountain.
Tatrāpi kho tāhaṁ, ānanda, āmantesiṁ:There I addressed you,
‘ramaṇīyaṁ, ānanda, rājagahaṁ, ramaṇīyo, ānanda, gijjhakūṭo pabbato.
ānanda → (bj, sya-all)‘Vulture Peak mountain is refreshing, Ānanda.
Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā.Anyone, Ānanda, in whom the four bases of power are developed, pursued, given a means of transport, given a grounding, steadied, consolidated, and well-undertaken, could—if he wanted—remain for an eon or the remainder of an eon.
Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā’ti.In the Tathāgata, Ānanda, the four bases of power are developed, pursued, given a means of transport, given a grounding, steadied, consolidated, and well-undertaken. He could—if he wanted—remain for an eon or the remainder of an eon.’
Evampi kho tvaṁ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṁ, na tathāgataṁ yāci:
kayiramāne → Bm kariyam-. (pts note) | kayiramāne → Bm kariyam-. (pts note)But you, Ānanda—even when the Tathāgata had given such a blatant sign, such a blatant hint—weren’t able to understand his meaning. You didn’t beg of the Tathāgata,
‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṁ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṁ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan’ti.
bhante → (sya-all, pts)‘Lord, may the Blessed One remain for an eon. May the One Well-Gone remain for an eon—for the benefit of the many, for the happiness of the many, out of sympathy for the world, for the welfare, benefit, & happiness of human beings & devas.’
Sace tvaṁ, ānanda, tathāgataṁ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṁ adhivāseyya.If you had begged the Tathāgata two times, the Tathāgata would have refused, but after the third time he would have acquiesced.
Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṁ dukkaṭaṁ, tuyhevetaṁ aparaddhaṁ.The wrong-doing is yours, Ānanda. Yours the mistake.
Ekamidāhaṁ, ānanda, samayaṁ tattheva rājagahe viharāmi gotamanigrodhe …pe…
gotamanigrodhe → nigrodhārāme (pts) | gotamanigrodhe → nigrodhārāme (bj: PTS) | Nigrodhārāme → Bm K Gotamanigrodhe, as below. (pts note)“On one occasion, Ānanda, I was staying right there near Rājagaha at the Gotama Banyan tree…
tattheva rājagahe viharāmi corapapāte …
Cora-papāte → Sc corappāte; K corappapāte. (pts note)right there near Rājagaha at Robbers Cliff…
tattheva rājagahe viharāmi vebhārapasse sattapaṇṇiguhāyaṁ …
sattapaṇṇiguhāyaṁ → sattapaṇṇaguhāyaṁ (sya-all) | Sattapaṇṇiguhāyaṁ → Bm Tattapaṇṇiguhāraṁ; Sdt H Sattapaṇṇa-. (pts note)right there near Rājagaha in Sattapaṇṇa Cave…
tattheva rājagahe viharāmi isigilipasse kāḷasilāyaṁ …right there near Rājagaha at the Black Rock on Isigili Mountain…
tattheva rājagahe viharāmi sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāre …
tattheva rājagahe → tatth eva rajagahe (pts)right there near Rājagaha under the rock overhang at Serpents Water Hole in the Cool Forest…
tattheva rājagahe viharāmi tapodārāme …right there near Rājagaha at Tapodā Park…
tattheva rājagahe viharāmi veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe …right there near Rājagaha at the Bamboo Forest, the Squirrels’ Feeding Ground…
tattheva rājagahe viharāmi jīvakambavane …right there near Rājagaha at Jīvaka’s Mango Grove…
tattheva rājagahe viharāmi maddakucchismiṁ migadāye.right there near Rājagaha at the Maddakucchi Deer Park.
Tatrāpi kho tāhaṁ, ānanda, āmantesiṁ:
tatrāpi → tatra (bj: PTS)There, too, I addressed you,
‘ramaṇīyaṁ, ānanda, rājagahaṁ, ramaṇīyo gijjhakūṭo pabbato, ramaṇīyo gotamanigrodho, ramaṇīyo corapapāto, ramaṇīyā vebhārapasse sattapaṇṇiguhā, ramaṇīyā isigilipasse kāḷasilā, ramaṇīyo sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāro, ramaṇīyo tapodārāmo, ramaṇīyo veḷuvane kalandakanivāpo, ramaṇīyaṁ jīvakambavanaṁ, ramaṇīyo maddakucchismiṁ migadāyo.
sattapaṇṇiguhā → sattapaṇṇaguhā (sya-all) | veḷuvane kalandakanivāpo → veḷuvanakalandakanivāpo (sya-all) | maddakucchismiṁ migadāyo → maddakucchimigadāyo (sya-all) | ramaṇīyaṁ → ramaṇīyo (pts)‘Rājagaha is refreshing, Ānanda. Refreshing, too, are Vulture Peak Mountain, the Gotama Banyan tree, Robbers Cliff, Sattapaṇṇa Cave, the Black Rock on Isigili Mountain, the rock overhang at Serpents Water Hole in the Cool Forest, Tapodā Park, the Bamboo Forest, the Squirrels’ Feeding Ground, Jīvaka’s Mango Grove, the Maddakucchi Deer Park.
Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā …pe…
yānīkatā → yānikatā (pts)Anyone, Ānanda, in whom the four bases of power are developed, pursued, given a means of transport, given a grounding, steadied, consolidated, and well-undertaken, could—if he wanted—remain for an eon or the remainder of an eon. In the Tathāgata, Ānanda, the four bases of power are developed, pursued, given a means of transport, given a grounding, steadied, consolidated, and well-undertaken.
ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā’ti.He could—if he wanted—remain for an eon or the remainder of an eon.’
Evampi kho tvaṁ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṁ, na tathāgataṁ yāci:But you, Ānanda—even when the Tathāgata had given such a blatant sign, such a blatant hint—weren’t able to understand his meaning. You didn’t beg of the Tathāgata,
‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṁ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṁ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan’ti.
bhante → (sya-all, pts)‘Lord, may the Blessed One remain for an eon. May the One Well-Gone remain for an eon—for the benefit of the many, for the happiness of the many, out of sympathy for the world, for the welfare, benefit, & happiness of human beings & devas.’
Sace tvaṁ, ānanda, tathāgataṁ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṁ adhivāseyya.If you had begged the Tathāgata two times, the Tathāgata would have refused, but after the third time he would have acquiesced.
Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṁ dukkaṭaṁ, tuyhevetaṁ aparaddhaṁ.The wrong-doing is yours, Ānanda. Yours the mistake.
Ekamidāhaṁ, ānanda, samayaṁ idheva vesāliyaṁ viharāmi udene cetiye.“On one occasion, Ānanda, I was staying right here in Vesālī at the Udena shrine…
Tatrāpi kho tāhaṁ, ānanda, āmantesiṁ:
‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṁ udenaṁ cetiyaṁ.
Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā.
yānīkatā → yānikatā (pts)
Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā’ti.
ānanda tathāgato → (bj) | yānīkatā → yānikatā (pts) | so → (pts)
Evampi kho tvaṁ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṁ, na tathāgataṁ yāci:
tvaṁ → (bj)
‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṁ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṁ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan’ti.
bhante → (bj, sya-all, pts)
Sace tvaṁ, ānanda, tathāgataṁ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṁ adhivāseyya, tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṁ dukkaṭaṁ, tuyhevetaṁ aparaddhaṁ.
Ekamidāhaṁ, ānanda, samayaṁ idheva vesāliyaṁ viharāmi gotamake cetiye …pe…the Gotamaka shrine…
idheva vesāliyaṁ viharāmi sattambe cetiye …
sattambe cetiye idheva → sattambacetiye idh eva (pts)the Sattamba shrine…
idheva vesāliyaṁ viharāmi bahuputte cetiye …the ManySon shrine…
idheva vesāliyaṁ viharāmi sārandade cetiye …the Sāranda shrine…
idāneva kho tāhaṁ, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye āmantesiṁ:
cāpāle → pāvāle (sya-all)“And just now, Ānanda, (here) at Pāvāla Shrine, I addressed you today:
‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṁ udenaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ gotamakaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ sattambaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ bahuputtaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ sārandadaṁ cetiyaṁ, ramaṇīyaṁ cāpālaṁ cetiyaṁ.
cāpālaṁ → pāvālaṁ (sya-all)‘Vesālī is refreshing, Ānanda. Refreshing, too, are the Udena shrine, the Gotamaka shrine, the Sattamba shrine, the ManySon shrine, the Sāranda shrine, the Pāvāla shrine.
Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā.
yānīkatā → yānikatā (pts)Anyone, Ānanda, in whom the four bases of power are developed, pursued, given a means of transport, given a grounding, steadied, consolidated, and well-undertaken, could—if he wanted—remain for an eon or the remainder of an eon.
Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṁ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṁ vā’ti.
yānīkatā → yānikatā (pts) | so → (pts)In the Tathāgata, Ānanda, the four bases of power are developed, pursued, given a means of transport, given a grounding, steadied, consolidated, and well-undertaken. He could—if he wanted—remain for an eon or the remainder of an eon.’
Evampi kho tvaṁ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṁ, na tathāgataṁ yāci:But you, Ānanda—even when the Tathāgata had given such a blatant sign, such a blatant hint—weren’t able to understand his meaning. You didn’t beg of the Tathāgata,
‘tiṭṭhatu bhagavā kappaṁ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṁ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan’ti.‘Lord, may the Blessed One remain for an eon. May the One Well-Gone remain for an eon—for the benefit of the many, for the happiness of the many, out of sympathy for the world, for the welfare, benefit, & happiness of human beings & devas.’
Sace tvaṁ, ānanda, tathāgataṁ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṁ adhivāseyya.If you had begged the Tathāgata two times, the Tathāgata would have refused, but after the third time he would have acquiesced. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṁ dukkaṭaṁ, tuyhevetaṁ aparaddhaṁ.The wrong-doing is yours, Ānanda. Yours the mistake.
Nanu etaṁ, ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva akkhātaṁ:
paṭikacceva → paṭigacceva (bj, pts1ed) | etaṁ → evaṁ (sya-all, km, pts1ed) | nanu etaṁ → nanvateṁ (bj); na nu evaṁ (sya-all, pts) | paṭikacceva → paṭigacc eva (pts) | etaṁ → evaṁ (cck: syā. pī.) | paṭikacceva → paṭigacceva (cck: sī. pī.) | paṭikacceva → evaṁ. sī. yu. paṭigacceva (sya-all: ma.)“But then, Ānanda, haven’t I—cautioning—pointed out
‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo.different-becoming, separate-becoming, otherwise-becoming of all that is dear & appealing?
Taṁ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā, yaṁ taṁ jātaṁ bhūtaṁ saṅkhataṁ palokadhammaṁ, taṁ vata mā palujjīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati’.
labbhā → K puts comma at aññathābhāvo, and full stop here. (pts note) | vijjati → Bm vijjatīti. (pts note)What else is there to expect? That of anything born, become, fabricated, subject to disintegration, you might say, ‘O, may it not disintegrate’? The possibility doesn’t exist.
Yaṁ kho panetaṁ, ānanda, tathāgatena cattaṁ vantaṁ muttaṁ pahīnaṁ paṭinissaṭṭhaṁ ossaṭṭho āyusaṅkhāro, ekaṁsena vācā bhāsitā:
pahīnaṁ → pahīṇaṁ (bj) | vācā → vācā tathāgatena (bj, pts) | Tathāgatena → Bm K om. (pts note)And that is what the Tathāgata has gotten rid of, vomited up, released, abandoned, forfeited. It was with the fabrications of life relinquished that this categorical statement was spoken:
‘na ciraṁ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissati.‘It won’t be long until the Tathāgata’s total unbinding.
Ito tiṇṇaṁ māsānaṁ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’ti.In three months’ time from now, the Tathāgata will totally unbind.’
Tañca tathāgato jīvitahetu puna paccāvamissatīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.
Tañca → tañcetaṁ (bj); taṁ vacanaṁ (pts1ed) | tañca → tañcenaṁ (bj); taṁ vacanaṁ (pts) | paccāvamissatīti → paccāgamissatīti (sya-all) | tañcenaṁ → taṁcenaṁ (bj: syā); taṁ vacanaṁ (bj: PTS, sīmu) | Tañca → taṁ vacanaṁ (cck: sī.) | paccāvamissatīti → paccāgamissatīti (cck: syā. ka.) | vacanaṁ → Bm K om.; K has tañca for taṁ. (pts note) | paccāvamissatīti → Sc paccāmis-; Bm K paccāgam-. Sum has paccāv-. (pts note)For the Tathāgata, for the sake of life, to rescind that: The possibility doesn’t exist.
Āyāmānanda, yena mahāvanaṁ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti.
mahāvanaṁ → mahāvanaṁ yena (sya-all) | upasaṁkamissāmāti → Sc -māti corrected to -mīti. (pts note)“Come, now, Ānanda. We will head for the Gabled Hall in the Great Forest.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.“As you say, lord,” Ven. Ānanda responded to the Blessed One.
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ yena mahāvanaṁ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
mahāvanaṁ → mahāvanaṁ yena (sya-all)Then the Blessed One together with Ven. Ānanda went to the Great Forest and to the Gabled Hall. On arrival, the Blessed One said to Ven. Ānanda,
“gaccha tvaṁ, ānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṁ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ sannipātehī”ti.
upaṭṭhāna-sālāyaṁ → Bm sālaṁ. See 1. 6. (pts note)“Go, Ānanda. Have all the monks living in dependence on Vesālī gather at the assembly hall.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṁ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
paṭissutvā → paṭissuṇitvā (sya-all)Responding, “As you say, lord,” to the Blessed One, Ven. Ānanda—having had all the monks living in dependence on Vesālī gather at the assembly hall—approached the Blessed One. On arrival, having bowed down to him, he stood to one side. As he was standing there, he said to the Blessed One,
“sannipatito, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho, yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṁ maññatī”ti.
sannipatito → sannipātito (bj) | maññatīti → maññatīti brahmacariyaciraṭṭhitika dhammadesanā (bj)“The Saṅgha of monks has gathered, lord. May the Blessed One do what he thinks it is now time to do.”
Atha kho bhagavā yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi.
yenupaṭṭhānasālā → yena upaṭṭhānasālā (bj, sya-all) | yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami → yena upaṭṭhānasālā ten upasaṁkami (pts)Then the Blessed One went to the assembly hall and, on arrival, sat down on the seat laid out.
Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:Having sat down, he addressed the monks:
“tasmātiha, bhikkhave, ye te mayā dhammā abhiññā desitā, te vo sādhukaṁ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṁ brahmacariyaṁ addhaniyaṁ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṁ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṁ.
te → vo (pts) | abhiññā → abhiññāya (pts) | te → ye vo (bj: PTS) | vo → K te. (pts note) | abhiññāya → Bm K -ñā, and below always. (pts note) | yathayidaṁ → Bm yathāyidaṁ always. (pts note)“Monks, the qualities I have taught, having known them directly: You should grasp them thoroughly, cultivate them, develop them, & pursue them so that this holy life may long endure & remain steadfast for the benefit, welfare, & happiness of the multitude, out of sympathy for the world, for the benefit, welfare, & happiness of human beings & devas. And which are the qualities I have taught…
Katame ca te, bhikkhave, dhammā mayā abhiññā desitā, ye vo sādhukaṁ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṁ brahmacariyaṁ addhaniyaṁ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṁ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṁ.
vo → te (sya-all) | abhiññā → abhiññāya (pts) | abhiññā → abhiññāya (bj: PTS) | vo → te vo (bj: sīmu) | vo → Bm inserts bhikkhū. (pts note)for the benefit, welfare, & happiness of human beings & devas?
Seyyathidaṁ—cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo.
sammappadhānā → sammappadhāna (pts)The four establishings of mindfulness, the four right exertions, the four bases of power, the five faculties, the five strengths, the seven factors for awakening, the noble eightfold path.
Ime kho te, bhikkhave, dhammā mayā abhiññā desitā, ye vo sādhukaṁ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṁ brahmacariyaṁ addhaniyaṁ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṁ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānan”ti.
te → (bj, pts) | ye → te (bj) | yathayidaṁ → yathāyidaṁ (bj) | vo → te (sya-all) | abhiññā desitā ye → abhiññāya desitāte (pts) | kho → Bm K add te. (pts note)These are the qualities I have taught, having known them directly, that you should grasp thoroughly, cultivate, develop, & pursue so that this holy life may long endure & remain steadfast for the benefit, welfare, & happiness of the multitude, out of sympathy for the world, for the benefit, welfare, & happiness of human beings & devas.”
Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:Then the Blessed One addressed the monks,
“handa dāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo,‘I exhort you, monks: vayadhammā saṅkhārā, appamādena sampādetha.All fabrications are subject to decay. Reach consummation through heedfulness. Naciraṁ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissati.It won’t be long until the Tathāgata’s total unbinding. Ito tiṇṇaṁ māsānaṁ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī”ti.In three months’ time from now, the Tathāgata will totally unbind.”
Idamavoca bhagavā.That is what the Blessed One said.
Idaṁ vatvāna sugato athāparaṁ etadavoca satthā:
satthā → ito paraṁ sya-all potthakesu evampi pāṭho dissati | satthā → ito paraṁ syāmapotthake ayaṁ adhiko pāṭho’pi dissate:
“daharā pi ca ye vuḍḍhā ye bālā ye ca paṇaḍitā
aḍḍhā ceva daḷiddā ca sabbe maccuparāyaṇā
yathā pi kumbhakārassa kataṁ mattikabhājataṁ
khuddakaṁ ca mahantaṁ ca yañca pakkañvaāmakaṁ
sabbaṁ bhedanapariyantaṁ evaṁ maccāna jīvitaṁ
athāparaṁ etadavoca” satthā (bj note) | satthā → ito paraṁ syāmapotthake evaṁpi pāṭho dissati –§daharāpi ca ye vuddhā, ye bālā ye ca paṇḍitā.§aḍḍhāceva daliddā ca, sabbe maccuparāyanā.§yathāpi kumbhakārassa, kataṁ mattikabhājanaṁ.§khuddakañca mahantañca, yañca pakkaṁ yañca āmakaṁ.§sabbaṁ bhedapariyantaṁ, evaṁ maccāna jīvitaṁ.§athāparaṁ etadavoca satthā (cck note) | satthā → ito paraṁ sīhalapotthake paripakko vayo mayhaṁ … dukkhassantaṁ karissatīti dissati (sya-all note) | vatvā → Bm K vatvāna. (pts note) | Satthā → K here inserts as note, ito paraṁ Sīhaḷa-poṭṭhake ‘Paripakko vayo . . . karissatīti'; dissati, and in the text before these verses places the followling: Daharā pi ca ye vuḍḍhā ye bālā ye ca paṇḍitā Aḍḍhā c'; evā daḷiddā ca sabbe maccu-parāyanā. Yathā pi kumbhakārassa kataṁ mattika-bhājanaṁ, Khuddakañ ca mahantañ ca yaṁ [K yañca] pakkaṁ yañ ca āmakaṁ, Sabbaṁ bheda-pariyantaṁ evaṁ maccāna jīvitaṁ. Athāparaṁ etad avoca Satthā Paripakko, &c. (pts note)Having said that, the One Well-Gone said further:
“Paripakko vayo mayhaṁ, parittaṁ mama jīvitaṁ;Young & old wise & foolish rich & poor: all end up dying. as a potter’s clay vessels large & small fired & unfired Pahāya vo gamissāmi, kataṁ me saraṇamattano.
Pahāya → Sd pahāvayo. (pts note)all end up broken, so too life heads to death. Then the Teacher said further: Ripe my age, little the life remaining to me. Leaving you, I will go, having made my refuge for myself.Appamattā satīmanto, susīlā hotha bhikkhavo;
satīmanto → satimanto (bj)Be heedful, monks, mindful, virtuous. Susamāhitasaṅkappā, sacittamanurakkhatha.With your resolves well-concentrated, look after your minds.Yo imasmiṁ dhammavinaye, appamatto vihassati;
vihassati → vihessati (si, pts1ed); viharissati (sya-all, km) | vihassati → vihessati (pts) | vihassati → viharissati (bj: syā); vihessati (bj: sīmu); saddanītiyaṁ 1038 (bj: “viharassa ha - vipubbassa hara dhātussa ‘ha’ iccādeso hoti vā sasatimhi vibhattiyaṁ - appamatto vihassati”) | viharissati → vihessati (sya-all: sī.) | vihessati → K viharissati, vihessati in foot note. (pts note) | vihessati → Bm pahāyajāyajāyatiyaṁsaṁsāraṁ. (pts note)He who, in this Dhamma & Vinaya, remains heedful, Pahāya jātisaṁsāraṁ, dukkhassantaṁ karissatī”ti.
karissatī’’ti → viharissati (cck: syā.); vihessati (cck: sī.)leaving the wandering-on through birth, will make an end of stress.
Tatiyo bhāṇavāro.
Niṭṭhitaṁ → Bm Bhāṇavāraṁ tatiyaṁ; K tatiya-bhāṇavāraṁ. (pts note)
21. Nāgāpalokita
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
pubbaṇhasamayaṁ → pubbanhasamayaṁ (bj)Then the Blessed One, early in the morning, adjusted his lower robe and—taking his bowl & outer robe—went into Vesālī for alms.
Vesāliyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nāgāpalokitaṁ vesāliṁ apaloketvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
nāgāpalokitaṁ → nāgāvalokitaṁ (sya-all) | nāgāpalokitaṁ → nāgāvalokitaṁ (bj: syā) | piṇḍapāta-paṭikkanto → So all MSS. (pts note)Having gone for alms in Vesālī, after the meal, returning from his alms round, gazing on Vesālī with an elephant’s look, he addressed Ven. Ānanda:
“idaṁ pacchimakaṁ, ānanda, tathāgatassa vesāliyā dassanaṁ bhavissati.
vesāliyā dassanaṁ → vesālidassanaṁ (pts)“Ānanda, this is the Tathāgata’s last look at Vesālī.
Āyāmānanda, yena bhaṇḍagāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti.
bhaṇḍagāmo → bhaṇḍaggāmo (km); bhaṇḍugāmo (mr) | bhaṇḍagāmo → bhaṇḍugāmo (bj: machasaṁ) | bhaṇḍagāmo → bhaṇḍugāmo (cck: ka.)Come, Ānanda, we will head for Bhaṇḍa Village.
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.“As you say, lord,” Ven. Ānanda responded to the Blessed One.
Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena bhaṇḍagāmo tadavasari.Then the Blessed One, together with a large Saṅgha of monks, went to Bhaṇḍa Village. Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme viharati.There the Blessed One stayed near Bhaṇḍa Village. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:And there he addressed the monks,
“catunnaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṁ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ sandhāvitaṁ saṁsaritaṁ mamañceva tumhākañca.“It’s through not awakening to or penetrating four qualities, monks, that we have transmigrated and wandered on for such a long time, you & I.
Katamesaṁ catunnaṁ?Which four?
Ariyassa, bhikkhave, sīlassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ sandhāvitaṁ saṁsaritaṁ mamañceva tumhākañca.“It’s through not awakening to or penetrating noble virtue that we have transmigrated and wandered on for such a long time, you & I.
Ariyassa, bhikkhave, samādhissa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ sandhāvitaṁ saṁsaritaṁ mamañceva tumhākañca.It’s through not awakening to or penetrating noble concentration…
Ariyāya, bhikkhave, paññāya ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ sandhāvitaṁ saṁsaritaṁ mamañceva tumhākañca.It’s through not awakening to or penetrating noble discernment…
Ariyāya, bhikkhave, vimuttiyā ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ sandhāvitaṁ saṁsaritaṁ mamañceva tumhākañca.It’s through not awakening to or penetrating noble release that we have transmigrated and wandered on for such a long time, you & I.
Tayidaṁ, bhikkhave, ariyaṁ sīlaṁ anubuddhaṁ paṭividdhaṁ, ariyo samādhi anubuddho paṭividdho, ariyā paññā anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ariyā vimutti anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti.
ariyā vimutti anubuddhā paṭividdhā → (bj)“(But now,) this noble virtue has been awakened to & penetrated, noble concentration has been awakened to & penetrated, noble discernment has been awakened to & penetrated, noble release has been awakened to & penetrated. Craving for becoming has been crushed, the guide to becoming [i.e., craving] is ended. There now is no further-becoming.”
Idamavoca bhagavā.That is what the Blessed One said. Idaṁ vatvāna sugato athāparaṁ etadavoca satthā:Having said it, the Teacher, the One Well-Gone, said further:
“Sīlaṁ samādhi paññā ca, vimutti ca anuttarā;Virtue, concentration, discernment, and unexcelled release: Anubuddhā ime dhammā, gotamena yasassinā.These qualities have been awakened to by Gotama, the prestigious.
Iti buddho abhiññāya, dhammamakkhāsi bhikkhunaṁ;
bhikkhunaṁ → bhikkhūnaṁ (bj) | dhammamakkhāsi → dhammamakkhāti (sya-all)Directly knowing this, he shows it to the monks— the awakened one, Dukkhassantakaro satthā, cakkhumā parinibbuto”ti.
dukkhassantakaro → dukkhassantaṅkaro (sya-all) ti → Quoted Kathā Vatthu 115. (pts note)the teacher who has made an ending of stress, the one with eyes, totally unbound.
Tatrāpi sudaṁ bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme viharanto etadeva bahulaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ karoti:
tatrāpi → tatrapi (sya-all)While staying there at Bhaṇḍa Village, the Blessed One often gave this Dhamma talk to the monks:
“iti sīlaṁ, iti samādhi, iti paññā.“Such is virtue, such is concentration, such is discernment.
Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso.Concentration nurtured with virtue is of great fruit, great reward.
Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā.Discernment nurtured with concentration is of great fruit, great reward.
Paññāparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṁ—The mind nurtured with discernment is rightly released from the effluents, i.e.,
kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā”ti.
avijjāsavāti → avijjāsavāti cattāro mahāpadesā (bj); diṭṭhāsavā avijjāsavā ti (pts) | diṭṭhāsavā → K omits. (pts note)the effluent of sensuality, the effluent of becoming, the effluent of ignorance.”
22. Catumahāpadesakathā
Atha kho bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:Then the Blessed One, having stayed near Bhaṇḍa Village as long as he pleased, said to Ven. Ānanda, “āyāmānanda, yena hatthigāmo,“Come, Ānanda, we will head for Hatthi Village,
yena ambagāmo,
yena → (sya-all) | pe → Bm has no pe, but puts yena before each name. K has neither pe nor yena. 4 Recurs Aṅguttara ii. 167 foll. (pts note)Amba Village,
yena jambugāmo,
yena → (sya-all, pts)Jambu Village,
yena bhoganagaraṁ tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti.to Bhoganagara.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.“As you say, lord,” Ven. Ānanda responded to the Blessed One.
Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena bhoganagaraṁ tadavasari.Then the Blessed One, together with a large Saṅgha of monks, went to Bhoganagara.
Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā bhoganagare viharati ānande cetiye.
ānande → anande (pts1ed); sānandare (mr) | ānande → sānandare (cck: ka.)There the Blessed One stayed near Bhoganagara at the Ānanda shrine.
Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:There the Blessed One addressed the monks,
“cattārome, bhikkhave, mahāpadese desessāmi,
desessāmi → desissāmi (bj) | desessāmi → Scdt desiss-. (pts note)“Monks, I will teach you four great standards.
taṁ suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.Listen and pay careful attention.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ.“As you say, lord,” the monks responded to him. Bhagavā etadavoca:The Blessed One said,
“Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya:“There is the case where a monk says this:
‘sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ,
paṭiggahitaṁ → paṭiggahītaṁ (pts)‘Face-to-face with the Blessed One have I heard this, face-to-face have I received this:
ayaṁ dhammo ayaṁ vinayo idaṁ satthusāsanan’ti.This is the Dhamma, this is the Vinaya, this is the Teacher’s instruction.’
Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṁ neva abhinanditabbaṁ nappaṭikkositabbaṁ.His statement is neither to be approved nor scorned.
Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṁ uggahetvā sutte osāretabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni.
osāretabbāni → otāretabbāni (bj, pts1ed) | osāretabbāni → otāretabbāni (pts) | otāretabbāni → osāretabbāni (bj: machasaṁ) | osāretabbāni → otāretabbāni (cck note)Without approval or scorn, take careful note of his words and make them stand against the suttas and tally them against the Vinaya.
Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti, na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṁ:
osaranti → otaranti (bj, pts1ed) | osāriyamānāni → otāriyamānāni (bj, pts1ed) | osāriyamānāni → otāriyamānāni (pts) | osaranti → otaranti (pts) | ca → (pts) | otāriyamānāni → osāriyāmānāni (bj: machasaṁ) | otaranti → osaranti (bj: machasaṁ) | osāriyamānāni → otāriyamānāni (cck note) | osaranti → otaranti (sī. pī. a. ni. 4.180 (cck note) | osaranti → a. otaranti (sya-all: sī.)If, on making them stand against the suttas and tallying them against the Vinaya, you find that they don’t stand with the suttas or tally with the Vinaya, you may conclude:
‘addhā idaṁ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ;
vacanaṁ → Aṅg. adds sammāsambuddhassa (throughout). (pts note)‘This is not the word of the Blessed One;
imassa ca bhikkhuno duggahitan’ti.
duggahitanti → duggahītan ti (pts)this monk has misunderstood it’—
Iti hetaṁ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha.
chaḍḍeyyātha → Aṅg. repeats from Idha down to sandassetabbāni (and so always). (pts note)and you should reject it.
Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti, vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṁ:
osāriyamānāni → otāriyamānāni (bj, pts) | osaranti → otaranti (bj) | ca → ce (sya-all)But if, on making them stand against the suttas and tallying them against the Vinaya, you find that they stand with the suttas and tally with the Vinaya, you may conclude:
‘addhā idaṁ tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ;‘This is the word of the Blessed One;
imassa ca bhikkhuno suggahitan’ti.
suggahitanti → suggahītan ti (pts)this monk has understood it rightly.’
Idaṁ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṁ mahāpadesaṁ dhāreyyātha.
idaṁ → imaṁ (bj)
Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya:“Then there is the case where a monk says this:
‘amukasmiṁ nāma āvāse saṅgho viharati sathero sapāmokkho.‘In a monastery over there dwells a Saṅgha with well-known leading elders.
Tassa me saṅghassa sammukhā sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ,
paṭiggahitaṁ → paṭiggahītaṁ (pts)Face-to-face with that Saṅgha I have heard this, face-to-face have I received this:
ayaṁ dhammo ayaṁ vinayo idaṁ satthusāsanan’ti.This is the Dhamma, this is the Vinaya, this is the Teacher’s instruction.’ …
Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṁ neva abhinanditabbaṁ nappaṭikkositabbaṁ.
na → K throughout nappaṭi-. (pts note)
Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṁ uggahetvā sutte osāretabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni.
osāretabbāni → otāretabbāni (bj, pts) | otāretabbāni → osāretabbāni (bj: machasaṁ)
Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti, na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṁ:
osāriyamānāni → otāriyamānāni (bj, pts) | osaranti → otaranti (bj, pts) | ca → (pts) | otāriyamānāni → osāriyamānāni (bj: machasaṁ) | otaranti → osaranti (bj: machasaṁ)
‘addhā idaṁ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ;
tassa ca saṅghassa duggahitan’ti.
saṅghassa → bhikkhusaṅghassa (sya-all)
Itihetaṁ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha.
Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti, vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṁ:
osāriyamānāni → otāriyamānāni (bj, pts) | osaranti → otaranti (bj) | ca → ce (sya-all) | sandassiyamānāni → sandissayamānāni (pts)
‘addhā idaṁ tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ;
tassa ca saṅghassa suggahitan’ti.
suggahitanti → suggahītan ti (pts)
Idaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṁ mahāpadesaṁ dhāreyyātha.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya:“Then there is the case where a monk says this:
‘amukasmiṁ nāma āvāse sambahulā therā bhikkhū viharanti bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā.‘In a monastery over there dwell many learned elder monks, well-versed in the tradition, who have memorized the Dhamma, the Vinaya, and the Mātikā.
Tesaṁ me therānaṁ sammukhā sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ—
paṭiggahitaṁ → paṭiggahītaṁ (pts)Face-to-face with those elders I have heard this, face-to-face have I received this:
ayaṁ dhammo ayaṁ vinayo idaṁ satthusāsanan’ti.
idaṁ satthusāsananti → ayaṁ satthu sāsanan ti (pts)This is the Dhamma, this is the Vinaya, this is the Teacher’s instruction.’ …
Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṁ neva abhinanditabbaṁ …
pe…
na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṁ:
ca → (sya-all)
‘addhā idaṁ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ;
tesañca therānaṁ duggahitan’ti.
Itihetaṁ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha.
Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni …pe…
vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṁ:
ca → (sya-all)
‘addhā idaṁ tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ;
tesañca therānaṁ suggahitan’ti.
suggahitanti → suggahītan ti (pts)
Idaṁ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṁ mahāpadesaṁ dhāreyyātha.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ vadeyya:“Then there is the case where a monk says this:
‘amukasmiṁ nāma āvāse eko thero bhikkhu viharati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo.
eko → (sya-all)‘In a monastery over there dwells a learned elder monk, well-versed in the tradition, who has memorized the Dhamma, the Vinaya, and the Mātikā.
Tassa me therassa sammukhā sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ—
paṭiggahitaṁ → paṭiggahītaṁ (pts)Face-to-face with that elder I have heard this, face-to-face have I received this:
ayaṁ dhammo ayaṁ vinayo idaṁ satthusāsanan’ti.This is the Dhamma, this is the Vinaya, this is the Teacher’s instruction.’
Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṁ neva abhinanditabbaṁ nappaṭikkositabbaṁ.His statement is neither to be approved nor scorned.
Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṁ uggahetvā sutte osāretabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni.
osāretabbāni → otāretabbāni (bj, pts); osāritabbāni (cck) | sandassetabbāni → sandassitabbāni (sya-all)Without approval or scorn, take careful note of his words and make them stand against the suttas and tally them against the Vinaya.
Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti, na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṁ:
osāriyamānāni → otāriyamānāni (bj, pts) | osaranti → otaranti (bj, pts) | ca → (pts)If, on making them stand against the suttas and tallying them against the Vinaya, you find that they don’t stand with the suttas or tally with the Vinaya, you may conclude:
‘addhā idaṁ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ;‘This is not the word of the Blessed One;
tassa ca therassa duggahitan’ti.this monk has misunderstood it’—
Itihetaṁ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha.and you should reject it.
Tāni ca sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti, vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṁ:
ca → ce (bj, pts) | osāriyamānāni → otāriyamānāni (bj, pts) | osaranti → otaranti (bj)But if, on making them stand against the suttas and tallying them against the Vinaya, you find that they stand with the suttas and tally with the Vinaya, you may conclude:
‘addhā idaṁ tassa bhagavato vacanaṁ;‘This is the word of the Blessed One;
tassa ca therassa suggahitan’ti.
suggahitanti → suggahītan ti (pts)this monk has understood it rightly.’
Idaṁ, bhikkhave, catutthaṁ mahāpadesaṁ dhāreyyātha.
dhāreyyātha → dhāreyyāthāti (pts)
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro mahāpadese dhāreyyāthā”ti.“Monks, remember these four great standards.”
Tatrapi sudaṁ bhagavā bhoganagare viharanto ānande cetiye etadeva bahulaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ dhammiṁ kathaṁ karoti:
viharanto → viharati (sya-all) | Ānande → So Scd K : St Bm -ya. (pts note)While staying there near Bhoganagara at the Ānanda shrine, the Blessed One often gave this Dhamma talk to the monks:
“iti sīlaṁ, iti samādhi, iti paññā.“Such is virtue, such is concentration, such is discernment.
Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṁso.Concentration nurtured with virtue is of great fruit, great reward.
Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā.Discernment nurtured with concentration is of great fruit, great reward.
Paññāparibhāvitaṁ cittaṁ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṁ—The mind nurtured with discernment is rightly released from the effluents, i.e.,
kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā”ti.
avijjāsavāti → diṭṭhāsavā avijjāsavā ti (pts)the effluent of sensuality, the effluent of becoming, the effluent of ignorance.”
23. Kammāraputtacundavatthu
Atha kho bhagavā bhoganagare yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:Then the Blessed One, having stayed near Bhoganagara at the Ānanda shrine as long as he pleased, said to Ven. Ānanda, “āyāmānanda, yena pāvā tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti.“Come, Ānanda, we will head for Pāvā.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.
paccassosi → Recurs in Udāna viii. 5 (pts note)“As you say, lord,” Ven. Ānanda responded to the Blessed One.
Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena pāvā tadavasari.Then the Blessed One, together with a large Saṅgha of monks, went to Pāvā.
Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā pāvāyaṁ viharati cundassa kammāraputtassa ambavane.There the Blessed One stayed near Pāvā in the mango grove of Cunda the silversmith.
Assosi kho cundo kammāraputto: “bhagavā kira pāvaṁ anuppatto, pāvāyaṁ viharati mayhaṁ ambavane”ti.
anuppatto → SS omit Pāvaṁ anuppatto. Bm pāripāpaṁ anuppatto Pāvāraṁ viharati. Udāna adds a clause. (pts note)Cunda the silversmith heard, “The Blessed One, they say, on reaching Pāvā, is staying near Pāvā in my mango grove.”
Atha kho cundo kammāraputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.So Cunda went to the Blessed One and, on arrival, having bowed down to him, sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho cundaṁ kammāraputtaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.As he was sitting there, the Blessed One instructed, urged, roused, & encouraged him with Dhamma talk.
Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:Then Cunda—instructed, urged, roused, & encouraged by the Blessed One’s Dhamma talk—said to him,
“adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṁ saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghenā”ti.“Lord, may the Blessed One acquiesce to my meal tomorrow, together with the Saṅgha of monks.”
Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.The Blessed One acquiesced with silence.
Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato adhivāsanaṁ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.Then Cunda, understanding the Blessed One’s acquiescence, got up from his seat and, bowing down to him and circumambulating him, left.
Atha kho cundo kammāraputto tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyādāpetvā pahūtañca sūkaramaddavaṁ bhagavato kālaṁ ārocāpesi:Then, at the end of the night, after having exquisite staple & non-staple food—including a large amount of pig-delicacy36—prepared in his own home, he announced the time to the Blessed One: “kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṁ bhattan”ti.“It’s time, lord. The meal is ready.”
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena yena cundassa kammāraputtassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi.
pubbaṇhasamayaṁ → pubbanhasamayaṁ (bj) | paññatte āsane → paññattāsane (sya-all)Then the Blessed One, early in the morning, adjusted his lower robe and—taking his bowl & outer robe—went together with the Saṅgha of monks to Cunda’s home. On arrival, he sat down on the seat laid out.
Nisajja kho bhagavā cundaṁ kammāraputtaṁ āmantesi:Seated, he said to Cunda,
“yaṁ te, cunda, sūkaramaddavaṁ paṭiyattaṁ, tena maṁ parivisa.“Cunda, serve me with the pig-delicacy you have had prepared,
Yaṁ panaññaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyattaṁ, tena bhikkhusaṅghaṁ parivisā”ti.and the Saṅgha of monks with the other staple & non-staple food you have had prepared.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṁ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṁ paṭiyattaṁ, tena bhagavantaṁ parivisi.Responding, “As you say, lord,” to the Blessed One, Cunda served the Blessed One with the pig-delicacy he had had prepared, Yaṁ panaññaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyattaṁ, tena bhikkhusaṅghaṁ parivisi.and the Saṅgha of monks with the other staple & non-staple food he had had prepared.
Atha kho bhagavā cundaṁ kammāraputtaṁ āmantesi:Then the Blessed One said to him,
“yaṁ te, cunda, sūkaramaddavaṁ avasiṭṭhaṁ, taṁ sobbhe nikhaṇāhi.
nikhaṇāhi → nikhanāhi (bj)“Cunda, bury the remaining pig-delicacy in a pit.
Nāhaṁ taṁ, cunda, passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya, yassa taṁ paribhuttaṁ sammā pariṇāmaṁ gaccheyya aññatra tathāgatassā”ti.I don’t see anyone in the world together with its devas, Māras, &Brahmās, in this generation with its contemplatives &brahmans, its rulers &commonfolk, in whom, when it was ingested, it would go to a healthy change, aside from the Tathāgata.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṁ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṁ avasiṭṭhaṁ, taṁ sobbhe nikhaṇitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.Responding, “As you say, lord,” to the Blessed One, Cunda buried the remaining pig-delicacy in a pit, went to the Blessed One and, on arrival, having bowed down to him, sat to one side.
Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho cundaṁ kammāraputtaṁ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
pakkāmi → pakkāmi lohitapakkhandikā ābādho (bj)As he was sitting there, the Blessed One—after instructing, urging, rousing, & encouraging him with Dhamma talk—got up from his seat and left.
Atha kho bhagavato cundassa kammāraputtassa bhattaṁ bhuttāvissa kharo ābādho uppajji, lohitapakkhandikā pabāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā.
pabāḷhā → sabāḷhā (sya-all) | māraṇantikā tā → maraṇantikā tāpi (sya-all) | pabāḷhā → Bm bāḷhā; K sab-. Compare 2. 23. (pts note)Then in the Blessed One, after he had eaten Cunda’s meal, there arose a severe disease accompanied with (the passing of) blood, with intense pains & deadly.
Tā sudaṁ bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāsesi avihaññamāno.
Tā → Sc om.; Sd tatra; K tāpi. (pts note)But the Blessed One endured it—mindful, alert, & not struck down by it.
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:Then he addressed Ven. Ānanda,
“āyāmānanda, yena kusinārā tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti.“Ānanda, we will go to Kusinārā.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.“As you say, lord,” Ven. Ānanda responded to the Blessed One.
Cundassa bhattaṁ bhuñjitvā, kammārassāti me sutaṁ;I have heard that, on eating Cunda the silversmith’s meal, Ābādhaṁ samphusī dhīro, pabāḷhaṁ māraṇantikaṁ.
samphusī → samphusi (sya-all) | samphusī → Sc phusayatī; Sd phusati; St phusati: Bm saṁphusati. (pts note) pabāḷhaṁ māraṇantikaṁ → sabāḷhaṁ maraṇantikaṁ (sya-all) | pabāḷhaṁ → sabāḷhaṁ (bj: syā) | pabāḷhaṁ → K sab-. (pts note)the enlightened one was touched by illness— fierce, deadly.Bhuttassa ca sūkaramaddavena, byādhippabāḷho udapādi satthuno;
ca → ve (sya-all) | ca → Ce. (pts note) byādhippabāḷho → byādhippabāḷhe (bj); byādhī sabāḷhā (sya-all); vyādhi ppabāḷhā (pts)After he had eaten the pig-delicacy, a fierce sickness arose in the Teacher. Virecamāno bhagavā avoca, “Gacchāmahaṁ kusināraṁ nagaran”ti.
virecamāno → viriñcamāno (bj); viriccamāno (pts) | viriñcamāno → virecamāno (bj: machasaṁ, sīmu); viriccamāno (bj: a.dīni) | Virecamāno → viriccamāno (cck: sī. syā. ka.); viriñcamāno (cck: ?) | Viriccamāno → K virec-. (pts note) nagaranti → nagaranti ānandena pānīyāharaṇaṁ (bj) | kusināraṁ → kusinaraṁ (sya-all) | Kusināraṁ → K kusinaraṁ. 6 Here K inserts in brackets in the text (imā gāthāyo Saṅgīti-kāle Saṅgīti-kārakehi vuttā), with footnote Sīhaḷapotthake ime gāṭhā na dissanti. (pts note)After being purged of it, the Blessed One said, “To the city of Kusinārā I will go.”
24. Pānīyāharaṇa
Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataraṁ rukkhamūlaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
yena aññataraṁ → yenaññataraṁ (bj)Then the Blessed One, going down from the road, went to a certain tree and, on arrival, said to Ven. Ānanda,
“iṅgha me tvaṁ, ānanda, catugguṇaṁ saṅghāṭiṁ paññapehi, kilantosmi, ānanda, nisīdissāmī”ti.
paññapehi kilantosmi → paññāpehi kilanto smi (pts)“Ānanda, please arrange my outer robe folded in four. I am tired. I will sit down.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṁ saṅghāṭiṁ paññapesi.
paññapesi → paññāpesi (pts)Responding, “As you say, lord,” to the Blessed One, Ven. Ānanda arranged the outer robe folded in four.
Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane.The Blessed One sat down on the seat laid out.
Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:Seated, he said to Ven. Ānanda,
“iṅgha me tvaṁ, ānanda, pānīyaṁ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī”ti.
pipāsitosmi → pipāsitomhi (bj)“Ānanda, please fetch me some water. I am thirsty. I will drink.”
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:When this was said, Ven. Ānanda said to the Blessed One,
“idāni, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni, taṁ cakkacchinnaṁ udakaṁ parittaṁ luḷitaṁ āvilaṁ sandati.
atikkantāni → abhikkantāni (sya-all)“Lord, just now 500 carts have passed through. The meager river—cut by the wheels—flows turbid & disturbed.
Ayaṁ, bhante, kakudhā nadī avidūre acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setodakā suppatitthā ramaṇīyā.
setodakā → setakā (bj, pts1ed) | kakudhā → kakutthā (bj, pts) | setodakā suppatitthā → setakā supatitthā (bj) | kakudhā nadī → kakudhanadī (sya-all) | acchodakā → acchodikā (bj: machasaṁ) | setakā → setodakā (bj: machasaṁ) | supatitthā → suppatitthā (bj: machasaṁ) | kakudhā → kakuthā (cck: sī. pī.) | setodakā → setakā (cck: sī.) | kakudhanadī → kakutthā nadītipi kakudhā nadītipi pāṭho (sya-all: sī.) | setodakā → a. evaṁ. sī. setakā (sya-all note) | Kakutthā → Sc kuk-; Bm K kakuḍha (throughout). (pts note) | sītodikā → K -akā. (pts note)But the Kakudha river is not far away, with pristine water, pleasing water, cool water, pellucid water,38 with restful banks, refreshing.
Ettha bhagavā pānīyañca pivissati, gattāni ca sītī karissatī”ti.
sītī → sītaṁ (pts1ed, mr) | sītī → sītaṁ (pts) | sītī → sītaṁ (cck: sī. pī. ka.)There the Blessed One will drink potable water and cool his limbs.”
Dutiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:A second time, the Blessed One said to Ven. Ānanda,
“iṅgha me tvaṁ, ānanda, pānīyaṁ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī”ti.“Ānanda, please fetch me some water. I am thirsty. I will drink.”
Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:A second time, Ven. Ānanda said to the Blessed One,
“idāni, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni, taṁ cakkacchinnaṁ udakaṁ parittaṁ luḷitaṁ āvilaṁ sandati.
atikkantāni → abhikkantāni (sya-all)“Lord, just now 500 carts have passed through. The meager water—cut by the wheels—flows turbid & disturbed.
Ayaṁ, bhante, kakudhā nadī avidūre acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setodakā suppatitthā ramaṇīyā.
kakudhā → kakutthā (bj, pts) | setodakā → setakā (bj) | kakudhā nadī → kakudhanadī (sya-all) | setakā → setodakā (bj: machasaṁ) | suppatitthā → suppatitthā (bj: machasaṁ)But the Kakudha River is not far away, with pristine water, pleasing water, cool water, pellucid water, with restful banks, refreshing.
Ettha bhagavā pānīyañca pivissati, gattāni ca sītīkarissatī”ti.
gattāni ca → gattānipi (sya-all) | sītīkarissatīti tatiyampi → sītaṁ karissatīti tatiyam pi (pts) | sītaṁ → St sītim; K sītī. (pts note)There the Blessed One will drink potable water and cool his limbs.”
Tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:A third time, the Blessed One said to Ven. Ānanda, “iṅgha me tvaṁ, ānanda, pānīyaṁ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī”ti.“Ānanda, please fetch me some water. I am thirsty. I will drink.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā pattaṁ gahetvā yena sā nadikā tenupasaṅkami.Responding, “As you say, lord,” to the Blessed One, Ven. Ānanda—taking a bowl—went to the river.
Atha kho sā nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā, āyasmante ānande upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha.
sandittha → sandati (sya-all, km) | sandittha atha kho → sandati athakho (sya-all) | sandittha → sandati (cck: syā.) | sandittha → Bm K sandati. (pts note)And the meager river that, cut by the wheels, had been flowing turbid & disturbed, on his approach flowed pristine, clear, & undisturbed.
Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi:
āyasmato → āyasmate (bj)The thought occurred to him,
“acchariyaṁ vata bho, abbhutaṁ vata bho, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā.“How amazing! How astounding!—the great power & great might of the Tathāgata!—
Ayañhi sā nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā mayi upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandatī”ti.in that this meager river that, cut by the wheels, was flowing turbid & disturbed, on my approach flowed pristine, clear, & undisturbed!”
Pattena pānīyaṁ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:Fetching water with the bowl, he went to the Blessed One and on arrival said,
“acchariyaṁ, bhante, abbhutaṁ, bhante, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā.“How amazing! How astounding!—the great power & great might of the Tathāgata!—
Idāni sā bhante nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā mayi upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha.in that this meager river that, cut by the wheels, was flowing turbid & disturbed, on my approach flowed pristine, clear, & undisturbed!
Pivatu bhagavā pānīyaṁ pivatu sugato pānīyan”ti.Drink the water, O Blessed One! Drink the water, O One Well-Gone!”
Atha kho bhagavā pānīyaṁ apāyi.
apāyi → Sc apāsi; Bm pāniyaṁ mapāsi. (pts note)Then the Blessed One drank the water.
25. Pukkusamallaputtavatthu
Tena kho pana samayena pukkuso mallaputto āḷārassa kālāmassa sāvako kusinārāya pāvaṁ addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti.
kho → rokho (cck)Now on that occasion Pukkusa Mallaputta, a disciple of Āḷāra Kālāma was traveling on the road from Kusinārā to Pāvā.
Addasā kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṁ aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisinnaṁ.He saw the Blessed One sitting at the root of a tree and, on seeing him, approached him.
Disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
disvā → disvāna (sya-all)On arrival, having bowed down to him, he sat to one side. As he was sitting there, he said to the Blessed One,
“acchariyaṁ, bhante, abbhutaṁ, bhante, santena vata, bhante, pabbajitā vihārena viharanti.“It’s amazing, lord. It’s astounding: the peaceful abiding by which those gone forth abide.
Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhante, āḷāro kālāmo addhānamaggappaṭipanno maggā okkamma avidūre aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṁ nisīdi.
divāvihāraṁ → divāvihāre (pts)Once, Āḷāra Kālāma, while traveling, went down from the road and sat not far away at the root of a tree for the day’s abiding.
Atha kho, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni āḷāraṁ kālāmaṁ nissāya nissāya atikkamiṁsu.
nissāya → Sc Bm K omit here, but not in the repetition. (pts note)Then 500 carts passed by right near him.
Atha kho, bhante, aññataro puriso tassa sakaṭasatthassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito āgacchanto yena āḷāro kālāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āḷāraṁ kālāmaṁ etadavoca:
piṭṭhito → (pts) | sakaṭasatthassa → sakaṭasatassa (cck: ka.) | sakaṭa-satthassa → Sc satassa; Bm tassa. (pts note) | piṭṭhito → K piṭhito piṭhito. (pts note)Then a certain man, coming along right behind those hundreds of carts, approached Āḷāra Kālāma and, on arrival, said to him,
‘api, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni addasā’ti?
atikkantāni → atikkamantāni (bj, pts)‘Venerable sir, did you see 500 carts going past?’
‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, addasan’ti.‘No, friend, I didn’t.’
‘Kiṁ pana, bhante, saddaṁ assosī’ti?‘But did you hear the sound?’
‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, saddaṁ assosin’ti.‘No, friend, I didn’t.’
‘Kiṁ pana, bhante, sutto ahosī’ti?‘But were you asleep?’
‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, sutto ahosin’ti.‘No, friend, I wasn’t asleep.’
‘Kiṁ pana, bhante, saññī ahosī’ti?‘But were you conscious?’
‘Evamāvuso’ti.‘Yes, friend.’
‘So tvaṁ, bhante, saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva addasa, na pana saddaṁ assosi;
atikkantāni → atikkamantāni (bj)‘Then, venerable sir, being conscious & awake when 500 carts passed by right near you, you neither saw them nor heard a sound.
apisu te, bhante, saṅghāṭi rajena okiṇṇā’ti?
apisu → apissu (bj); api hi (sya-all, km, pts1ed) | apisu → api hi (pts) | apisu → api hi (cck: sī. syā. pī.)And yet your outer robe is covered with (their) dust!’
Atha kho, bhante, tassa purisassa etadahosi:Then the thought occurred to that man,
‘acchariyaṁ vata bho, abbhutaṁ vata bho, santena vata bho pabbajitā vihārena viharanti.‘How amazing! How astounding: the peaceful abiding by which those gone forth abide—
Yatra hi nāma saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva dakkhati, na pana saddaṁ sossatī’ti.
atikkantāni → atikkamantāni (bj) | dakkhati → dakkhiti (bj) | dakkhiti → Scd -iti; K dakkhati; Bm atikkantāni n'; eva akkhasi. (pts note) | sossatīti → Bm assositi. (pts note)in that, being conscious & awake when 500 carts passed by right near, he would neither see them nor hear a sound!’
Āḷāre kālāme uḷāraṁ pasādaṁ pavedetvā pakkāmī”ti.
pavedetvā → paveditvā (bj)Having proclaimed immense conviction in Āḷāra Kālāma, he then left.”
“Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, pukkusa,“What do you think, Pukkusa?
katamaṁ nu kho dukkarataraṁ vā durabhisambhavataraṁ vā—Which is more difficult to do, more difficult to master:
yo vā saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva passeyya, na pana saddaṁ suṇeyya;
vā → (bj, pts) | atikkantāni → atikkamantāni (bj)one who, being conscious & awake when 500 carts passed by right near, would neither see them nor hear a sound;
yo vā saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva passeyya, na pana saddaṁ suṇeyyā”ti?
vijjullatāsu → vijjutāsu (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) | gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu → galagalāyante vijjutāsu (bj) | asaniyā → asaṇiyā (bj) | vijjullatāsu → vijjutāsu (pts) | vijjutāsu → vijjullatāsu (bj: machasaṁ) | vijjullatāsu → vijjutāsu (cck: sī. syā. pī.)or one who, being conscious & awake when the rain-deva was raining, the rain-deva was pouring, lightning-streaks were shooting out, and a thunderbolt split (the air), would neither see them nor hear a sound?”
“Kiñhi, bhante, karissanti pañca vā sakaṭasatāni cha vā sakaṭasatāni satta vā sakaṭasatāni aṭṭha vā sakaṭasatāni nava vā sakaṭasatāni, sakaṭasahassaṁ vā sakaṭasatasahassaṁ vā.
aṭṭha vā sakaṭasatāni nava vā sakaṭasatāni → nava vā sakaṭasatāni dasa vā sakaṭasatāni (sya-all, km, pts1ed) | sakaṭasahassaṁ → dasa (sya-all) | bhante → bhante tāni (pts) | vā sakaṭasatasahassaṁ → (pts) | sakaṭasatāni → nava vā sakaṭasatāni dasa vā sakaṭasatāni (cck: sī.) | hi → Sc om. (pts note)“Lord, what would 500 carts amount to—or 600 carts, or 700 carts, or 800 carts, or 900 carts, or 1,000 carts… or 100,000 carts?
Atha kho etadeva dukkaratarañceva durabhisambhavatarañca yo saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva passeyya, na pana saddaṁ suṇeyyā”ti.
gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu → galagalāyante vijjutāsu (bj) | asaniyā → asaṇiyā (bj) | atha kho → sakaṭasatāni athakho (sya-all) | vijjullatāsu → vijjutāsu (sya-all, pts) | pana → (pts) | sakaṭasatāni → sakaṭasatasahassaṁ vātipi pāṭhena bhavitabbaṁ (sya-all note)That would be more difficult to do, more difficult to master: one who, being conscious & awake when the rain-deva was raining, the rain-deva was pouring, lightning-streaks were shooting out, and a thunderbolt split (the air), would neither see them nor hear a sound.”
“Ekamidāhaṁ, pukkusa, samayaṁ ātumāyaṁ viharāmi bhusāgāre.
bhusāgāre → bhūsāgāre (bj, sya-all)“One time, Pukkusa, I was staying near Ātumā in a threshing barn.
Tena kho pana samayena deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā avidūre bhusāgārassa dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā.
balibaddā → balivaddā (bj, pts1ed) | gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu → galagalāyante vijjutāsu (bj) | asaniyā → asaṇiyā (bj) | vijjullatāsu → vijjutāsu (sya-all, pts) | bhusāgārassa → bhūsāgārassa (sya-all) | avidūre → (pts) | balibaddā → balivaddā (pts) | balibaddā → balibaddā (cck: sī. pī.)And on that occasion, when the rain-deva was raining, the rain-deva was pouring, lightning-streaks were shooting out, and a thunderbolt split (the air) not far from the threshing barn, two farmers—brothers—were killed, along with four oxen.
Atha kho, pukkusa, ātumāya mahājanakāyo nikkhamitvā yena te dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā tenupasaṅkami.
cattāro → cattārā (bj) | balibaddā → balivaddā (bj) | ātumāya → ātumāyaṁ (sya-all) | balibaddā tenupasaṅkami → balivaddā ten upasaṁkami (pts) | Ātumāya → Sc -mayā; Sdt -māyā; Bm Pukkuasāhumāyaṁ; K -yaṁ. (pts note)“Then a large crowd of people came out of Ātumā to where the two farmers—brothers—were killed, along with the four oxen.
Tena kho panāhaṁ, pukkusa, samayena bhusāgārā nikkhamitvā bhusāgāradvāre abbhokāse caṅkamāmi.
bhusāgārā → bhūsāgārā (sya-all) | bhusāgāradvāre → bhūsāgāradvāre (sya-all)And on that occasion I, having come out of the threshing barn, was doing walking meditation in front of the door to the threshing barn.
Atha kho, pukkusa, aññataro puriso tamhā mahājanakāyā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitaṁ kho ahaṁ, pukkusa, taṁ purisaṁ etadavocaṁ:A certain man from the great crowd of people approached me and, on arrival, having bowed down to me, stood to one side. As he was standing there, I said to him,
‘kiṁ nu kho eso, āvuso, mahājanakāyo sannipatito’ti?
kiṁ nu kho eso → kinnukho so (bj) | eso → so (sya-all, pts)‘Why, friend, has this great crowd of people gathered?’
‘Idāni, bhante, deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā.
gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu → galagalāyante vijjutāsu (bj) | asaniyā → asaṇiyā (bj) | balibaddā → balivaddā (bj) | vijjullatāsu → vijjutāsu (sya-all, pts) | balibaddā ettheso → balivaddā etth eso (pts)“‘Just now, lord—when the rain-deva was raining, the rain-deva was pouring, lightning-streaks were shooting out, and a thunderbolt split (the air)—two farmers—brothers—were killed, along with four oxen.
Ettheso mahājanakāyo sannipatito.
ettheso → ettha so (sya-all) | eso → Bm K ettha so. (pts note)That’s why this great crowd of people has gathered.
Tvaṁ pana, bhante, kva ahosī’ti?
kva → kuhiṁ (bj) | kva → Scdt kuhiṁ; Bm omits. (pts note)But you, lord: Where were you?’
‘Idheva kho ahaṁ, āvuso, ahosin’ti.“‘I was right here, friend.’
‘Kiṁ pana, bhante, addasā’ti?
bhante → bhante na (bj)“‘But did you see anything?’
‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, addasan’ti.
ahaṁ → (pts)“‘No, friend, I didn’t.”
‘Kiṁ pana, bhante, saddaṁ assosī’ti?“‘But did you hear the sound?’
‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, saddaṁ assosin’ti.“‘No, friend, I didn’t.’
‘Kiṁ pana, bhante, sutto ahosī’ti?“‘But were you asleep?’
‘Na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, sutto ahosin’ti.“‘No, friend, I wasn’t asleep.’
‘Kiṁ pana, bhante, saññī ahosī’ti?“‘But were you conscious?’
‘So tvaṁ, bhante, saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva addasa, na pana saddaṁ assosī’ti?
gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu → galagalāyante vijjutāsu (bj) | asaniyā → asaṇiyā (bj) | vijjullatāsu → vijjutāsu (sya-all, pts)“‘Then, lord, being conscious & awake when the rain-deva was raining, the rain-deva was pouring, lightning-streaks were shooting out, and a thunderbolt split (the air), you neither saw anything nor heard a sound.’
Atha kho, pukkusa, tassa purisassa etadahosi:
tassa → (cck)“Then the thought occurred to that man,
‘acchariyaṁ vata bho, abbhutaṁ vata bho, santena vata bho pabbajitā vihārena viharanti.‘How amazing! How astounding: the peaceful abiding by which those gone forth abide—
Yatra hi nāma saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva dakkhati, na pana saddaṁ sossatī’ti.
sossatī’ti → suṇissati (sya-all); suṇissatīti (km) | gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu → galagalāyante vijjutāsu (bj) | asaniyā → asaṇiyā (bj) | dakkhati → dakkhiti (bj); dakkhissati (sya-all) | vijjullatāsu → vijjutāsu (sya-all, pts) | sossatīti → suṇissatīti (sya-all) | sossatī’ti → suṇissati (cck: syā.) | dakkhiti → Scdt K dakkhissati. (pts note) | sossatīti → K suṇissatīti. (pts note)in that, when the rain-deva was raining, the rain-deva was pouring, lightning-streaks were shooting out, and a thunderbolt split (the air), he would neither see them nor hear a sound!’
Mayi uḷāraṁ pasādaṁ pavedetvā maṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmī”ti.
maṁ abhivādetvā → (sya-all)Having proclaimed immense conviction in me, he circumambulated me and then left.”
Evaṁ vutte, pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:When this was said, Pukkusa Mallaputta said to the Blessed One,
“esāhaṁ, bhante, yo me āḷāre kālāme pasādo taṁ mahāvāte vā ophuṇāmi sīghasotāya vā nadiyā pavāhemi.
sīghasotāya → siṅghasotāya (mr) | ophuṇāmi → opunāmi (bj, pts); ophunāmi (sya-all) | me → (sya-all) | kālāme → kāḷāme (pts) | sīghasotāya → siṅghasotāya (cck: ka.) | me → K om. (pts note)“The conviction I had in Āḷāra Kālāma I winnow before a high wind or wash away in the swift current of a river.
Abhikkantaṁ, bhante, abhikkantaṁ, bhante.Magnificent, lord! Magnificent!
Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya: ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṁ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.
dakkhantīti evamevaṁ → dakkhintīti evameva (bj, pts); dakkhanti evameva (sya-all)Just as if he were to place upright what was overturned, to reveal what was hidden, to show the way to one who was lost, or to carry a lamp into the dark so that those with eyes could see forms, in the same way has the Blessed One—through many lines of reasoning—made the Dhamma clear.
Esāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.I go to the Blessed One for refuge, to the Dhamma, and to the Saṅgha of monks.
Upāsakaṁ maṁ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṁ saraṇaṁ gatan”ti.May the Blessed One remember me as a lay follower who has gone to him for refuge, from this day forward, for life.”
Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto aññataraṁ purisaṁ āmantesi:Then Pukkusa Mallaputta addressed a certain man,
“iṅgha me tvaṁ, bhaṇe, siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ dhāraṇīyaṁ āharā”ti.
āharāti → āhārati (bj) | siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ → siṅgivaṇṇaṁ (sya-all) | siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ → siṅgivaṇṇaṁ yugaṁ maṭṭaṁ (pts) | yugaṁ → Bm K yuga-, and below. (pts note)“Come now, I say. Fetch me a pair of gold-colored robes, ready to wear.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so puriso pukkusassa mallaputtassa paṭissutvā taṁ siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ dhāraṇīyaṁ āhari.
āhari → āharasi (mr) | kho → (bj) | siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ → siṅgivaṇṇaṁ (sya-all) | siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ → siṅgivaṇṇaṁ yugaṁ maṭṭaṁ (pts) | āhari → āharasi (cck: ka.) | āhari → Sct adāsi; Sd adāsiṁ (pts note)Responding, “As you say, lord,” to Pukkusa Mallaputta, the man fetched the pair of gold-colored robes, ready to wear.
Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto taṁ siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ dhāraṇīyaṁ bhagavato upanāmesi:
siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ → siṅgivaṇṇaṁ (sya-all) | siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ → siṅgivaṇṇaṁ yugaṁ maṭṭaṁ (pts)Then Pukkusa Mallaputta presented the pair of gold-colored robes, ready to wear, to the Blessed One, (saying,)
“idaṁ, bhante, siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ dhāraṇīyaṁ, taṁ me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṁ upādāyā”ti.
paṭiggaṇhātu → patigaṇhātu (bj) | siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ → siṅgivaṇṇaṁ (sya-all) | me → me bhante (sya-all, pts) | siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ → siṅgivaṇṇaṁ yugaṁ maṭṭaṁ (pts)“May the Blessed One accept from me this pair of gold-colored robes, ready to wear, out of kindness.”
“Tena hi, pukkusa, ekena maṁ acchādehi, ekena ānandan”ti.“Very well, then, Pukkusa. Clothe me with one, and Ānanda with the other.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavato paṭissutvā ekena bhagavantaṁ acchādeti, ekena āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ.
acchādeti → acchādesi (bj, sya-all, pts)Responding, “As you say, lord,” to the Blessed One, Pukkusa Mallaputta clothed the Blessed One with one, and Ven. Ānanda with the other.
Atha kho bhagavā pukkusaṁ mallaputtaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.Then the Blessed One instructed, urged, roused, and encouraged Pukkusa Mallaputta with Dhamma talk. Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.Then Pukkusa Mallaputta—instructed, urged, roused, and encouraged with the Blessed One’s Dhamma talk—got up from his seat and, bowing down to the Blessed One and circumambulating him, left.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando acirapakkante pukkuse mallaputte taṁ siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ dhāraṇīyaṁ bhagavato kāyaṁ upanāmesi.
siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ → siṅgivaṇṇaṁ (sya-all) | siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ → siṅgivaṇṇaṁ yugaṁ maṭṭaṁ (pts)Then not long after Pukkusa Mallaputta had left, Ven. Ānanda placed the pair of gold-colored robes, ready to wear, against the Blessed One’s body.
Taṁ bhagavato kāyaṁ upanāmitaṁ hataccikaṁ viya khāyati.
hataccikaṁ viya → vītaccikaṁ viya (bj, pts1ed); hatacchikaṁ viya (sya-all) | hataccikaṁ → vītaccikaṁ (bj, pts); hatacchikaṁ (sya-all) | viya → vītaccikaṁviya (cck: sī. pī.) | vītaccikaṁ → Sc vit-; Sd vitāsikaṁ; St vītasikaṁ; Bm satacchitaṁ; K hatacchikaṁ and below. (pts note)Placed against the Blessed One’s body, their iridescence seemed as if destroyed.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:Then Ven. Ānanda said,
“acchariyaṁ, bhante, abbhutaṁ, bhante, yāva parisuddho, bhante, tathāgatassa chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto.“It’s amazing, lord. It’s astounding—how clear & bright the color of the Tathāgata’s skin!
Idaṁ, bhante, siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ dhāraṇīyaṁ bhagavato kāyaṁ upanāmitaṁ hataccikaṁ viya khāyatī”ti.
kāyaṁ → (bj); kāyaṁ upanāmesiṁ taṁ bhagavato kāyaṁ (pts) | hataccikaṁ → vītaccikaṁ (bj, pts); hatacchikaṁ (sya-all) | siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ → siṅgivaṇṇaṁ (sya-all) | siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ → siṅgivaṇṇaṁ yugaṁ maṭṭaṁ (pts) | vītaccikaṁ → Sc vitasikaṁ; Sdt vītasikaṁ; Bm haticchitaṁ. (pts note)When this pair of gold-colored robes, ready to wear, is placed against the Blessed One’s body, their iridescence seems as if destroyed!”
“Evametaṁ, ānanda, evametaṁ, ānanda, dvīsu kālesu ativiya tathāgatassa kāyo parisuddho hoti chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto.
evametaṁ → dvīsu kho (bj, sya-all) | dvīsu → (bj, sya-all); dvīsu kho ānanda (pts) | evametaṁ ānanda evametaṁ → evam etaṁ (pts) | kāyo → (pts)“So it is, Ānanda. There are two times when the color of the Tathāgata’s skin is especially clear & bright.
Katamesu dvīsu?Which two?
Yañca, ānanda, rattiṁ tathāgato anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambujjhati, yañca rattiṁ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati.
rattiṁ → rattiṁ tathāgato (bj)The night on which the Tathāgata awakens to the unexcelled self-awakening, and the night on which the Tathāgata totally unbinds by means of the unbinding property with no fuel remaining.
Imesu kho, ānanda, dvīsu kālesu ativiya tathāgatassa kāyo parisuddho hoti chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto.
kāyo → (pts)These are the two times when the color of the Tathāgata’s skin is especially clear & bright.
Ajja kho panānanda, rattiyā pacchime yāme kusinārāyaṁ upavattane mallānaṁ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṁ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissati.
bhavissati → bhavissatīti (mr) | antarena → antare (sya-all, km) | pacchime yāme → pacchimayāme (pts) | antarena → antare (cck: syā.) | bhavissati → bhavissatīti (cck: ka.)Today, in the last watch of the night, between the twin Sal trees in Upavattana, the Mallans’ Sal Forest near Kusinārā, the Tathāgata’s total unbinding will occur.
Āyāmānanda, yena kakudhā nadī tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti.
kakudhā → kakutthā (bj, pts) | kakudhā nadī → kakudhanadī (sya-all) | Kakutthā → Sct kuk-; Bm kakuma; K kakudha, and below. (pts note)“Come, Ānanda, we will head for Kakudha River.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.“As you say, lord,” Ven. Ānanda responded to the Blessed One.
Siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ, pukkuso abhihārayi;
siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ → siṅgivaṇṇaṁ (sya-all) | siṅgīvaṇṇaṁ yugamaṭṭhaṁ → siṅgivaṇṇayugaṁ maṭṭam (pts) | Siṅgi-vaṇṇa-yugaṁ → Bm K siṅgivaṇṇaṁ yuga-. (pts note)Pukkusa offered a pair of gold-colored robes clothed in which, Tena acchādito satthā, hemavaṇṇo asobhathāti.
asobhathāti → asobhathāti ambavanūpagamanaṁ (bj) | hemavaṇṇo → somavaṇṇo (sya-all) | somavaṇṇo → hemavaṇṇo (sya-all: sī.)the Teacher of golden complexion shone brightly.
Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena kakudhā nadī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kakudhaṁ nadiṁ ajjhogāhetvā nhatvā ca pivitvā ca paccuttaritvā yena ambavanaṁ tenupasaṅkami.
kakudhā → kakutthā (bj, pts) | kakudhaṁ → kakutthaṁ (bj, pts) | nhatvā → nhātvā (bj, sya-all); nahatvā (pts) | kakudhā nadī → kakudhanadī (sya-all) | kakudhaṁ nadiṁ → kakudhanadiṁ (sya-all) | nahatvā → Bm nhatvā. (pts note)Then the Blessed One, together with the large Saṅgha of monks, went to the Kakudha River and, after arriving at the Kakudha River, going down, bathing, drinking, & coming back out, went to a mango grove.
Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ cundakaṁ āmantesi:On arrival, the Blessed One said to Ven. Cundaka,
“iṅgha me tvaṁ, cundaka, catugguṇaṁ saṅghāṭiṁ paññapehi, kilantosmi, cundaka, nipajjissāmī”ti.
tvaṁ → (bj) | paññapehi → paññāpehi (bj) | paññapehi kilantosmi → paññāpehi kilanto smi (pts)“Cundaka, please arrange my outer robe folded in four. I am tired. I will lie down.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā cundako bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṁ saṅghāṭiṁ paññapesi.
paññapesi → paññāpesi (bj, pts)Responding, “As you say, lord,” to the Blessed One, Ven. Cundaka arranged the outer robe folded in four.
Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṁ kappesi pāde pādaṁ accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṁ manasikaritvā.
pāde → pādena (sya-all) | accādhāya → Sc acchādāya; Sd accādāya. (pts note)The Blessed One, lying on his right side, took up the lion’s posture, placing one foot on top of the other—mindful, alert, and attending to the perception of getting up.
Āyasmā pana cundako tattheva bhagavato purato nisīdi.Ven. Cundaka sat in front of him.
Gantvāna buddho nadikaṁ kakudhaṁ, acchodakaṁ sātudakaṁ vippasannaṁ;
nadikaṁ kakudhaṁ → nadiyaṁ kakutthaṁ (bj) | nadiyaṁ → K -ikaṁ. (pts note) | Kakutthaṁ → Scdt kuk-; Bm K kakudhaṁ. (pts note) sātudakaṁ → sātodakaṁ (bj, sya-all) | vippasannaṁ → acchodakaṁ, sātudakā, vippasannaṁ (bj: machasaṁ) | Acchodi-sātodika-vippasannaṁ → Sct acchodikaṁ; Scdt sātodikaṁ; Bm K acchodakaṁ sātodakaṁ. (pts note)The awakened one, —having gone to the little Kakudha river with its pristine, pleasing water, clear— Ogāhi satthā akilantarūpo, tathāgato appaṭimo ca loke.
akilantarūpo → sukilantarūpo (bj, pts1ed) | akilantarūpo → sukilantarūpo (pts) | akilantarūpo → sukilantarūpo (cck: sī. pī.) appaṭimo ca → appaṭimodha (bj); appaṭimo va (pts1ed) | appaṭimo → appaṭimodha loke nahātvā (bj) | loke nhatvā ca pivitvā → pītvā (bj) | ca → va (pts) | ca → appaṭimodha (cck: pī.)the Teacher, seeming very tired, the Tathāgata, unequalled in the worldNhatvā ca pivitvā cudatāri satthā, purakkhato bhikkhugaṇassa majjhe;
Nhatvā ca pivitvā cudatāri satthā → nhātvā ca pivitvā cudakāni sutvā (sya-all); nahatvā pitvā cudatāri satthā (pts1ed); pivitvā ca uttari (mr) | nhatvā → nhātvā (sya-all) | satthā → pivitvā cundakena, pivitvā ca uttari (cck: ka.) | udatāri → SS K pivitvā; Bm K cudakāni. (pts note) | Satthā → K sutvā. (pts note)went down, bathed, drank, & came out. honored, surrounded, in the midst of the group of monks, Vattā pavattā bhagavā idha dhamme, upāgami ambavanaṁ mahesi.
Vattā → satthā (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) | vattā → satthā (bj, sya-all, pts) | bhagavā idha → bhagavādha (bj) | idha → dha (pts) | Vattā → satthā (cck: sī. syā. pī.) | pavattā → Bm sattāpiv-. (pts note) upāgami → upāgamī (bj)the Blessed One, Teacher, proceeding here in the Dhamma, the great seer, went to the mango grove.Āmantayi cundakaṁ nāma bhikkhuṁ, catugguṇaṁ santhara me nipajjaṁ;
āmantayi → āmantayī (bj, sya-all) santhara → patthara (bj, pts); santhari (sya-all) | nipajjaṁ → nipacchaṁ (bj); nipajjiṁ (sya-all) | nipacchaṁ → nipajjaṁ (bj: bahūsu) | patthara → Bm santara; K santhari. (pts note) | nipajjaṁ → K -jiṁ. (pts note)He addressed the monk named Cundaka, “Spread it out, folded in four for me to lie down.” So codito bhāvitattena cundo, catugguṇaṁ santhari khippameva;
codito → vodito (bj); modito (pts) | vodito → modito (bj: machasaṁ) | modito → Sc Bm K codito. (pts note) santhari → patthari (bj) | santhari khippameva → patthari khippam eva (pts) | patthari → Bm santari; K santhari. (pts note)Ordered by the One of developed mind, cundaka quickly set it out, folded in four. Nipajji satthā akilantarūpo, cundopi tattha pamukhe nisīdīti.
akilantarūpo → sukilantarūpo (bj) | akilantarūpo cundopi → sukilantarūpo cundo pi (pts) pamukhe → samukhe (mr) | nisīdīti → nisīdīti dve piṇḍapātā samaphalā (bj) | pamukhe → samukhe (cck: ka.) | pamukhe → Sc -kho va; St -kho. (pts note)The Teacher lay down, seeming very tired, and Cundaka sat down there before him.
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
kho → yo kho (mr)Then the Blessed One addressed Ven. Ānanda,
“siyā kho panānanda, cundassa kammāraputtassa koci vippaṭisāraṁ uppādeyya:
uppādeyya → upadaheyya (bj, pts) | kho → yo kho (cck: ka.)“Ānanda, if anyone tries to incite remorse in Cunda the silversmith, saying,
‘tassa te, āvuso cunda, alābhā tassa te dulladdhaṁ, yassa te tathāgato pacchimaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ paribhuñjitvā parinibbuto’ti.
paribhuñjitvā → bhuñjitvā (bj) | paribhuñjitvā parinibbutoti → bhuñjitvā parinibbuto ti (pts)‘It’s no gain for you, friend Cunda, it’s ill-done by you, that the Tathāgata, having eaten your last alms, totally unbound,’
Cundassa, ānanda, kammāraputtassa evaṁ vippaṭisāro paṭivinetabbo:
cundassa ānanda → cundassānanda (bj) | paṭivinetabbo → vinetabbo (bj)then Cunda’s remorse should be allayed (in this way):
‘tassa te, āvuso cunda, lābhā tassa te suladdhaṁ,
cunda → (bj, pts)‘It’s a gain for you, friend Cunda, it’s well-done by you,
yassa te tathāgato pacchimaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ paribhuñjitvā parinibbuto.
paribhuñjitvā → bhuñjitvā (bj, pts)that the Tathāgata, having eaten your last alms, totally unbound.
Sammukhā metaṁ, āvuso cunda, bhagavato sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ:
paṭiggahitaṁ → paṭiggahītaṁ (bj) | paṭiggahitaṁ dveme → paṭiggahītaṁ dve me (pts)Face to face with the Blessed One have I heard it, face to face have I learned it,
dveme piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā samavipākā, ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṁsatarā ca.
samasamaphalā → samaphalā (bj); samā samaphalā (mr) | samavipākā → samasamavipākā (sya-all, km, pts1ed) | samavipākā → samasamavipākā (pts) | samasamaphalā → samā samaphalā (cck: ka.) | samavipākā → samasamavipākā (cck: sī. syā. pī.)“These two alms are equal to each other in fruit, equal to each other in result, of much greater fruit & reward than any other alms.
Katame dve?Which two?
Yañca piṇḍapātaṁ paribhuñjitvā tathāgato anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambujjhati, yañca piṇḍapātaṁ paribhuñjitvā tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati.
paribhuñjitvā → bhuñjitvā (bj, pts) | abhisambujjhati → abhisambujjhatī (bj)The alms that, after having eaten it, the Tathāgata awakens to the unexcelled right self-awakening. And the alms that, after having eaten it, the Tathāgata unbinds by means of the unbinding property with no fuel remaining.
Ime dve piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā samavipākā, ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṁsatarā ca.
samasamaphalā → samaphalā (bj) | samavipākā → samasamavipākā (sya-all, pts) | ca → See Mil. 174. (pts note)These are the two alms that are equal to each other in fruit, equal to each other in result, of much greater fruit & reward than any other alms.
Āyusaṁvattanikaṁ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṁ upacitaṁ, vaṇṇasaṁvattanikaṁ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṁ upacitaṁ, sukhasaṁvattanikaṁ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṁ upacitaṁ, yasasaṁvattanikaṁ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṁ upacitaṁ, saggasaṁvattanikaṁ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṁ upacitaṁ, ādhipateyyasaṁvattanikaṁ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṁ upacitan’ti.
āyasmatā → panāyasmatā (bj)Venerable Cunda the silversmith has accumulated kamma that leads to long life. Venerable Cunda the silversmith has accumulated kamma that leads to beauty. Venerable Cunda the silversmith has accumulated kamma that leads to happiness. Venerable Cunda the silversmith has accumulated kamma that leads to heaven. Venerable Cunda the silversmith has accumulated kamma that leads to rank. Venerable Cunda the silversmith has accumulated kamma that leads to sovereignty.”’
Cundassa, ānanda, kammāraputtassa evaṁ vippaṭisāro paṭivinetabbo”ti.
vippaṭisāro paṭivinetabboti → vippāṭisāro paṭivinetabbo ti (pts)In this way, Ānanda, Cunda the silversmith’s remorse should be allayed.”
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṁ viditvā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi:Then, on realizing the significance of that, the Blessed One on that occasion exclaimed:
“Dadato puññaṁ pavaḍḍhati, saṁyamato veraṁ na cīyati;
cīyati → vīyati (sya-all) | cīyati → Sc ciyyati; St cīyy-; Bm veraṇana viyayati. (pts note)For a person giving, merit increases. for one self-restraining, no animosity is amassed. Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṁ, rāgadosamohakkhayā sanibbuto”ti.
ca → va (sya-all) | jahāti → Bm va hoti; K omits ca. (pts note) sa → K om. (pts note)One who is skillful leaves evil behind and —from the ending of passion, aversion, delusion—totally unbinds.
26. Yamakasālā
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:Then the Blessed One said to Ven. Ānanda:
“āyāmānanda, yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṁ tīraṁ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ tenupasaṅkamissāmā”ti.
kusinārā → kusinārā yena (bj) | pārimaṁ tīraṁ → pārimatīraṁ (pts)“Come, Ānanda, we will head for the far shore of the Hiraññavati River, for Upavattana, the Mallans’ Sal Forest near Kusinārā.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.“As you say, lord,” Ven. Ānanda responded to the Blessed One.
Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṁ tīraṁ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ tenupasaṅkami. upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
kusinārā → kusinārā yena (bj) | pārimaṁ tīraṁ → pārimatīraṁ (pts)Then the Blessed One with a large Saṅgha of monks went to the far shore of the Hiraññavati River, to Upavattana, the Mallans’ Sal Forest near Kusinārā. On arrival, he said to Ven. Ānanda,
“iṅgha me tvaṁ, ānanda, antarena yamakasālānaṁ uttarasīsakaṁ mañcakaṁ paññapehi, kilantosmi, ānanda, nipajjissāmī”ti.
paññapehi → paññāpehi (bj) | paññapehi kilantosmi → paññāpehi kilanto smi (pts)“Ānanda, please prepare a bed for me between the twin Sal trees, with its head to the north. I am tired and will lie down.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā antarena yamakasālānaṁ uttarasīsakaṁ mañcakaṁ paññapesi.
paññapesi → paññāpesi (bj, pts)Responding, “As you say, lord,” to the Blessed One, Ven. Ānanda prepared a bed between the twin Sal trees, with its head to the north.
Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṁ kappesi pāde pādaṁ accādhāya sato sampajāno.
pāde → pādena (sya-all) | pāde → Bm K pādena. (pts note) | accādhāya → Sc Bm acchādāya; Sd accādhāraya. (pts note)Then the Blessed One lay down on his right side in the lion’s sleeping posture, with one foot on top of the other, mindful & alert.
Tena kho pana samayena yamakasālā sabbaphāliphullā honti akālapupphehi.
sabba-phāliphullā → Scd pāli-; Bm pālipullā. (pts note)Now on that occasion the twin Sal trees were in full bloom, even though it was not the time for flowering.
Te tathāgatassa sarīraṁ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.They showered, strewed, & sprinkled on the Tathāgata’s body in homage to him.
Dibbānipi mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṁ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
antalikkhā → antaḷikkhā (bj) | papatanti → Bm patanti, and below. (pts note)Heavenly coral-tree blossoms fell from the sky, showering, strewing, & sprinkling the Tathāgata’s body in homage to him.
Dibbānipi candanacuṇṇāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṁ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
antalikkhā → antaḷikkhā (bj) | papatanti → sampatanti (sya-all) | papatanti → Bm patanti; K sampat-. (pts note)Heavenly sandalwood powder fell from the sky, showering, strewing, & sprinkling the Tathāgata’s body in homage to him.
Dibbānipi tūriyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
dibbānipi tūriyāni antalikkhe → dibbāni pi turiyāni antaḷikkhe (bj) | tūriyāni → turiyāni (sya-all) | dibbānipi tūriyāni → dibbāni pi turiyāni (pts) | vajjanti → vajjenti (pts) | vajjenti → Bm K -anti and below. (pts note)Heavenly music was playing in the sky, in homage to the Tathāgata.
Dibbānipi saṅgītāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
antalikkhe → antaḷikkhe (bj)Heavenly songs were sung in the sky, in homage to the Tathāgata.
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:Then the Blessed One said to Ven. Ānanda,
“sabbaphāliphullā kho, ānanda, yamakasālā akālapupphehi.
kho → Sc pāliphūlako; Sd phāliphullakokhā; Bm phālipullā kho. (pts note) | akālapupphehi → Bm adds te. (pts note)“Ānanda, the twin Sal trees are in full bloom, even though it’s not the flowering season.
Te tathāgatassa sarīraṁ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
te → (sya-all, pts)They shower, strew, & sprinkle on the Tathāgata’s body in homage to him.
Dibbānipi mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṁ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
antalikkhā → antaḷikkhā (bj)Heavenly coral-tree blossoms are falling from the sky.…
Dibbānipi candanacuṇṇāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṁ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
antalikkhā → antaḷikkhā (bj) | papatanti → Bm pat-, but K papat-. (pts note) | tāni → Bm tānitāni. (pts note) | sarīraṁ → Bm sariyaṁ (a second time). (pts note)Heavenly sandalwood powder is falling from the sky.…
Dibbānipi tūriyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
dibbānipi tūriyāni antalikkhe → dibbāni pi turiyāni antaḷikkhe (bj) | tūriyāni → turiyāni (sya-all) | dibbānipi tūriyāni → dibbāni pi turiyāni (pts) | vajjanti → vajjenti (pts)Heavenly music is playing in the sky.…
Dibbānipi saṅgītāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
antalikkhe → antaḷikkhe (bj) | vattanti → Bm patt-. (pts note)Heavenly songs are sung in the sky, in homage to the Tathāgata.
Na kho, ānanda, ettāvatā tathāgato sakkato vā hoti garukato vā mānito vā pūjito vā apacito vā.
ettāvatā → ettāvatā va (sya-all)But it is not to this extent that a Tathāgata is worshipped, honored, respected, venerated, or paid homage to.
Yo kho, ānanda, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā upāsako vā upāsikā vā dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, so tathāgataṁ sakkaroti garuṁ karoti māneti pūjeti apaciyati, paramāya pūjāya.
apaciyati → idaṁ padaṁ bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed potthakesu na | garuṁ karoti → garukaroti (bj, sya-all, pts) | apaciyati → (sya-all, pts) | apaciyati → idaṁ padaṁ sīsyāipotthakesu na dissati (cck note) | Yo → Scdt ye; Bm K yo. (pts note)Rather, the monk, nun, male lay follower, or female lay follower who keeps practicing the Dhamma in accordance with the Dhamma, who keeps practicing masterfully, who lives in accordance with the Dhamma:
Tasmātihānanda, dhammānudhammappaṭipannā viharissāma sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārinoti.
evaṁ → Bm K -ñ. (pts note)That is the person who worships, honors, respects, venerates, & pays homage to the Tathāgata with the highest homage.
Evañhi vo, ānanda, sikkhitabban”ti.
sikkhitabbanti → sikkhitabbanti upavāṇa thero (bj)So you should train yourselves: ‘We will keep practicing the Dhamma in accordance with the Dhamma, we will keep practicing masterfully, we will live in accordance with the Dhamma.’ That’s how you should train yourselves.”
27. Upavāṇatthera
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upavāṇo bhagavato purato ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṁ bījayamāno.
bījayamāno → vījamāno (bj, pts) | bījayamāno atha kho → vījamāno athakho (sya-all) | Upavāṇo → Scd -no throughout; St -vaṇo, afterwards -vāṇo. (pts note)Now on that occasion Ven. Upavāṇa was standing in front of the Blessed One, fanning him.
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ upavāṇaṁ apasāresi:
apasāresi → apasādesi (bj, pts); apasādeti (sya-all) | apasādesi → Bm -sāreti; K -sādeti (throughout). (pts note)Then the Blessed One dismissed him, saying,
“apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī”ti.“Go away, monk. Don’t stand in front of me.”
Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi:Then the thought occurred to Ven. Ānanda,
“ayaṁ kho āyasmā upavāṇo dīgharattaṁ bhagavato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpacārī.“For a long time, now, this Ven. Upavāṇa has been an attendant to the Blessed One, staying near him and traveling with him.
Atha ca pana bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṁ upavāṇaṁ apasāreti:
apasāreti → apasādesi (bj, pts); apasādeti (sya-all) | pana → Bm om. (pts note)But now, in his final hour, he dismisses him, saying,
‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’ti.‘Go away, monk. Don’t stand in front of me.’
Ko nu kho hetu, ko paccayo, yaṁ bhagavā āyasmantaṁ upavāṇaṁ apasāreti:
apasāreti → apasādesi (bj, pts); apasādeti (sya-all) | apasādesi → apasāresi (bj: kesuci)Now what is the reason, what is the cause, why the Blessed One dismisses him, saying,
‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’”ti?‘Go away, monk. Don’t stand in front of me’?”
Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:Then Ven. Ānanda said to the Blessed One,
“ayaṁ, bhante, āyasmā upavāṇo dīgharattaṁ bhagavato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpacārī.“For a long time, now, this Ven. Upavāṇa has been an attendant to the Blessed One, staying near him and traveling with him.
Atha ca pana bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṁ upavāṇaṁ apasāreti:
apasāreti → apasādeti (bj, sya-all, pts)But now, in his final hour, he dismisses him, saying,
‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’ti.‘Go away, monk. Don’t stand in front of me.’
Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu, ko paccayo, yaṁ bhagavā āyasmantaṁ upavāṇaṁ apasāreti:
apasāreti → apasādeti (bj, sya-all); apasādesi (pts)Now what is the reason, what is the cause, why the Blessed One dismisses him, saying,
‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’”ti?‘Go away, monk. Don’t stand in front of me’?”
“Yebhuyyena, ānanda, dasasu lokadhātūsu devatā sannipatitā tathāgataṁ dassanāya.
dasasu → dasasu sahassisu (bj) | lokadhātūsu → lokadhātusu (pts)“Ānanda, most of the devatās from ten world-systems have gathered in order to see the Tathāgata.
Yāvatā, ānanda, kusinārā upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ samantato dvādasa yojanāni, natthi so padeso vālaggakoṭinittudanamattopi mahesakkhāhi devatāhi apphuṭo.
vālaggakoṭinittudanamattopi → vāḷaggakoṭinittudana mattopi (bj) | sāla-vanaṁ → Bm upavattanasālavanaṁ omitting Kus- and Mall-. (pts note) | anamatto → Bm nituddhana-. (See Aṅguttara i. 65.) (pts note) | apphuṭo → Bm apuṭo. (pts note)For twelve leagues all around Upavattana, the Mallans’ Sal Forest near Kusinārā, there is not the space even of the tip of a horse-tail hair that is not occupied by eminent devatās.
Devatā, ānanda, ujjhāyanti:
ujjhāyanti → Bm upajjh-. (pts note)The devatās, Ānanda, are complaining,
‘dūrā ca vatamha āgatā tathāgataṁ dassanāya.
vatamha → vatamhā (bj) | ca vatamha → vatamhā (sya-all, pts) | Dūrā → Bm inserts ca. (pts note) | Tathāgataṁ → K -tassa. (pts note)‘We have come a long distance to see the Tathāgata.
Kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā.
tathāgatā → tathāgato (sya-all) | uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā → uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho (sya-all) | karahaci → Sc -hāci; so Sd corrected to -haci; Bm karassaci. (pts note) | Tathāgatā → Bm K -to. (pts note) | uppajjanti → K -jati arahaṁ -ddho (Bm -o). (pts note)Only once in a long, long time does a Tathāgata—worthy & rightly self-awakened—arise in the world.
Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissati.
pacchime yāme → pacchimayāme (sya-all, pts) | ajjeva → ajja ca (pts) | ca → Bm ajj'; eva. (pts note)Tonight, in the last watch of the night, the total unbinding of the Tathāgata will occur.
Ayañca mahesakkho bhikkhu bhagavato purato ṭhito ovārento, na mayaṁ labhāma pacchime kāle tathāgataṁ dassanāyā’”ti.
dassanāyāti → dassanāyāti devatā ānanda ujjhāyantīti (pts)And this eminent monk is standing in front of the Blessed One, blocking the way. We aren’t getting to see the Blessed One in his final hour.’”
“Kathaṁbhūtā pana, bhante, bhagavā devatā manasikarotī”ti?
manasikarotī”ti → manasikarontīti (sya-all, km, mr) | manasikarotīti → manasikarontīti (sya-all) | manasikarotī’’ti → manasi karontīti (cck: syā. ka.) | ujjhāyantīti → K omits dev-tīti. (pts note)“But, lord, what is the state of the devatās the Blessed One is paying attention to?”
“Santānanda, devatā ākāse pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti:
chinnapātaṁ papatanti → chinnaṁpādaṁ viya papatanti (sya-all); chinnapātaṁ viyapapatanti (km); chinnapapātaṁ papatanti (pts1ed) | pathavīsaññiniyo → paṭhavīsaññiniyo (sya-all); paṭhavisaññiniyo (pts) | chinnapātaṁ → chinnapādaṁ viya (sya-all); chinnapapātaṁ (pts) | papatanti → chinnaṁpādaṁviya papatanti (cck: syā.) | chinna-papātaṁ → K chinna-pātaṁ viya, and below; Bm chinna-pātaṁ papat-. (pts note) | āvaṭṭanti → Scdt -ṭenti, and below; Bm K -ṭanti. (pts note)“Ānanda, there are devatās who perceive space to be earth. Tearing at their hair, they are weeping. Uplifting their arms, they are weeping. As if their feet were cut out from under them, they fall down and roll back & forth, crying,
‘atikhippaṁ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṁ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṁ cakkhuṁ loke antaradhāyissatī’ti.
cakkhuṁ → cakkhumā (sya-all, km, mr) | antaradhāyissatīti → antaradhaṁāyissatīti (cck) | cakkhuṁ → cakkhumā (cck: syā. ka.) | loke → cakkhuṁ loke (sya-all: sī.) | cakkhuṁ → K cakkhumā (text), cakkhuṁ (note), and below. (pts note)‘All too soon, the Blessed One will totally unbind! All too soon, the One Well-Gone will totally unbind! All too soon, the One with Eyes [alternate reading: the Eye] will disappear from the world!’
Santānanda, devatā pathaviyaṁ pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti:
pathaviyaṁ pathavīsaññiniyo → paṭhaviyā paṭhavīsaññiniyo (sya-all); paṭhaviyā paṭhavisaññiniyo (pts) | chinnapātaṁ → chinnapādaṁ viya (sya-all); chinnapapā taṁ (pts)Then there are devatās who perceive earth to be earth. Tearing at their hair, they are weeping. Uplifting their arms, they are weeping. As if their feet were cut out from under them, they fall down and roll back & forth, crying,
‘atikhippaṁ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṁ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṁ cakkhuṁ loke antaradhāyissatī’ti.
cakkhuṁ → cakkhumā (sya-all) | cakkhu → cakkhumaṁ (bj: sīmu); cakkhuṁ (bj: __i__)‘All too soon, the Blessed One will totally unbind! All too soon, the One Well-Gone will totally unbind! All too soon, the One with Eyes will disappear from the world!’
Yā pana tā devatā vītarāgā, tā satā sampajānā adhivāsenti:
sampajānā → sampajānadā (bj)But those devatās who are free from passion acquiesce, mindful & alert:
‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṁ kutettha labbhā’”ti.
kutettha labbhāti → kut ettha labbā ti (pts) | labbā → Cp. 3. 63; 6. 39. (pts note)‘Inconstant are fabrications. What else is there to expect?’”
28. Catusaṁvejanīyaṭhāna
“Pubbe, bhante, disāsu vassaṁvuṭṭhā bhikkhū āgacchanti tathāgataṁ dassanāya.
vassaṁvuṭṭhā → vassaṁ vutthā (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) | vassaṁvuṭṭhā → vassaṁ vutthā (pts) | vuṭṭhā → vassaṁvutthā (cck: sī. syā. kaṁ. pī.)“In the past, lord, the monks in all directions, after ending the Rains retreat, came to see the Tathāgata.
Te mayaṁ labhāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, labhāma payirupāsanāya.
payirupāsanāya → payirūpāsanāya (sya-all) | manobhāvanīye → K -nīye; SS all -niye here; but in Sum -nīye. (pts note)Thus we got to see & attend to the monks who inspire the heart.
Bhagavato pana mayaṁ, bhante, accayena na labhissāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, na labhissāma payirupāsanāyā”ti.
payirupāsanāyāti cattārimāni → payirūpāsanāyāti cattārīmāni (sya-all)But now, after the Blessed One is gone, we won’t get to see or attend to the monks who inspire the heart.”
“Cattārimāni, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyāni saṁvejanīyāni ṭhānāni.
dassanīyāni → Sct throughout i; so at first Sd. K throughout ī. (pts note) | saṁvejanīyāni → Sct throughout i; so at first Sd. K throughout ī. (pts note)“Ānanda, there are these four places that merit being seen by a clansman with conviction, that merit his feelings of urgency & dismay [saṁvega].
Katamāni cattāri?Which four?
‘Idha tathāgato jāto’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṁ saṁvejanīyaṁ ṭhānaṁ.‘Here the Tathāgata was born’ is a place that merits being seen by a clansman with conviction, that merits his feelings of urgency & dismay.
‘Idha tathāgato anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṁ saṁvejanīyaṁ ṭhānaṁ.‘Here the Tathāgata awakened to the unexcelled right self-awakening’.…
‘Idha tathāgatena anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavattitan’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṁ saṁvejanīyaṁ ṭhānaṁ.‘Here the Tathāgata set rolling the unexcelled wheel of Dhamma’.…
‘Idha tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbuto’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṁ saṁvejanīyaṁ ṭhānaṁ.‘Here the Tathāgata totally unbound in the property of unbinding with no fuel remaining’ is a place that merits being seen by a clansman with conviction, that merits his feelings of urgency & dismay.
Imāni kho, ānanda, cattāri saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyāni saṁvejanīyāni ṭhānāni.These are the four places that merit being seen by a clansman with conviction, that merit his feelings of urgency & dismay.
Āgamissanti kho, ānanda, saddhā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo:
bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo → bhikkhubhikkhuniyo upāsakaupāsikāyo (pts)They will come out of conviction, Ānanda—monks, nuns, male lay followers, & female lay followers—to the spots where
‘idha tathāgato jāto’tipi, ‘idha tathāgato anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’tipi, ‘idha tathāgatena anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavattitan’tipi, ‘idha tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbuto’tipi.‘Here the Tathāgata was born,’ ‘Here the Tathāgata awakened to the unexcelled right self-awakening,’ ‘Here the Tathāgata set rolling the unexcelled wheel of Dhamma,’ ‘Here the Tathāgata totally unbound in the property of unbinding with no fuel remaining.’
Ye hi keci, ānanda, cetiyacārikaṁ āhiṇḍantā pasannacittā kālaṁ karissanti, sabbe te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissantī”ti.
upapajjissantīti → upapajjissantīti ānanda pucchā kathā (bj); uppajjissantīti (pts)And anyone who dies while making a pilgrimage to these shrines with a bright, confident mind will—on the break-up of the body, after death—reappear in a good destination, a heavenly world.”
29. Ānandapucchākathā
“Kathaṁ mayaṁ, bhante, mātugāme paṭipajjāmā”ti?“Lord, what course should we follow with regard to womenfolk?”
“Adassanaṁ, ānandā”ti.“Not-seeing, Ānanda.”
“Dassane, bhagavā, sati kathaṁ paṭipajjitabban”ti?“But when there is seeing, lord, what course should be followed?”
“Anālāpo, ānandā”ti.“Not-addressing, Ānanda.”
“Ālapantena pana, bhante, kathaṁ paṭipajjitabban”ti?
ālapantena pana → ālapante (sya-all)“But when we are addressed, what course should be followed?”
“Sati, ānanda, upaṭṭhāpetabbā”ti.“Mindfulness should be established, Ānanda.”
“Kathaṁ mayaṁ, bhante, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjāmā”ti?“And, lord, what course should we follow with regard to the Tathāgata’s body?”
“Abyāvaṭā tumhe, ānanda, hotha tathāgatassa sarīrapūjāya.
sarīrapūjāya → sarīraṁ pūjāya (sya-all)“You are not to be concerned about the Tathāgata’s funeral.
Iṅgha tumhe, ānanda, sāratthe ghaṭatha anuyuñjatha, sāratthe appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharatha.
ghaṭatha anuyuñjatha → sadatthamanuyujjatha (bj); sadatthe anuyuñjatha (sya-all, km); sadattham anuyuñjatha (pts1ed); sāratthe anuyuñjatha (mr) | sāratthe → sadatthe (bj, sya-all, pts1ed) | anuyuñjatha sāratthe → sadatthamanuyujjatha sadatthe (bj) | ghaṭatha → ghaṭatha sadatthe (sya-all); ghaṭatha sadattham (pts) | sāratthe → sadatthe (pts) | ghaṭatha → cakkhumā (bj: machasaṁ); cakṣurantardhayati (bj: sabbatthivādīnaṁ mahāparinibbānasutte) | sadatthe → sāratthe ghaṭhatha anuyuñjatha (bj: machasaṁ) | anuyuñjatha → sadatthe anuyuñjatha (cck: sī. syā.); sadatthaṁ anuyuñjatha (cck: pī.); sāratthe anuyuñjatha (cck: ka.) | sadattham → Bm -ttho; K -tthe. See Mil. 408. (pts note)Please, Ānanda, strive for the true goal, be committed to the true goal, dwell heedful, ardent, & resolute for the sake of the true goal.
Santānanda, khattiyapaṇḍitāpi brāhmaṇapaṇḍitāpi gahapatipaṇḍitāpi tathāgate abhippasannā, te tathāgatassa sarīrapūjaṁ karissantī”ti.
abhippasannā → Bm atitapas-. (pts note)There are wise nobles, wise brahmans, & wise householders who are highly confident in the Tathāgata. They will conduct the Tathāgata’s funeral.”
“Kathaṁ pana, bhante, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabban”ti?“But, lord, what course should be followed with regard to the Tathāgata’s body?”
“Yathā kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṁ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabban”ti.
paṭipajjanti → Bm paṭipajjitabbanti. (pts note)“The course they follow with regard to a wheel-turning monarch’s body, Ānanda, is the course that should be followed with regard to the Tathāgata’s body.”
“Kathaṁ pana, bhante, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjantī”ti?“And what, lord, is the course they follow with regard to a wheel-turning monarch’s body?”
“Rañño, ānanda, cakkavattissa sarīraṁ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhenti.
sarīraṁ → sarīre (sya-all, km, mr) | veṭhenti → veṭhentī (bj) | ahatena → Bm āhatena always. (pts note)“Ānanda, they wrap the wheel-turning monarch’s body in new linen cloth. Having wrapped it in new linen cloth, they wrap it in teased cotton-wool. Having wrapped it in teased cotton-wool, they wrap it in new linen cloth.
Etenupāyena pañcahi yugasatehi rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṁ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṁ citakaṁ karitvā rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṁ jhāpenti.
etenupāyena → etena upāyena (sya-all, pts) | sarīraṁ → sarīre (sya-all) | āyasāya → ayasāya (sya-all, pts) | paṭikujjitvā → paṭikujjetvā (pts) | sarīraṁ → sarīre (bj: syā, kā) | sarīraṁ → sarīre (cck: syā. ka.) | sarīraṁ → K -re. (pts note) | ayasāya → Bm āyasāya corrected to -saya. (pts note)Having done this five hundred times, they place the body in an iron oil-vat, cover it with an iron lid, make a pyre composed totally of perfumed substances, and cremate the body.
Cātumahāpathe rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṁ karonti.
Cātumahāpathe → cātummahāpathe (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) | cātummahāpathe → cātumahāpattha (bj: PTS) | Cātumahāpathe → cātummahāpathe (cck: sī. syā. kaṁ. pī.) | cātummahāpathe → Bm catumahāpate. (pts note)Then they build a burial mound for the wheel-turning monarch at a great four-way intersection.
Evaṁ kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti.That is the course that they follow with regard to a wheel-turning monarch’s body.
Yathā kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṁ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabbaṁ.The course they follow with regard to a wheel-turning monarch’s body, Ānanda, is the course that should be followed with regard to the Tathāgata’s body.
Cātumahāpathe tathāgatassa thūpo kātabbo.A burial mound for the Tathāgata is to be built at a great four-way intersection.
Tattha ye mālaṁ vā gandhaṁ vā cuṇṇakaṁ vā āropessanti vā abhivādessanti vā cittaṁ vā pasādessanti tesaṁ taṁ bhavissati dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāya.
cuṇṇakaṁ → vaṇṇakaṁ (pts1ed) | sukhāya → sukhāyāti thūpārahā puggalā (bj); sukhāyāti (sya-all) | ye → ye te (sya-all) | cuṇṇakaṁ → vaṇṇakaṁ (pts) | vā → (pts) | cuṇṇakaṁ → vaṇṇakaṁ (bj: PTS) | cuṇṇakaṁ → vaṇṇakaṁ (cck: sī. pī.) | vaṇṇakaṁ → Bm K cuṇṇakaṁ. See below 6. 17; Vin. iv. 341. (pts note) | pasādessanti → Bm pasādevāssanti. 6 Recurs Aṅguttara ii. 245. (pts note)And those who offer a garland, a scent, or a perfume powder there, or bow down there, or brighten their minds there: That will be for their long-term welfare & happiness.
30. Thūpārahapuggala
Cattārome, ānanda, thūpārahā.“There are these four who are worthy of a burial mound.
Katame cattāro?Which four?
Tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho, paccekasambuddho thūpāraho, tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho, rājā cakkavattī thūpārahoti.
cakkavattī → cakkavatti (sya-all, km, mr) | cakkavattī thūpārahoti → cakkavatti thūpāraho (sya-all) | paccekasambuddho → paccekabuddho (pts) | tathāgatassa sāvako → tathāgatasāvako (pts) | cakkavattī → cakkavatti (cck: syā. ka.) | Tathāgata-sāvako → Bm K Tathāgatassa sāvako, and so below. (pts note)A Tathāgata, worthy & rightly self-awakened, is worthy of a burial mound. A Private Buddha… a disciple of a Tathāgata… a wheel-turning monarch is worthy of a burial mound.
Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṁ paṭicca tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho?
kiñcānanda → katamācānanda (sya-all: sī.) | Ānanda → -8 Scdt Katamānanda; K Kiñcān- (text): in a note, Katamācān-. In each subsequent par. Kiñcān-. (pts note)“And for what reason is a Tathāgata, worthy & rightly self-awakened, worthy of a burial mound?
‘Ayaṁ tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṁ pasādenti.
bahujanā → bahū janā (bj, sya-all); bahujano (pts) | pasādenti → pasādeti (pts) | pasādeti → Bm K bahujanā . . . pasādenti throughout. Bm inserts te after cittaṁ. (pts note)(At the thought,) ‘This is the burial mound of a Tathāgata, worthy & rightly self-awakened,’ many people will brighten their minds.
Te tattha cittaṁ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.
upapajjanti → uppajjanti (pts) | uppajjanti → Bm K upap-, and below. (pts note)Having brightened their minds there, then—on the break-up of the body, after death—they will reappear in a good destination, a heavenly world.
Idaṁ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṁ paṭicca tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho.It is for this reason that a Tathāgata, worthy & rightly self-awakened, is worthy of a burial mound.
Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṁ paṭicca paccekasambuddho thūpāraho?
Ānanda → -11 St Kañcānanda; St Katamānanda; so each in next par. Bm K Kiñcān-, and below. (pts note)“And for what reason is a Private Buddha worthy of a burial mound?
‘Ayaṁ tassa bhagavato paccekasambuddhassa thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṁ pasādenti.
bhagavato paccekasambuddhassa → paccekabuddhassa (sya-all) | bahujanā → bahū janā (sya-all); bahujano (pts) | pasādenti → pasādeti (pts)(At the thought,) ‘This is the burial mound of a Private Buddha,’ many people will brighten their minds.
Te tattha cittaṁ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.
upapajjanti → uppajjanti (pts)Having brightened their minds there, then—on the break-up of the body, after death—they will reappear in a good destination, a heavenly world.…
Idaṁ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṁ paṭicca paccekasambuddho thūpāraho.
Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṁ paṭicca tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho?
tathāgatassa sāvako → tathāgatasāvako (pts)“And for what reason is a disciple of a Tathāgata worthy of a burial mound?
‘Ayaṁ tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa sāvakassa thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṁ pasādenti.
bahujanā → bahū janā (bj, sya-all); bahujano (pts) | sāvakassa thūpoti → sāvakathūpoti (sya-all, pts) | pasādenti → pasādeti (pts) | pasādenti → bahujano cittaṁ pasādeti (bj: PTS)(At the thought,) ‘This is the burial mound of a disciple of a Tathāgata,’ many people will brighten their minds.
Te tattha cittaṁ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.
upapajjanti → uppajjanti (pts)Having brightened their minds there, then—on the break-up of the body, after death—they will reappear in a good destination, a heavenly world.…
Idaṁ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṁ paṭicca tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho.
tathāgatassa sāvako → tathāgatasāvako (pts) | thūpāraho → sāvakathūpo (bj: PTS)
Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṁ paṭicca rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho?
cakkavattī → cakkavatti (sya-all) | Ānanda → -1 Sc katamāncān-; Sdt katamānanda; Bm kiñcāpinanda. (pts note)“And for what reason is a wheel-turning monarch worthy of a burial mound?
‘Ayaṁ tassa dhammikassa dhammarañño thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṁ pasādenti.
tassa → (bj) | bahujanā → bahū janā (bj, sya-all); bahujano (pts) | pasādenti → pasādeti (pts)(At the thought,) ‘This is the burial mound of a wheel-turning monarch,’ many people will brighten their minds.
Te tattha cittaṁ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.
upapajjanti → uppajjanti (pts)Having brightened their minds there, then—on the break-up of the body, after death—they will reappear in a good destination, a heavenly world.
Idaṁ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṁ paṭicca rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho.
cakkavattī → cakkavatti (sya-all)It is for this reason that a wheel-turning monarch is worthy of a burial mound.
Ime kho, ānanda, cattāro thūpārahā”ti.
thūpārahāti → thūpārahāti ānandattherassa acchariyadhammā (bj) | Ime → Scdt iti; Bm K ime. (pts note)“These are the four who are worthy of a burial mound.”
31. Ānandaacchariyadhamma
Atha kho āyasmā ānando vihāraṁ pavisitvā kapisīsaṁ ālambitvā rodamāno aṭṭhāsi:
kapisīsaṁ → See Jāt. iii. 23.; Vin. ii. 121. (pts note)Then Ven. Ānanda, going into a (nearby) building, stood leaning against the door jamb, weeping:
“ahañca vatamhi sekho sakaraṇīyo, satthu ca me parinibbānaṁ bhavissati, yo mama anukampako”ti.
mama → mamaṁ (bj) | mama anukampakoti → mamaṁ anukampako ti (pts) | mamaṁ → mama (bj: machasaṁ) | sekho → K sekkho. See Thera-Gāthā 1045. (pts note) | bhavissati → Scdt om., and below. (pts note) | yo → Scdt so, and below. (pts note)“Here I am, still in training, with work left to do, and the total unbinding of my teacher is about to occur—the teacher who has had such sympathy for me!”
Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:Then the Blessed One said to the monks, “kahaṁ nu kho, bhikkhave, ānando”ti?“Monks, where is Ānanda?”
“Eso, bhante, āyasmā ānando vihāraṁ pavisitvā kapisīsaṁ ālambitvā rodamāno ṭhito:“Lord, Ven. Ānanda, having gone into that building, stands leaning against the door jamb, weeping:
‘ahañca vatamhi sekho sakaraṇīyo, satthu ca me parinibbānaṁ bhavissati, yo mama anukampako’”ti.
mama anukampakoti → mamaṁ ānukampakoti (bj); mamaṁ anukampako ti (pts)‘Here I am, still in training, with work left to do, and the total unbinding of my teacher is about to occur—the teacher who has had such sympathy for me!’”
Atha kho bhagavā aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ āmantesi:Then the Blessed One told a certain monk, “ehi tvaṁ, bhikkhu, mama vacanena ānandaṁ āmantehi:“Come, monk. In my name, call Ānanda, saying, ‘satthā taṁ, āvuso ānanda, āmantetī’”ti.‘The Teacher calls you, my friend.’”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:Responding, “As you say, lord,” to the Blessed One, the monk went to Ven. Ānanda and on arrival said, “satthā taṁ, āvuso ānanda, āmantetī”ti.“The Teacher calls you, my friend.”
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā ānando tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ bhagavā etadavoca:Responding, “As you say, my friend,” to the monk, Ven. Ānanda went to the Blessed One and, on arrival, having bowed down to him, sat to one side. As he was sitting there, the Blessed One said to him,
“alaṁ, ānanda, mā soci mā paridevi, nanu etaṁ, ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva akkhātaṁ:
nanu etaṁ → na nu evaṁ (sya-all) | paṭikacceva → paṭigacc eva (pts) | soci → Bm soca. (pts note) | paridevi → Bm -vā. (pts note)“Enough, Ānanda. Don’t grieve. Don’t lament. Haven’t I already taught you
‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’;the state of growing different with regard to all things dear & appealing, the state of becoming separate, the state of becoming otherwise?
taṁ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā. Yaṁ taṁ jātaṁ bhūtaṁ saṅkhataṁ palokadhammaṁ, ‘taṁ vata tathāgatassāpi sarīraṁ mā palujjī’ti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.
ānanda → (sya-all) | tathāgatassāpi sarīraṁ → (sya-all, pts) | palujjīti → Bm taṁ vata Tathāgatassāpi sariraṁ (sic) mā palujjitaṁ. (pts note)What else is there to expect? It’s impossible that one could forbid anything born, existent, fabricated, & subject to disintegration from disintegrating.
Dīgharattaṁ kho te, ānanda, tathāgato paccupaṭṭhito mettena kāyakammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena vacīkammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena manokammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena.“For a long time, Ānanda, you have waited on the Tathāgata with bodily acts of good will—helpful, happy, whole-hearted, without limit; with verbal acts of good will… with mental acts of good will—helpful, happy, whole-hearted, without limit.
Katapuññosi tvaṁ, ānanda, padhānamanuyuñja, khippaṁ hohisi anāsavo”ti.
hohisi → hehisi (bj); hohipi (sya-all) | hehisi → hohisi (bj: machasaṁ) | hohisi → Scdt hosi; K hohipi. See Sum i. 10. (pts note)You are one who has made merit. Commit yourself to exertion, and soon you will be without effluents.”
Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:Then the Blessed One addressed the monks,
“yepi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṁ atītamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṁ etapparamāyeva upaṭṭhākā ahesuṁ, seyyathāpi mayhaṁ ānando.
eta-paramā → Bm ekapparamā, and below. See S. v. 164. (pts note)“Monks, those Blessed Ones who, in the past, were worthy ones, rightly self-awakened, had foremost attendants, just as I have had Ānanda.
Yepi te, bhikkhave, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṁ etapparamāyeva upaṭṭhākā bhavissanti, seyyathāpi mayhaṁ ānando.Those Blessed Ones who, in the future, will be worthy ones, rightly self-awakened, will have foremost attendants, just as I have had Ānanda.
Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, ānando;
bhikkhave ānando medhāvī → kho (pts) | kho → Bm K om. (pts note)Ānanda is wise.
medhāvī, bhikkhave, ānando.He knows,
Jānāti ‘ayaṁ kālo tathāgataṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ bhikkhūnaṁ, ayaṁ kālo bhikkhunīnaṁ, ayaṁ kālo upāsakānaṁ, ayaṁ kālo upāsikānaṁ, ayaṁ kālo rañño rājamahāmattānaṁ titthiyānaṁ titthiyasāvakānan’ti.
upasaṅkamituṁ → upasaṅkamituṁ ayaṁ kālo (sya-all) | rājamahāmattānaṁ → rājamahāmattānaṁ ayaṁ kālo (sya-all) | titthiyānaṁ → titthiyānaṁ ayaṁ kālo (sya-all) | bhikkhūnaṁ → Bm K repeat ayaṁ kālo before bhikkhūnaṁ. (pts note) | upāsikānaṁ → Bm omits this phrase. (pts note) | titthiyānaṁ → K has ayaṁ kālo before both last terms; and Bm omits titthiyānaṁ. (pts note)‘This is the time to approach to see the Tathāgata. This is the time for monks, this the time for nuns, this the time for male lay-followers, this the time for female lay-followers, this the time for kings & their ministers, this the time for sectarians, this the time for the followers of sectarians.
Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande.
abbhutā dhammā → abbhutadhammā (sya-all, km, mr) | dhammā → abbhutadhammā (cck: syā. ka.) | abbhutā → K abbhūta, and below: Bm here abbhudhā but abbhūta below. See Aṅguttara ii. 132. (pts note)“There are these four amazing & astounding qualities in Ānanda.
Katame cattāro?
Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā ānandaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti.If a group of monks approaches to see Ānanda, they are gratified at the sight of him.
Tatra ce ānando dhammaṁ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti.If he speaks Dhamma to them, they are gratified with what he says.
Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti.
kho → (sya-all, pts) | atha → Bm adds kho, and so below. (pts note)Before they are sated, he falls silent.
Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīparisā ānandaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti.If a group of nuns approaches to see Ānanda…
Tatra ce ānando dhammaṁ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti.
Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti.
kho → (sya-all) | hoti → Bm K add Ime kho bhikkhave cattāro acchariyā abbhūta-dhammā Ānande. (pts note)
Sace, bhikkhave, upāsakaparisā ānandaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti.If a group of male lay followers approaches to see Ānanda…
Tatra ce ānando dhammaṁ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti.
Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsakaparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti.
kho → (sya-all)
Sace, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā ānandaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti.If a group of female lay followers approaches to see Ānanda, they are gratified at the sight of him.
Tatra ce ānando dhammaṁ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti.If he speaks Dhamma to them, they are gratified with what he says.
Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti.
kho → (sya-all, pts)Before they are sated, he falls silent.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande.
abbhutā dhammā → abbhutadhammā (sya-all) | ime kho bhikkhave → (pts)These are the four amazing & astounding qualities in Ānanda.
Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā raññe cakkavattimhi.
abbhutā dhammā → abbhutadhammā (sya-all) | cakkavattimhi → The usual link katame cattāro is not in SS Bm or K. It is in the Aṅguttara ii. 133. (pts note)There are these four amazing & astounding qualities in a wheel-turning monarch.
Katame cattāro?
khattiya-parisā → K places rājānaṁ . . . hoti here first; and continues Sace bhikkhave brāhmaṇa-parisā . . . gahapati-parisā . . . samaṇa-parisā rājānaṁ . . . hoti. Bm has it twice, for Khattiyas and Samaṇas. (pts note)
Sace, bhikkhave, khattiyaparisā rājānaṁ cakkavattiṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti.If a group of noble warriors approaches to see him…
Tatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti.
cakkavattī → cakkavatti (sya-all)
Atittāva, bhikkhave, khattiyaparisā hoti. Atha kho rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī hoti.
kho → (sya-all) | cakkavattī → cakkavatti (sya-all)
Sace bhikkhave, brāhmaṇaparisā …pe…If a group of brahmans approaches to see him…
gahapatiparisā …pe…If a group of householders approaches to see him…
samaṇaparisā rājānaṁ cakkavattiṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti.If a group of contemplatives approaches to see him, they are gratified at the sight of him.
Tatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti.
cakkavattī → cakkavatti (sya-all)If he speaks to them, they are gratified with what he says.
Atittāva, bhikkhave, samaṇaparisā hoti. Atha kho rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī hoti.
kho → (sya-all, pts) | cakkavattī → cakkavatti (sya-all) | hoti → hotīti (sya-all)Before they are sated, he falls silent.
Evameva kho, bhikkhave, cattārome acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande.
abbhutā dhammā → abbhutadhammā (sya-all)In the same way, monks, there are these four amazing & astounding qualities in Ānanda.
Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā ānandaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti.
bhikkhuparisā → bhikkhuparisā bhikkhunīparisā upāsakaparisā upāsikāparisā (pts) | dassanena → dassanena pi (pts) | bhikkhu-parisā → K arranges this par. like the preceding. (pts note) | pi → Bm K omit. (pts note)If a group of monks…
Tatra ce ānando dhammaṁ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti.
Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā hoti.
Atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti.
kho → (sya-all)
Sace, bhikkhave bhikkhunīparisā …pe…
bhikkhave → (bj)a group of nuns…
upāsakaparisā …pe…a group of male lay followers…
upāsikāparisā ānandaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti.a group of female lay followers approaches to see Ānanda, they are gratified at the sight of him.
Tatra ce ānando dhammaṁ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti.If he speaks Dhamma to them, they are gratified with what he says.
Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā hoti.Before they are sated,
Atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti.
kho → (pts)he falls silent.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande”ti.
ānandeti → ānandeti mahāsudassana sutta desanā (bj) | abbhutā dhammā → abbhutadhammā (sya-all)These are the four amazing & astounding qualities in Ānanda.”
32. Mahāsudassanasuttadesanā
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:When this was said, Ven. Ānanda said to the Blessed One,
“mā, bhante, bhagavā imasmiṁ khuddakanagarake ujjaṅgalanagarake sākhānagarake parinibbāyi.
khuddakanagarake → kuḍḍanagarake (bj, pts) | parinibbāyi → parinibbāyī (bj) | sākhānagarake parinibbāyi → sākhanagarake parinibbāyatu (pts) | kuḍḍanagarake → khuddanagarake (bj: machasaṁ) | parinibbāyī → __kusinārāyaṁ (bj: machasaṁ__) | kuḍḍa-nagarake → Sc kuḍḍha-; Bm K khuddaka-. Comp. J. v. 102, 105, 106, and below, p. 169. (pts note) | sākha-nagarake → Sd K sākhā-. (pts note) | parinibbāyatu → Bm K -bāyi. (pts note)“Lord, may the Blessed One not totally unbind in this little town, this dusty town, this branch township.
Santi, bhante, aññāni mahānagarāni, seyyathidaṁ—
santi → santi hi (pts) | hi → Sc Bm K om. (pts note)There are other great cities:
campā rājagahaṁ sāvatthī sāketaṁ kosambī bārāṇasī;
kosambī bārāṇasī → kosambi bārāṇasi (pts)Campā, Rājagaha, Sāvatthī, Sāketa, Kosambī, Bārāṇasī.
ettha bhagavā parinibbāyatu.
parinibbāyatu → parinibbātu (bj)May the Blessed One totally unbind there.
Ettha bahū khattiyamahāsālā, brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapatimahāsālā tathāgate abhippasannā.In those cities there are many wealthy noble warriors, brahmans, & householders who have high confidence in the Tathāgata.
Te tathāgatassa sarīrapūjaṁ karissantī”tiThey will conduct the Tathāgata’s funeral.”
“mā hevaṁ, ānanda, avaca, mā hevaṁ, ānanda, avaca:“Don’t say that, Ānanda. Don’t say that:
‘khuddakanagarakaṁ ujjaṅgalanagarakaṁ sākhānagarakan’ti.
khuddakanagarakaṁ → kuḍḍanagarakaṁ (bj, pts) | kuḍḍa-nagarakaṁ → Sct khudda-; Bm K khuddaka-. (pts note)‘this little town, this dusty town, this branch township.’
Bhūtapubbaṁ, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano nāma ahosi cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato.
janapadatthāvariyappatto → janapadaṭṭhāvariyappatto (sya-all) | vijitāvī → Bm jivijitāvi. (pts note) | janapadatthāvariyappatto → Bm -ttāpariya-. (pts note)In the past, Ānanda, a king named Mahā Sudassana was a wheel-turning monarch, a righteous king ruling righteously, who was a conqueror of the four directions, a stabilizer of his country, endowed with the seven treasures.
Rañño, ānanda, mahāsudassanassa ayaṁ kusinārā kusāvatī nāma rājadhānī ahosi.This Kusinārā was his capital city, named Kusāvatī:
puratthimena ca pacchimena ca dvādasayojanāni āyāmena; uttarena ca dakkhiṇena ca sattayojanāni vitthārena.twelve leagues long from east to west, seven leagues wide from north to south.
Kusāvatī, ānanda, rājadhānī iddhā ceva ahosi phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca.
phītā → Scdt pītā; St pitātā; afterwards Scdt always pītā, Bm pītā. See ante, p. 106, below p. 170, and J. i. 29(verse 212). (pts note)Kusāvatī was powerful, rich, & well-populated, crowded with people & prosperous.
Seyyathāpi, ānanda, devānaṁ āḷakamandā nāma rājadhānī iddhā ceva hoti phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇayakkhā ca subhikkhā ca;
āḷakamandā → ālakamandā (sya-all) | hoti → ahosi (sya-all) | Āḷakamandā → Bm -manta. (pts note) | iddhā → Bm attha. (pts note) | eva → Bm K hoti. (pts note)Just as the capital city of the devas named Ālakamandā is powerful, rich, & well-populated, crowded with yakkhas & prosperous;
evameva kho, ānanda, kusāvatī rājadhānī iddhā ceva ahosi phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca.in the same way, Kusāvatī was powerful, rich, & well-populated, crowded with people & prosperous.
Kusāvatī, ānanda, rājadhānī dasahi saddehi avivittā ahosi divā ceva rattiñca, seyyathidaṁ—
avivittā → Bm avitvā. See J. i. 3. Asl. 319. (pts note) | rattī → Bm K -tiñ. (pts note)By day or by night, it was never lacking in ten sounds:
hatthisaddena assasaddena rathasaddena bherisaddena mudiṅgasaddena vīṇāsaddena gītasaddena saṅkhasaddena sammasaddena pāṇitāḷasaddena ‘asnātha pivatha khādathā’ti dasamena saddena.
pāṇitāḷasaddena → tālasaddena (bj) | saṅkhasaddena → (sya-all, pts) | pāṇitāḷasaddena asnātha → tālasaddena asatha (sya-all) | mudiṅgasaddena → mutiṅgasaddena (pts) | pāṇitāḷasaddena asnātha pivatha khādathāti → tālasaddena asnāthapivathakhādathāti (pts) | gīta-saddena → Bm saṅkha-s-. (pts note) | tālasaddena → Bm pāṇi. (pts note)the sound of elephants, the sound of horses, the sound of carts, the sound of drums, the sound of tabors, the sound of lutes, the sound of songs, the sound of cymbals, the sound of gongs, with cries of ‘Eat! Drink! Snack!’ as the tenth.
Gaccha tvaṁ, ānanda, kusināraṁ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ ārocehi:
kusināraṁ → kusinārāyaṁ (sya-all, pts) | Kusinārāyaṁ → Sc -nāraṁ. (pts note)“Now, Ānanda, go into Kusinārā and announce to the Kusinārā Mallans,
‘ajja kho, vāseṭṭhā, rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissati.
vāseṭṭhā → vāsiṭṭhā (sya-all) | vāsiṭṭhā → vāseṭṭhā (sya-all: sī.) | Vāseṭṭhā → K Vāsiṭṭhā in text, and at 6. 12: in note Vāseṭṭhā. (pts note)‘Tonight, Vāsiṭṭhas, in the last watch of the night, the total unbinding of the Tathāgata will occur.
Abhikkamatha, vāseṭṭhā, abhikkamatha, vāseṭṭhā.
vāseṭṭhā → vāsiṭṭhā (sya-all) | abhikkamatha → abhikkhamatha (pts)Come out, Vāsiṭṭhas! Come out, Vāsiṭṭhas!
Mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha—Don’t later regret that
amhākañca no gāmakkhette tathāgatassa parinibbānaṁ ahosi, na mayaṁ labhimhā pacchime kāle tathāgataṁ dassanāyā’”ti.“The Tathāgata’s total unbinding occurred within the borders of our very own town, but we didn’t get to see him in his final hour!”’”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya attadutiyo kusināraṁ pāvisi.
pāvisi → pāvisi mallānaṁ vandanā (bj) | pattacīvaramādāya attadutiyo kusināraṁ → pattacīvaraṁ ādāya adutiyo kusinārāyaṁ (sya-all) | kusināraṁ → kusinārāyaṁ (pts) | adutiyo → attadutiyo (sya-all: sī.) | atta-dutiyo → K adutiyo (text): attadutiyo (note). (pts note)Responding, “As you say, lord,” to the Blessed One, Ven. Ānanda adjusted his lower robe and—taking his bowl & outer robe—went unaccompanied into Kusinārā.
33. Mallānaṁvandanā
Tena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre sannipatitā honti kenacideva karaṇīyena.
sandhāgāre → santhāgāre (bj, pts1ed); saṇṭhāgāre (sya-all, km) | sandhāgāre → santhāgāre (pts) | sandhāgāre → santhāgāre (cck: sī. syā. pī.)Now at that time the Kusinārā Mallans had met for some business in their reception hall.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ sandhāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ ārocesi:
sandhāgāraṁ → santhāgāraṁ (bj); saṇṭhāgāraṁ (sya-all) | sandhāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkami → santhāgāraṁ ten upasaṁkami (pts)Ven. Ānanda went to the reception hall and on arrival announced to them,
“ajja kho, vāseṭṭhā, rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissati.
vāseṭṭhā → vāsiṭṭhā (sya-all)“Tonight, Vāsiṭṭhas, in the last watch of the night, the total unbinding of the Tathāgata will occur.
Abhikkamatha, vāseṭṭhā, abhikkamatha, vāseṭṭhā.
vāseṭṭhā → vāsiṭṭhā (sya-all)Come out, Vāsiṭṭhas! Come out, Vāsiṭṭhas!
Mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha:Don’t later regret that
‘amhākañca no gāmakkhette tathāgatassa parinibbānaṁ ahosi, na mayaṁ labhimhā pacchime kāle tathāgataṁ dassanāyā’”ti.
na → naṁ (bj) | tathāgataṁ → tathāgatassa (sya-all)‘The Tathāgata’s total unbinding occurred within the borders of our very own town, but we didn’t get to see him in his final hour!’”
Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṁ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti:
papatanti → patanti (bj) | vacanaṁ → (sya-all, pts) | chinnapātaṁ → chinnapādaṁ viya (sya-all); chinnapapātaṁ (pts) | vivaṭṭanti → (sya-all) | chinna-papātaṁ → K chinna-pātaṁ viya, cp. 6 and vi. 24. (pts note) | vivaṭṭanti → Scdt -ṭenti, cp. 6, ante: K -ṭanti, om. viv-. (pts note)When they heard Ven. Ānanda, the Mallans together with their sons, daughters, & wives were shocked, saddened, their minds overflowing with sorrow. Some of them wept, tearing at their hair; they wept, uplifting their arms. As if their feet were cut out from under them, they fell down and rolled back & forth, crying,
“atikhippaṁ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṁ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṁ cakkhuṁ loke antaradhāyissatī”ti.
cakkhuṁ → cakkhumā (sya-all) | cakkhu → cakkhumā (bj: machasaṁ) | cakkhuṁ → K cakkhumā (without note). (pts note)“All too soon, the Blessed One will totally unbind! All too soon, the One Well-Gone will totally unbind! All too soon, the One with Eyes will disappear from the world!”
Atha kho mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā yena upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamiṁsu.
ca → (pts) | Upavattanaṁ → Scdt -tān-. (pts note)Then the Mallans together with their sons, daughters, & wives—shocked, saddened, their minds overflowing with sorrow—went to Ven. Ānanda at Upavattana, the Mallans’ Sal Forest near Kusinārā.
Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi:The thought occurred to Ven. Ānanda,
“sace kho ahaṁ kosinārake malle ekamekaṁ bhagavantaṁ vandāpessāmi, avandito bhagavā kosinārakehi mallehi bhavissati, athāyaṁ ratti vibhāyissati.
vandāpessāmi avandito → vandāpessamiṁ avanditova (bj) | avandito → avandito ca (sya-all)“If I let the Mallans pay reverence to the Blessed One one by one, the night will be over before they have finished paying reverence.
Yannūnāhaṁ kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṁ vandāpeyyaṁ:What if I were to have them pay reverence to the Blessed One arranging them family by family, announcing,
‘itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’”ti.‘Lord, the Mallan named so-&-so, together with his children & wives, servants & retainers, bows down with his head at the Blessed One’s feet.’”
Atha kho āyasmā ānando kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṁ vandāpesi:So Ven. Ānanda, arranging the Mallans family by family, had them pay reverence to the Blessed One, (saying,)
“itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī”ti.“Lord, the Mallan named so-&-so, together with his children & wives, servants & retainers, bows down with his head at the Blessed One’s feet.”
Atha kho āyasmā ānando etena upāyena paṭhameneva yāmena kosinārake malle bhagavantaṁ vandāpesi.
vandāpesi → vandāpesi subhadda paribbājaka vatthu (bj) | Kosinārake → K Kos- as above; SS Ch Kus-. (pts note)In this way Ven. Ānanda got the Mallans to pay reverence to the Blessed One within the first watch of the night.
34. Subhaddaparibbājakavatthu
Tena kho pana samayena subhaddo nāma paribbājako kusinārāyaṁ paṭivasati.Now on that occasion a wanderer named Subhadda was staying near Kusinārā.
Assosi kho subhaddo paribbājako:He heard,
“ajja kira rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissatī”ti.
ajja kira → ajjeva (sya-all) | ajja → ajj eva (pts) | eva → Scdt ajja; Bm K ajj'; eva. (pts note)“Tonight, in the last watch of the night, the total unbinding of Gotama the contemplative will take place.”
Atha kho subhaddassa paribbājakassa etadahosi:Then the thought occurred to him:
“sutaṁ kho pana metaṁ paribbājakānaṁ vuḍḍhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ:
vuḍḍhānaṁ → vuddhānaṁ (bj, pts)“I have heard the old elder wanderers, teachers of teachers, saying that only once in a long, long time do Tathāgatas—worthy ones, rightly self-awakened—appear in the world.
‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti.
sammāsambuddhāti ajjeva → sammāsambuddhā ti ajja ca (pts) | Sammā-Sambuddhā → Sc Tathāgato loke uppanno arahaṁ sammāsambuddho; Sdt pl. as in text; Scdt K omit ti, here and below in 24. Comp. vi. 28 (below p. 168). (pts note)Tonight, in the last watch of the night, the total unbinding of Gotama the contemplative will occur.
Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissati.Now there is a doubt that has arisen in me, but I have confidence in Gotama the contemplative that he can teach me the Dhamma
Atthi ca me ayaṁ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno,in such a way that I might abandon that doubt.”
evaṁ pasanno ahaṁ samaṇe gotame, ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṁ desetuṁ, yathāhaṁ imaṁ kaṅkhādhammaṁ pajaheyyan’”ti.
yathāhaṁ → yathā ahaṁ (sya-all, pts) | Gotame → Sct samaṇo Gotamo. (pts note)
Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:
yenāyasmā → yena āyasmā (bj)So he went to Upavattana, the Mallans’ Sal Forest and, on arrival, said to Ven. Ānanda,
“sutaṁ metaṁ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṁ vuḍḍhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ:
vuḍḍhānaṁ → vuddhānaṁ (bj, pts)“I have heard the old elder wanderers, teachers of teachers,
‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti.
sammāsambuddhāti ajjeva → sammāsambuddhā ti ajja ca (pts)saying that only once in a long, long time do Tathāgatas—worthy ones, rightly self-awakened—appear in the world.
Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissati.Tonight, in the last watch of the night, the total unbinding of Gotama the contemplative will occur.
Atthi ca me ayaṁ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno—Now there is a doubt that has arisen in me,
evaṁ pasanno ahaṁ samaṇe gotame ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṁ desetuṁ, yathāhaṁ imaṁ kaṅkhādhammaṁ pajaheyyan’ti.
pajaheyyanti → pajaheyyaṁ (bj, sya-all) | yathāhaṁ → yathā ahaṁ (sya-all, pts) | pajaheyyanti sādhāhaṁ → pajaheyyaṁ svāhaṁ (pts)but I have confidence in Gotama the contemplative that he can teach me the Dhamma in such a way that I might abandon that doubt.
Sādhāhaṁ, bho ānanda, labheyyaṁ samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ dassanāyā”ti.
sādhāhaṁ → svāhaṁ (sya-all: sī.) | Svāhaṁ → K sādhāhaṁ (with svāhaṁ in note). (pts note)It would be good, Ven. Ānanda, if you would let me see him.”
Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā ānando subhaddaṁ paribbājakaṁ etadavoca:When this was said, Ven. Ānanda said to him, “alaṁ, āvuso subhadda, mā tathāgataṁ viheṭhesi, kilanto bhagavā”ti.“Enough, friend Subhadda. Don’t bother the Blessed One. The Blessed One is tired.”
Dutiyampi kho subhaddo paribbājako …pe…For a second time…
tatiyampi kho subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:For a third time, Subhadda the wanderer said to Ven. Ānanda,
“sutaṁ metaṁ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṁ vuḍḍhānaṁ mahallakānaṁ ācariyapācariyānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ:
vuḍḍhānaṁ → vuddhānaṁ (bj, pts)
‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti.
sammāsambuddhāti ajjeva → sammāsambuddhā ti ajja ca (pts)
Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṁ bhavissati.
Atthi ca me ayaṁ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno—
evaṁ pasanno ahaṁ samaṇe gotame, ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṁ desetuṁ, yathāhaṁ imaṁ kaṅkhādhammaṁ pajaheyyan’ti.
kaṅkhādhammaṁ pajaheyyanti → kaṅkhā dhammaṁ pajaheyyaṁ (bj) | yathāhaṁ → yathā ahaṁ (sya-all, pts) | pajaheyyanti → pajaheyyaṁ (sya-all) | pajaheyyanti sādhāhaṁ → pajaheyyaṁ svāhaṁ (pts)
Sādhāhaṁ, bho ānanda, labheyyaṁ samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ dassanāyā”ti.“…It would be good, Ven. Ānanda, if you would let me see him.”
Tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando subhaddaṁ paribbājakaṁ etadavoca:For a third time, Ven. Ānanda said to him,
“alaṁ, āvuso subhadda, mā tathāgataṁ viheṭhesi, kilanto bhagavā”ti.“Enough, friend Subhadda. Don’t bother the Blessed One. The Blessed One is tired.”
Assosi kho bhagavā āyasmato ānandassa subhaddena paribbājakena saddhiṁ imaṁ kathāsallāpaṁ.Now, the Blessed One heard the exchange between Ven. Ānanda & Subhadda the wanderer,
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:and so he said to Ven. Ānanda,
“alaṁ, ānanda, mā subhaddaṁ vāresi, labhataṁ, ānanda, subhaddo tathāgataṁ dassanāya.
labhataṁ → labhatu (sya-all)“Enough, Ānanda. Don’t stand in his way. Let him see the Tathāgata.
Yaṁ kiñci maṁ subhaddo pucchissati, sabbaṁ taṁ aññāpekkhova pucchissati, no vihesāpekkho.
sabbaṁ taṁ aññāpekkhova → sabbantaṁ aññāpekkho va maṁ (sya-all) | aññā-pekho → K pekkho, and in next clause. (pts note)Whatever he asks me will all be for the sake of knowledge, and not to be bothersome.
Yañcassāhaṁ puṭṭho byākarissāmi, taṁ khippameva ājānissatī”ti.And whatever I answer when asked, he will quickly understand.”
Atha kho āyasmā ānando subhaddaṁ paribbājakaṁ etadavoca:So Ven. Ānanda said to Subhadda the wanderer, “gacchāvuso subhadda, karoti te bhagavā okāsan”ti.“Go ahead, friend Subhadda. The Blessed One gives you his leave.”
Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi, sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:
sāraṇīyaṁ → sārāṇīyaṁ (bj, sya-all, pts)Then Subhadda went to the Blessed One and exchanged courteous greetings with him. After an exchange of friendly greetings & courtesies, he sat to one side. As he was sitting there, he said to the Blessed One,
“yeme, bho gotama, samaṇabrāhmaṇā saṅghino gaṇino gaṇācariyā ñātā yasassino titthakarā sādhusammatā bahujanassa,
sādhusammatā → sādhusammatā ca (pts) | ca → Sdt va; M omits. (pts note)“Master Gotama, these contemplatives & brahmans, each with his group, each with his community, each the teacher of his group, an honored leader, well-regarded by people at large—
seyyathidaṁ—pūraṇo kassapo, makkhali gosālo, ajito kesakambalo, pakudho kaccāyano, sañcayo belaṭṭhaputto, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto,
sañcayo → sañjayo (bj) | nāṭaputto sabbete → nātaputto sabbe te (bj); nāthaputto sabbe te (pts) | sañcayo belaṭṭhaputto → sañjayo velaṭṭhaputto (sya-all); sañjayo belaṭṭhiputto (pts) | ajito kesakambalo → ajitakesakambalī (pts) | kesakambalo → kesakambalī (sya-all: sī.) | velaṭṭhaputto → velaṭṭhiputto (sya-all: sī.) | Ajita-Kesakambalī → M. and D. i. p. 48 Ajito; K -kambalo (with -lī in footnote). (pts note) | Pakudho → Sdt kak-. (pts note)i.e., Pūraṇa Kassapa, Makkhali Gosāla, Ajita Kesakambalin, Pakudha Kaccāyana, Sañjaya Velaṭṭhaputta, & the Nigaṇṭha Nāṭaputta:
sabbete sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññiṁsu, sabbeva na abbhaññiṁsu, udāhu ekacce abbhaññiṁsu, ekacce na abbhaññiṁsū”ti?
na abbhaññiṁsūti → nābbhaññiṁsūti (bj) | abbhaññiṁsu sabbeva → abbhaññaṁsu sabbe va (pts) | abbhaññiṁsu → abbhaññaṁsu (pts)Do they all have direct knowledge as they themselves claim, or do they all not have direct knowledge, or do some of them have direct knowledge and some of them not?”
“Alaṁ, subhadda, tiṭṭhatetaṁ:
subhadda → subhaddaṁ (bj) | alaṁ → dhammante (sya-all)“Enough, Subhadda. Put this question aside:
‘sabbete sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññiṁsu, sabbeva na abbhaññiṁsu, udāhu ekacce abbhaññiṁsu, ekacce na abbhaññiṁsū’ti.
na abbhaññiṁsūti → nābbhaññiṁsūti (bj)‘Do they all have direct knowledge as they themselves claim, or do they all not have direct knowledge, or do some of them have direct knowledge and some of them not?’
Dhammaṁ te, subhadda, desessāmi;
desessāmi → desissāmi (bj)I will teach you the Dhamma, Subhadda.
taṁ suṇāhi sādhukaṁ manasikarohi, bhāsissāmī”ti.Listen, and pay close attention. I will speak.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavato paccassosi.“As you say, lord,” Subhadda responded to the Blessed One. Bhagavā etadavoca:The Blessed One said,
“Yasmiṁ kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo na upalabbhati, samaṇopi tattha na upalabbhati. Dutiyopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Tatiyopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Catutthopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati.
samaṇopi tattha → samaṇo pi (bj)“In any doctrine & discipline where the noble eightfold path is not ascertained, no contemplative of the first… second… third… fourth order [stream-winner, once-returner, non-returner, or arahant] is ascertained.
Yasmiñca kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo upalabbhati, samaṇopi tattha upalabbhati, dutiyopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati, tatiyopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati, catutthopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati.
ca → idheva (mr)But in any doctrine & discipline where the noble eightfold path is ascertained, contemplatives of the first… second… third… fourth order are ascertained.
Imasmiṁ kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo upalabbhati, idheva, subhadda, samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo, idha tatiyo samaṇo, idha catuttho samaṇo, suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehi.
aññehi → aññe (bj, pts1ed) | samaṇebhi aññehi → samaṇehi aññe (bj, pts) | aññehi → aññe (cck: pī.) | upalabbhati → Two lines here recur at Majjhima i. 63 and at Aṅguttara ii. 238. (pts note)The noble eightfold path is ascertained in this doctrine & discipline, and right here there are contemplatives of the first… second… third… fourth order. Other teachings are empty of knowledgeable contemplatives.
Ime ca, subhadda, bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṁ, asuñño loko arahantehi assāti.
assāti → assa (pts) | ca → ime (bj: kā) | ca → idheva (cck: ka.) | ca → Scdt idheva both here and below. See Sum. and Mil. 130. (pts note) | loko → Scdt lokehi. (pts note)And if the monks dwell rightly, this world will not be empty of arahants.
Ekūnatiṁso vayasā subhadda, yaṁ pabbajiṁ kiṅkusalānuesī;
ekūnatiṁso → ekūnatiṁsa (sya-all) | ekūnatiṁsa → ekūnatiṁso (sya-all: sī.) | Ekūnatiṁso → K -sa (with -so in footnote). (pts note) pabbajiṁ → Sdt -ji. (pts note)At age twenty-nine I went forth, Subhadda, seeking what might be skillful, Vassāni paññāsa samādhikāni, yato ahaṁ pabbajito subhadda;and since my going forth, Subhadda, more than fifty years have passed. Ñāyassa dhammassa padesavattī, ito bahiddhā samaṇopi natthi.
padesavattī → padesavatti (sya-all) | Ñāyassa → Sum. ñaṇassa. But see Aṅg. v. 184. (pts note) samaṇopi natthi dutiyopi → (pts) | natthi → ekūnatriṁśo vayasānuprāpetā (bj: mahāvastu); ekona triṁśatko vayasā subhadra yat prāvrajaṁ kiṁ kuśalaṁ gaveṣī, paṁcāśad varṣāṇi samādhikāni, yasmādahaṁ pravrajitaඃ subhadra, āryasya dharmasya, pradēśavartanī ito bahir vai śramaṇe’sti nānyaඃ (bj: avadānaśataka)Outside of the realm of methodical Dhamma, there is no contemplative.
Dutiyopi samaṇo natthi.There is no contemplative of the second order;
Tatiyopi samaṇo natthi.there is no contemplative of the third order;
Catutthopi samaṇo natthi.there is no contemplative of the fourth order.
Suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehi.
samaṇebhi aññehi → samaṇehi aññe (bj, pts)Other teachings are empty of knowledgeable contemplatives.
Ime ca, subhadda, bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṁ, asuñño loko arahantehi assā”ti.
arahantehi assāti → arahantehīti (bj) | arahantehī”ti → asuññōloko, arahatetāhi assāti (bj: PTS, machasaṁ)And if the monks dwell rightly, this world will not be empty of arahants.”
Evaṁ vutte, subhaddo paribbājako bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:Then Subhadda the wanderer said,
“abhikkantaṁ, bhante, abhikkantaṁ, bhante.“Magnificent, lord! Magnificent!
Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṁ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṁ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṁ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṁ dhāreyya: ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṁ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.
dakkhantīti evamevaṁ → dakkhintīti evameva (bj, pts); dakkhanti evameva (sya-all)Just as if he were to place upright what was overturned, to reveal what was hidden, to show the way to one who was lost, or to set out a lamp in the darkness so that those with eyes could see forms, in the same way has the Blessed One—through many lines of reasoning—made the Dhamma clear.
Esāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca.I go to the Blessed One for refuge, to the Dhamma, and to the Saṅgha of monks.
Labheyyāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyaṁ upasampadan”ti.
labheyyāhaṁ → labheyyāmahaṁ (sya-all) | bhante → (pts) | Labheyyāhaṁ → Sc K insert bhante. (pts note) | labheyyaṁ → Sd -yāhaṁ. 3 Recurs D. i. 176; M. i. 391, 494; S. ii. 21, &c. (pts note)Let me obtain the going forth in the Blessed One’s presence, let me obtain the acceptance.”
“Yo kho, subhadda, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṁ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṁ, so cattāro māse parivasati. Catunnaṁ māsānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya.“Anyone, Subhadda, who has previously belonged to another sect and who desires the going forth & acceptance into this Dhamma & Vinaya, must first undergo probation for four months. If, at the end of four months, the monks feel so moved, they give him the going forth & accept him into the monk’s state. Api ca mettha puggalavemattatā viditā”ti.But I know distinctions among individuals in this matter.”
“Sace, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbā imasmiṁ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhantā pabbajjaṁ ākaṅkhantā upasampadaṁ cattāro māse parivasanti, catunnaṁ māsānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Ahaṁ cattāri vassāni parivasissāmi, catunnaṁ vassānaṁ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājentu upasampādentu bhikkhubhāvāyā”ti.“Lord, if that is so, I am willing to undergo probation for four years. If, at the end of four years, the monks feel so moved, let them give me the going forth & accept me into the monk’s state.”
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:Then the Blessed One said to Ven. Ānanda,
“tenahānanda, subhaddaṁ pabbājehī”ti.
pabbājehīti evaṁ bhanteti → pabbājethāti evambhanteti (bj) | pabbājehīti → paribbājakaṁ pabbājethāti (sya-all); pabbājethāti (pts)“Very well then, Ānanda, give Subhadda the going forth.”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.“As you say, lord,” Ven. Ānanda responded to the Blessed One.
Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavoca:Then Subhadda said to Ven. Ānanda,
“lābhā vo, āvuso ānanda; suladdhaṁ vo, āvuso ānanda,
vo → te (sya-all)“It’s a gain for you, Ānanda, a great gain,
ye ettha satthu sammukhā antevāsikābhisekena abhisittā”ti.
satthu → satthārā (sya-all, km, pts1ed) | antevāsikābhisekena → antevāsābhisekena (bj) | satthu → satthārā (pts) | antevāsikābhisekena abhisittāti → antevāsābhisekena abhisittā ti (pts) | ye → yo (bj: PTS) | abhisittā’ti → abhisitte (bj: PTS) | satthu → satthārā (cck: syā.) | ye → Scdt yo. (pts note) | Satthārā → Scdt Satthari. (pts note) | abhisittā → Sc -to; Sd abhipitto. (pts note)that you have been anointed here, face-to-face with the Teacher, with the pupil’s anointing.”
Alattha kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, alattha upasampadaṁ.Then Subhadda the wanderer obtained the going forth in the Blessed One’s presence, he obtained acceptance.
Acirūpasampanno kho panāyasmā subhaddo eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva—yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajanti—tadanuttaraṁ brahmacariyapariyosānaṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi.
acirūpasampanno → acirupasampanno (sya-all)And not long after his acceptance—dwelling alone, secluded, heedful, ardent, & resolute—he in no long time entered & remained in the supreme goal of the holy life, for which clansmen rightly go forth from home into homelessness, directly knowing & realizing it for himself in the here & now.
“Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyā”ti abbhaññāsi.He knew: “Birth is ended, the holy life fulfilled, the task done. There is nothing further for the sake of this world.”
Aññataro kho panāyasmā subhaddo arahataṁ ahosi.
panāyasmā → pana āyasmā (sya-all)And thus Ven. Subhadda became another one of the arahants,
So bhagavato pacchimo sakkhisāvako ahosīti.
so → so ca (bj) | ca → so (bj: machasaṁ)the last of the Blessed One’s direct-witness disciples.
35. Tathāgatapacchimavācā
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:
āmantesi → āmanteti (bj)Then the Blessed One said to Ven. Ānanda,
“siyā kho panānanda, tumhākaṁ evamassa:“Now, if the thought occurs to any of you—
‘atītasatthukaṁ pāvacanaṁ, natthi no satthā’ti.‘The teaching has lost its arbitrator; we are without a Teacher’—
Na kho panetaṁ, ānanda, evaṁ daṭṭhabbaṁ.do not view it in that way.
Yo vo, ānanda, mayā dhammo ca vinayo ca desito paññatto, so vo mamaccayena satthā.
vo → kho (bj)Whatever Dhamma & Vinaya I have pointed out & formulated for you, that will be your Teacher after my passing.
Yathā kho panānanda, etarahi bhikkhū aññamaññaṁ āvusovādena samudācaranti, na kho mamaccayena evaṁ samudācaritabbaṁ.
kho → te (sya-all) | kho mamaccayena → vo mam accayena (pts)“At present, the monks address one another as ‘friend,’ but after my passing they are not to address one another that way.
Theratarena, ānanda, bhikkhunā navakataro bhikkhu nāmena vā gottena vā āvusovādena vā samudācaritabbo.
vā → Sdt om. (pts note)The more senior monks are to address the newer monks by their name or clan or as ‘friend.’
Navakatarena bhikkhunā therataro bhikkhu ‘bhante’ti vā ‘āyasmā’ti vā samudācaritabbo.The newer monks are to address the more senior monks as ‘venerable’ or ‘sir.’
Ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, saṅgho mamaccayena khuddānukhuddakāni sikkhāpadāni samūhanatu.
samūhanatu → samūhantu (pts) | samūhanatu → samūhattu (bj: PTS)“After my passing, the Saṅgha—if it wants—may rescind the lesser & minor training rules.
Channassa, ānanda, bhikkhuno mamaccayena brahmadaṇḍo dātabbo”ti.
dātabboti → kātabbo ti (pts)“After my passing, the monk Channa should be given the brahma-penalty.”
“Katamo pana, bhante, brahmadaṇḍo”ti?“What, lord, is the brahma-penalty?”
“Channo, ānanda, bhikkhu yaṁ iccheyya, taṁ vadeyya.“Channa may say what he wants, Ānanda, So bhikkhūhi neva vattabbo, na ovaditabbo, na anusāsitabbo”ti.but he is not to be spoken to, instructed, or admonished by the monks.”
Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
kho → (pts) | āmantesi → Recurs Aṅg. ii. 79, 80. (pts note)Then the Blessed One addressed the monks,
“siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā, pucchatha, bhikkhave, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha:
ekabhikkhussāpi → ekabhikkhussapi (sya-all, pts) | vimati → SS vary between i and ī. (pts note)“If even a single monk has any doubt or perplexity concerning the Buddha, Dhamma, or Saṅgha, the path or the practice, ask. Don’t later regret that
‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi, na mayaṁ sakkhimhā bhagavantaṁ sammukhā paṭipucchitun’”ti.
sakkhimhā → sakkhimha (bj, pts); sikkhimhā (sya-all) | sakkhimha → K -hā; Aṅg. nāsakkhimha (omitting mayaṁ). (pts note)‘The Teacher was face-to-face with us, but we didn’t bring ourselves to ask a counter-question in his presence.’”
Evaṁ vutte, te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṁ.When this was said, the monks were silent.
Dutiyampi kho bhagavā …pe…A second time, the Blessed One said, “If even one of the monks has any doubt or perplexity concerning the Buddha, Dhamma, or Saṅgha, the path or the practice, ask. Don’t later regret that ‘The Teacher was face-to-face with us, but we didn’t bring ourselves to ask a counter-question in his presence.’” A second time, the monks were silent.
tatiyampi kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
bhikkhū → bhikakhū (sya-all)A third time, the Blessed One said,
“siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā, pucchatha, bhikkhave, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha:
ekabhikkhussāpi → ekabhikkhussapi (sya-all, pts)“If even one of the monks has any doubt or perplexity concerning the Buddha, Dhamma, or Saṅgha, the path or the practice, ask. Don’t later regret that
‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi, na mayaṁ sakkhimhā bhagavantaṁ sammukhā paṭipucchitun’”ti.
sakkhimhā → sikkhimhā (sya-all); sakkhimha (pts)‘The Teacher was face-to-face with us, but we didn’t bring ourselves to ask a counter-question in his presence.’”
Tatiyampi kho te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṁ.A third time, the monks were silent. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:Then the Blessed One addressed the monks,
“siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, satthugāravenapi na puccheyyātha. Sahāyakopi, bhikkhave, sahāyakassa ārocetū”ti.
pi → So all MSS. and K and Aṅg. (pts note) | pi → Scdt omit; K Sum and Aṅg. have it. (pts note)“Now, if it’s simply out of respect for the Teacher that you don’t ask, let a companion inform a companion.”
Evaṁ vutte, te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṁ.When this was said, the monks were silent.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:Then Ven. Ānanda said to the Blessed One,
“acchariyaṁ, bhante, abbhutaṁ, bhante, evaṁ pasanno ahaṁ, bhante, imasmiṁ bhikkhusaṅghe, ‘natthi ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā’”ti.
natthi → natthi imasmiṁ bhikkhusaṅghe (sya-all) | abbhutaṁ → K abbhūtaṁ. (pts note) | eka-bhikkhussa → K n'; atthi imasmiṁ bhikkhu-saṁghe eka-bhikkhussāpi. Aṅg. also adds im- bh-. (pts note) | vā → Scdt omit magge vā. (pts note)“It’s amazing, lord. It’s astounding. I have confidence in this Saṅgha of monks that there is not even a single monk in this Saṅgha of monks who has any doubt or perplexity concerning the Buddha, Dhamma, or Saṅgha, the path or the practice.”
“Pasādā kho tvaṁ, ānanda, vadesi, ñāṇameva hettha, ānanda, tathāgatassa. Natthi imasmiṁ bhikkhusaṅghe ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā.“You, Ānanda, speak out of confidence, while there is knowledge in the Tathāgata that there is not even a single monk in this Saṅgha of monks who has any doubt or perplexity concerning the Buddha, Dhamma, or Saṅgha, the path or the practice.
Imesañhi, ānanda, pañcannaṁ bhikkhusatānaṁ yo pacchimako bhikkhu, so sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo”ti.
sambodhiparāyaṇoti atha kho → sambodhiparāyanoti athakho (sya-all) | sambodhiparāyaṇoti → sambodhiparāyano ti (pts)Of these 500 monks, the most backward is a stream-winner, never again destined for the lower realms, certain, headed for self-awakening.”
Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:Then the Blessed One addressed the monks, “handa dāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo,“Now, then, monks, I exhort you: vayadhammā saṅkhārā appamādena sampādethā”ti.All fabrications are subject to ending & decay. Reach consummation through heedfulness.”
Ayaṁ tathāgatassa pacchimā vācā.
vācā → vācā bhagavato parinibbānaṁ (bj) | vācā → sabbatthikavādīnaṁ, masahāparinibbānasutte, evaṁ, dissate:
atha bhagavānuttarāsaṁgataඃ suvarṇavarṇaṁ bāhuṁ nissārya tān bhikṣunavocat: tathāgatasya darśanaṁ loke kadācideva bhavati yathā udumbarapuṣpaṁ kadācideva prādurbhavati aruṇavarṇa- bāhuṁ nissāyya buddhaඃ prādukarot adbhūtaṁ nimittama āgantukā saṁskārāඃ anityā utpadya vinaśyanti mā pramādethāඃ iti tasmād bhikṣavaඃ apramādena sampādayata. nāhaṁ prāmadam tena samyaksambuddhaඃ asaṁkhyeyaguṇo jātaඃ. vyayadharmāඃ saṁskārāඃ apramādena sampādethāඃ iyasmati tathāgatasya paścimā vāk (bj note)That was the Tathāgata’s last statement.
36. Parinibbutakathā
Atha kho bhagavā paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji, paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji, catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samāpajji, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samāpajji, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samāpajji, ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samāpajji, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajji.
paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ → paṭhamajjhānaṁ (sya-all, pts) | dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ → dutiyajjhānaṁ (sya-all, pts) | tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ → tatiyajjhānaṁ (sya-all, pts) | catutthaṁ jhānaṁ → catutthajjhānaṁ (sya-all, pts) | samāpajji → Comp. Ang. iv. 410-448 on these 9 anupubba-vihāras. (pts note)Then the Blessed One entered the first jhāna. Emerging from that he entered the second jhāna. Emerging from that, he entered the third… the fourth jhāna… the dimension of the infinitude of space… the dimension of the infinitude of consciousness… the dimension of nothingness… the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. Emerging from that, he entered the cessation of perception & feeling.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca:Then Ven. Ānanda said to Ven. Anuruddha,
“parinibbuto, bhante anuruddha, bhagavā”ti.
bhagavāti nāvuso → bhagavā ti na āvuso (pts)“Ven. Anuruddha,50 the Blessed One is totally unbound.”
“Nāvuso ānanda, bhagavā parinibbuto, saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpanno”ti.
nāvuso → na āvuso (bj)“No, friend Ānanda. The Blessed One isn’t totally unbound. He has entered the cessation of perception & feeling.”
Atha kho bhagavā saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samāpajji, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ samāpajji, ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samāpajji, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samāpajji, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji, catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji, paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṁ jhānaṁ samāpajji, catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā samanantarā bhagavā parinibbāyi.
catutthajjhānā → catutthā jhānā (sya-all) | tatiyajjhānā → tatiyā jhānā (sya-all) | dutiyajjhānā → dutiyā jhānā (sya-all) | paṭhamajjhānā → paṭhamā jhānā (sya-all) | saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā → saññāvedayitanirodhasampattiyā (pts) | catutthaṁ jhānaṁ → catutthajjhānaṁ (pts) | tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ → tatiyajjhānaṁ (pts) | dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ → dutiyajjhānaṁ (pts) | paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ → paṭhamajjhānaṁ (pts)Then the Blessed One, emerging from the cessation of perception & feeling, entered the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. Emerging from that, he entered the dimension of nothingness… the dimension of the infinitude of consciousness… the dimension of the infinitude of space… the fourth jhāna… the third… the second… the first jhāna. Emerging from the first jhāna he entered the second… the third… the fourth jhāna. Emerging from the fourth jhāna, he immediately totally unbound.
Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṁsanako salomahaṁso. Devadundubhiyo ca phaliṁsu.
salomahaṁso devadundubhiyo → lomahaṁso devadundabhiyo (sya-all) | salomahaṁso → lomahaṁso (pts)When the Blessed One totally unbound, simultaneously with the total unbinding, there was a great earthquake, awesome & hair-raising, and rolls of the deva-drums split (the air).
Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā brahmāsahampati imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:When the Blessed One totally unbound, simultaneously with the total unbinding, Sahampati Brahmā uttered this verse:
“Sabbeva nikkhipissanti, bhūtā loke samussayaṁ;
va → Scdt om. va. (pts note) samussayaṁ → cakkhumā loke antarahito ti (bj: machasaṁ)All beings—all—in the world, will cast off the bodily heap Yattha etādiso satthā, loke appaṭipuggalo;
yattha → yathā (bj, pts)in the world where a Teacher like this without peer in the world Tathāgato balappatto, sambuddho parinibbuto”ti.the Tathāgata, with strength attained, the Rightly Self-Awakened One, has totally unbound.
Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā sakko devānamindo imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:When the Blessed One totally unbound, simultaneously with the total unbinding, Sakka, the deva-king, uttered this verse:
“Aniccā vata saṅkhārā, uppādavayadhammino;How inconstant are fabrications! their nature: to arise & pass away. Uppajjitvā nirujjhanti, tesaṁ vūpasamo sukho”ti.
vūpasamo sukhoti → vupasamo sukho ti (pts)They disband as they are arising. their total stilling is bliss.
Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā anuruddho imā gāthāyo abhāsi:When the Blessed One totally unbound, simultaneously with the total unbinding, Ven. Anuruddha uttered this verse:
“Nāhu assāsapassāso, ṭhitacittassa tādino;He had no in-&-out breathing, the firm-minded one, the one who was Such, Anejo santimārabbha, yaṁ kālamakarī muni.
kālamakarī muni → kālam akarī munī (pts)imperturbable & intent on peace: the sage completing his span.Asallīnena cittena, vedanaṁ ajjhavāsayi;
ajjhavāsayi → ajjhavāsayī (bj) | vedanaṁ → Sd vedhanaṁ. (pts note)With heart unbowed he endured the pain. Pajjotasseva nibbānaṁ, vimokkho cetaso ahū”ti.
ahū”ti → asaṁlīnena kāyena vedanāmadhivāsayan pradyotasyeva vīmokṣastasya cetasaඃ (bj: madhyamikāvānti) | ahūti → Thera-Gathā 905, 6. (pts note)Like a flame’s unbinding was the liberation of awareness.
Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā ānando imaṁ gāthaṁ abhāsi:When the Blessed One totally unbound, simultaneously with the total unbinding, Ven. Ānanda uttered this verse:
“Tadāsi yaṁ bhiṁsanakaṁ, tadāsi lomahaṁsanaṁ;It was awe-inspiring. it was hair-raising Sabbākāravarūpete, sambuddhe parinibbute”ti.
ti → Thera-Gathā 1046. (pts note)when, displaying the foremost accomplishment in all things, the Rightly Self-Awakened One totally unbound.
Parinibbute bhagavati ye te tattha bhikkhū avītarāgā appekacce bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti, “atikhippaṁ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṁ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṁ cakkhuṁ loke antarahito”ti.
papatanti → patanti (bj) | antarahitoti → antarahitanti (bj, pts) | te tattha → tettha (sya-all) | chinnapātaṁ → chinnapādaṁ viya (sya-all); chinnapapātaṁ (pts) | cakkhuṁ → cakkhumā (sya-all) | tettha → tattha ye te (sya-all: sī.) | chinna-papātaṁ → K chinnapātaṁ viya. (pts note) | āvaṭṭanti → Sdt āvaṭṭanti, here and onwards, in 5.12 -enti; Sc -enti. (pts note) | vivaṭṭanti → Sdt vivaṭṭanti, here and onwards. Sc -enti (Sd enti corrected to anti). (pts note)When the Blessed One totally unbound, simultaneously with the total unbinding, some of the monks present who were not without passion wept, uplifting their arms. As if their feet were cut out from under them, they fell down and rolled back & forth, crying, “All too soon has the Blessed One totally unbound! All too soon has the One Well-Gone totally unbound! All too soon has the One with Eyes disappeared from the world!”
Ye pana te bhikkhū vītarāgā, te satā sampajānā adhivāsenti:But those monks who were free from passion acquiesced, mindful & alert:
“aniccā saṅkhārā, taṁ kutettha labbhā”ti.
aniccā → aniccā vata (sya-all)“Inconstant are fabrications. What else is there to expect?”
Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho bhikkhū āmantesi:Then Ven. Anuruddha addressed the monks,
“alaṁ, āvuso, mā socittha mā paridevittha.“Enough, friends. Don’t grieve. Don’t lament.
Nanu etaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṁ:
paṭikacceva → paṭigacceva (bj, pts)Hasn’t the Blessed One already taught
‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’.the state of growing different with regard to all things dear & appealing, the state of becoming separate, the state of becoming otherwise?
Taṁ kutettha, āvuso, labbhā. ‘Yaṁ taṁ jātaṁ bhūtaṁ saṅkhataṁ palokadhammaṁ, taṁ vata mā palujjī’ti, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.What else is there to expect?52 It’s impossible that one could forbid anything born, existent, fabricated, & subject to disintegration from disintegrating.
Devatā, āvuso, ujjhāyantī”ti.
ujjhāyantīti → St vijjhāyantīti. 2 See 5. 12. (pts note)The devatās, friends, are complaining.”
“Kathaṁbhūtā pana, bhante, āyasmā anuruddho devatā manasi karotī”ti?
bhante, āyasmā anuruddho devatā manasi karotī”ti → bhante anuruddha devatā manasi karoti (bj); bhante anuruddha devatā manasikarontīti (sya-all, km, mr) | āyasmā anuruddho → anuruddha (bj, sya-all) | karotīti → karoti (bj) | manasi karotīti → manasikarontīti (sya-all) | karotī’’ti → bhante anuruddha devatā manasi karontīti (cck: syā. ka.)[Ven. Ānanda:] “But, Ven. Anuruddha, what is the state of the devatās you are paying attention to?”
“Santāvuso ānanda, devatā ākāse pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti:
pathavīsaññiniyo → paṭhavisaññiniyo (bj, pts); paṭhavīsaññiniyo (sya-all) | papatanti → patanti (bj) | chinnapātaṁ → chinnapādaṁ viya (sya-all); chinnapapātaṁ (pts)“Friend Ānanda, there are devatās who perceive space to be earth. Tearing at their hair, they are weeping. Uplifting their arms, they are weeping. As if their feet were cut out from under them, they fall down and roll back & forth, crying,
‘atikhippaṁ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṁ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṁ cakkhuṁ loke antarahito’ti.
antarahitoti → antarahitanti (bj) | cakkhuṁ → cakkhumā (sya-all)‘All too soon has the Blessed One totally unbound! All too soon has the One Well-Gone totally unbound! All too soon, has the One with Eyes disappeared from the world!’
Santāvuso ānanda, devatā pathaviyā pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti:
pathaviyā pathavīsaññiniyo → paṭhaviyā paṭhavisaññiniyo (bj, pts); paṭhaviyā paṭhavīsaññiniyo (sya-all) | chinnapātaṁ → chinnapapātaṁ (pts) | chinna-papātaṁ → K pātaṁ viya. (pts note)Then there are devatās who perceive earth to be earth. Tearing at their hair, they are weeping. Uplifting their arms, they are weeping. As if their feet were cut out from under them, they fall down and roll back & forth, crying,
‘atikhippaṁ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṁ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṁ cakkhuṁ loke antarahito’ti.
antarahitoti → antarahitan ti (pts)‘All too soon has the Blessed One totally unbound! All too soon has the One Well-Gone totally unbound! All too soon has the One with Eyes disappeared from the world!’
Yā pana tā devatā vītarāgā, tā satā sampajānā adhivāsenti:
tā → (sya-all, pts)But those devatās who are free from passion acquiesce, mindful & alert:
‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṁ kutettha labbhā’”ti.‘Inconstant are fabrications. What else is there to expect?’”
Atha kho āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca ānando taṁ rattāvasesaṁ dhammiyā kathāya vītināmesuṁ.Then Ven. Anuruddha & Ven. Ānanda spent the remainder of the night in Dhamma talk.
Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi:Then Ven. Anuruddha said to Ven. Ānanda,
“gacchāvuso ānanda, kusināraṁ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ ārocehi:
kusināraṁ → kusināraṁ kusināraṁ (bj) | gacchāvuso → gaccha āvuso (sya-all)“Go, friend Ānanda. Entering Kusinārā, announce to the Kusinārā Mallans,
‘parinibbuto, vāseṭṭhā, bhagavā,
vāseṭṭhā → vāsiṭṭhā (bj, sya-all)‘The Blessed One, Vāsiṭṭhas, has totally unbound.
yassadāni kālaṁ maññathā’”ti.Now is the time for you to do as you see fit.’”
“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando āyasmato anuruddhassa paṭissutvā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya attadutiyo kusināraṁ pāvisi.
pattacīvaramādāya attadutiyo → pattacīvaraṁ ādāya adutiyo (sya-all) | ānando → ānanda (pts)Responding, “As you say, sir,” to Ven. Anuruddha, Ven. Ānanda in the early morning adjusted his lower robe and—taking his bowl & outer robe—went unaccompanied into Kusinārā.
Tena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre sannipatitā honti teneva karaṇīyena.
sandhāgāre → santhāgāre (bj, pts); saṇṭhāgāre (sya-all) | teneva → kena (sya-all) | kena → teneva (sya-all: sī.)Now at that time the Kusinārā Mallans had met for some business in their reception hall.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ sandhāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ ārocesi:
sandhāgāraṁ → santhāgāraṁ (bj); saṇṭhāgāraṁ (sya-all) | sandhāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkami → santhāgāraṁ ten upasaṁkami (pts)Ven. Ānanda went to the reception hall and on arrival announced to them,
“parinibbuto, vāseṭṭhā, bhagavā,
vāseṭṭhā → vāsiṭṭhā (bj, sya-all)“The Blessed One, Vāsiṭṭhas, has totally unbound.
yassadāni kālaṁ maññathā”ti.Now is the time for you to do as you see fit.”
Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṁ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti:
papatanti → patanti (bj) | vacanaṁ → (sya-all, pts) | chinnapātaṁ → chinnapādaṁ viya (sya-all); chinnapapātam (pts) | Malla-suṇisā → Scdt suni-. (pts note) | chinna-papātam → K pātaṁ viya. See v. 21. (pts note)When they heard Ven. Ānanda, the Mallans together with their sons, daughters, & wives were shocked, saddened, their minds overflowing with sorrow. Some of them wept, tearing at their hair; they wept, uplifting their arms. As if their feet were cut out from under them, they fell down and rolled back & forth, crying,
“atikhippaṁ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṁ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṁ cakkhuṁ loke antarahito”ti.
antarahitoti → antarahinti (bj); antarahitan ti (pts) | cakkhuṁ → cakkhumā (sya-all)”All too soon has the Blessed One totally unbound! All too soon has the One Well-Gone totally unbound! All too soon has the One with Eyes disappeared from the world!”
37. Buddhasarīrapūjā
Atha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṁ:
āṇāpesuṁ → Sdt ānā-. (pts note)Then the Kusinārā Mallans ordered their men,
“tena hi, bhaṇe, kusinārāyaṁ gandhamālañca sabbañca tāḷāvacaraṁ sannipātethā”ti.
tāḷāvacaraṁ → Sct tal-. (pts note)“In that case, I say, gather scents, garlands, & all the musical instruments in Kusinārā!”
Atha kho kosinārakā mallā gandhamālañca sabbañca tāḷāvacaraṁ pañca ca dussayugasatāni ādāya yena upavattanaṁ mallānaṁ sālavanaṁ, yena bhagavato sarīraṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato sarīraṁ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā ekadivasaṁ vītināmesuṁ.
garuṁ karontā → garukarontā (bj, sya-all, pts) | ca → (sya-all) | maṇḍalamāḷe → maṇḍalamālāni (sya-all, pts) | ekadivasaṁ → evaṁ taṁ divasaṁ (sya-all, pts) | tāḷāvacaraṁ → Scdt tāl-. (pts note) | Upavattanaṁ → Scdt -tān-. (pts note)Then, taking scents, garlands, & all the musical instruments in Kusinārā, along with 500 pairs of cloth, the Kusinārā Mallans went to the Blessed One’s body in Upavattana, the Mallans’ Sal Forest near Kusinārā. On arrival, they spent the entire day in worshipping, honoring, respecting, & venerating the Blessed One’s body with dances, songs, music, garlands, & scents, in making cloth canopies and arranging floral wreaths.
Atha kho kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ etadahosi:Then the thought occurred to them,
“ativikālo kho ajja bhagavato sarīraṁ jhāpetuṁ, sve dāni mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ jhāpessāmā”ti.“It’s too late today to cremate the Blessed One’s body. We’ll cremate the Blessed One’s body tomorrow.”
Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṁ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā dutiyampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ, tatiyampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ, catutthampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ, pañcamampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ, chaṭṭhampi divasaṁ vītināmesuṁ.
garuṁ karontā → garukarontā (bj, sya-all, pts) | maṇḍalamāḷe → maṇḍalamālāni (sya-all, pts)And so they spent the second day, the third day, the fourth day, the fifth day, the sixth day in worshipping, honoring, respecting, & venerating the Blessed One’s body with dances, songs, music, garlands, & scents, in making cloth canopies and arranging floral wreaths.
Atha kho sattamaṁ divasaṁ kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ etadahosi:
atha kho sattamaṁ → athakho sattamampi (sya-all)Then on the seventh day the thought occurred to them,
“mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṁ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṁ dakkhiṇato nagarassa bhagavato sarīraṁ jhāpessāmā”ti.
garuṁ karontā → garukarontā (bj, sya-all, pts)“Worshipping, honoring, respecting, & venerating the Blessed One’s body with dances, songs, music, garlands, & scents, let’s carry it to the south, around the outside of the town, and cremate it to the south of the town.”
Tena kho pana samayena aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṁnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā:
sīsaṁnhātā → sīsaṁ nahātā (bj, pts) | mallapāmokkhā sīsaṁnhātā → mallā pāmokkhā sīsanhātā (sya-all) | sīsanhātā → sīsaṁ nahātā (sya-all: sī.) | nahātā → Sd nhāta; K sīsanhātā (and so below, but in 21 adds sīsaṁ in a note). (pts note)Then eight leading Mallans, having bathed their heads and wearing new linen cloth, thinking,
“mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ uccāressāmā”ti na sakkonti uccāretuṁ.“We’ll lift up the Blessed One’s body,” were unable to lift it.
Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavocuṁ:So the Kusinārā Mallans asked Ven. Anuruddha,
“ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṁnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā:
sīsaṁnhātā → sīsaṁ nahātā (bj, pts) | mallapāmokkhā sīsaṁnhātā → mallā pāmokkhā sīsanhātā (sya-all) | anuruddha → (pts) | yenime → yena me (pts) | me → K yen'; ime, and so at 21. (pts note)“What is the reason, Ven. Anuruddha, what is the cause, why these eight leading Mallans, having bathed their heads and wearing new linen cloth, thinking,
‘mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ uccāressāmā’ti na sakkonti uccāretun”ti?‘We’ll lift up the Blessed One’s body,’ are unable to lift it?”
“Aññathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, tumhākaṁ adhippāyo, aññathā devatānaṁ adhippāyo”ti.
vāseṭṭhā → vāsiṭṭhā (bj, sya-all)“Your intention, Vāsiṭṭhas, is one thing. The devas’ intention is another.”
“Kathaṁ pana, bhante, devatānaṁ adhippāyo”ti?“But what, Ven. Anuruddha, is the devas’ intention?”
“Tumhākaṁ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo:
vāseṭṭhā → vāsiṭṭhā (bj, sya-all)“Your intention, Vāsiṭṭhas, is,
‘mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṁ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṁ dakkhiṇato nagarassa bhagavato sarīraṁ jhāpessāmā’ti;
garuṁ karontā → garukarontā (bj, sya-all, pts)‘Worshipping, honoring, respecting, & venerating the Blessed One’s body with dances, songs, music, garlands, & scents, let’s carry it to the south, around the outside of the town, and cremate it to the south of the town.’
devatānaṁ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo:
vāseṭṭhā → vāsiṭṭhā (bj, sya-all)The devas’ intention is,
‘mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ dibbehi naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṁ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṁ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṁ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṁ nāma mallānaṁ cetiyaṁ ettha bhagavato sarīraṁ jhāpessāmā’”ti.
garuṁ karontā → garukarontā (bj, sya-all, pts) | nikkhamitvā → nikkhāmetvā (bj) | mālehi → (cck) | pavesetvā → pavisitvā (sya-all)‘Worshipping, honoring, respecting, & venerating the Blessed One’s body with heavenly dances, songs, music, garlands, & scents, lets carry it to the north of the town, enter the town through the north gate, carry it through the middle of the town and out the east gate to the Mallans’ shrine called Makuṭa-bandhana, to cremate it there.’”
“Yathā, bhante, devatānaṁ adhippāyo, tathā hotū”ti.“Then let it be, venerable sir, in line with the devas’ intention.”
Tena kho pana samayena kusinārā yāva sandhisamalasaṅkaṭīrā jaṇṇumattena odhinā mandāravapupphehi santhatā hoti.
santhatā → saṇṭhitā (sya-all, km) | kusinārā → kosinārā (sya-all) | sandhisamalasaṅkaṭīrā jaṇṇumattena → sandhisamalasakaṭirā jannumattena (sya-all) | jaṇṇumattena → jannumattena (pts) | santhatā → saṇṭhitā (cck: syā.) | sandhisamala-saṅkaṭīrā → K sakaṭirā. (pts note)Now on that occasion Kusinārā—even to its rubbish heaps & cesspools—was strewn knee-deep in coral-tree flowers.
Atha kho devatā ca kosinārakā ca mallā bhagavato sarīraṁ dibbehi ca mānusakehi ca naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṁ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṁ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṁ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṁ nāma mallānaṁ cetiyaṁ ettha ca bhagavato sarīraṁ nikkhipiṁsu.
garuṁ karontā → garukarontā (bj, sya-all, pts) | ettha ca → tattha (bj) | atha kho devatā → athakho devā (sya-all) | pavesetvā → pavisitvā (sya-all) | ca → (sya-all, pts) | cetiyaṁ → uttarena dvārena nagarāt niṣkramya nadiṁ hiraṇyavatīṁ upasaṅkramya mukuṭabandhane caitye (bj: sabbatthivāditaṁ mahāparinibbāṇasutta)So the devas & the Kusinārā Mallans, worshipping, honoring, respecting, & venerating the Blessed One’s body with heavenly & human dances, songs, music, garlands, & scents, carried it to the north of the town, entered the town through the north gate, carried it through the middle of the town and out the east gate to the Mallans’ shrine called Makuṭa-bandhana. There they set it down.
Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etadavocuṁ:Then the Kusinārā Mallans said to Ven. Ānanda, “kathaṁ mayaṁ, bhante ānanda, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjāmā”ti?“Venerable sir, what course should we follow with regard to the Tathāgata’s body?”
“Yathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṁ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabban”ti.
vāseṭṭhā → vāsiṭṭhā (bj, sya-all)“The course they follow with regard to a wheel-turning monarch’s body, Vāsiṭṭhas, is the course that should be followed with regard to the Tathāgata’s body.”
“Kathaṁ pana, bhante ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjantī”ti?“And what, venerable sir, is the course they follow with regard to a wheel-turning monarch’s body?”
“Rañño, vāseṭṭhā, cakkavattissa sarīraṁ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhenti.
vāseṭṭhā → vāsiṭṭhā (sya-all)“Vāsiṭṭhas, they wrap the wheel-turning monarch’s body in new linen cloth. Having wrapped it in new linen cloth, they wrap it in teased cotton-wool. Having wrapped it in teased cotton-wool, they wrap it in new linen cloth.
Etena upāyena pañcahi yugasatehi rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṁ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṁ citakaṁ karitvā rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṁ jhāpenti.
āyasāya → ayasāya (sya-all, pts)Having done this five hundred times, they place the body in an iron oil-vat, cover it with an iron lid, make a pyre composed totally of perfumed substances, and cremate the body.
Cātumahāpathe rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṁ karonti.Then they build a burial mound for the wheel-turning monarch at a great four-way intersection.
Evaṁ kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti.
vāseṭṭhā → vāsiṭṭhā (bj, sya-all)That is the course that they follow with regard to the wheel-turning monarch’s body.
Yathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṁ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabbaṁ.
vāseṭṭhā → vāsiṭṭhā (bj, sya-all)The course they follow with regard to a wheel-turning monarch’s body, Vāsiṭṭhas, is the course that should be followed with regard to the Tathāgata’s body.
Cātumahāpathe tathāgatassa thūpo kātabbo.
kātabbo → kāretabbo (sya-all)A burial mound for the Tathāgata is to be built at a great, four-way intersection.
Tattha ye mālaṁ vā gandhaṁ vā cuṇṇakaṁ vā āropessanti vā abhivādessanti vā cittaṁ vā pasādessanti, tesaṁ taṁ bhavissati dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāyā”ti.
cuṇṇakaṁ → vaṇṇakaṁ (pts) | vā → (pts) | vaṇṇakaṁ → Sc vaṇṇaṁ; K cuṇṇakaṁ. See 5. 11. (pts note) | āropessanti → K adds vā. (pts note)And those who offer a garland, a scent, or a perfume powder there, or bow down there, or brighten their minds there:
Atha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṁ:that will be for their long-term welfare & happiness.”
“tena hi, bhaṇe, mallānaṁ vihataṁ kappāsaṁ sannipātethā”ti.
vihataṁ kappāsaṁ → vihatakappāsaṁ (sya-all)So the Kusinārā Mallans ordered their men, “In that case, I say, gather the Mallans’ teased cotton-wool.”
Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṁ ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhesuṁ, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhesuṁ.
vatthena → vatthena veṭhesuṁ ahatena vatthena (bj, pts) | sarīraṁ → sarīraṁ ahatena vatthena veṭhesuṁ (sya-all)Then they wrapped the Blessed One’s body in new linen cloth. Having wrapped it in new linen cloth, they wrapped it in teased cotton-wool. Having wrapped it in teased cotton-wool, they wrapped it in new linen cloth.
Etena upāyena pañcahi yugasatehi bhagavato sarīraṁ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṁ citakaṁ karitvā bhagavato sarīraṁ citakaṁ āropesuṁ.
paṭikujjitvā → paṭikujjetvā (bj) | āropesuṁ → āropesuṁ mahākassapāgamanaṁ (bj) | āyasāya → ayasāya (sya-all, pts) | pakkhipitvā → suvarṇadroṇyāṁ nidhāya tailena pūrayitvā tāṁ suvarṇadroṇiṁ utthāpya dvatīyasyāṁ mahādroṇyāṁ prakṣipya (bj: sabbatthivāditaṁ mahāparinibbānasutte)Having done this five hundred times, they placed the body in an iron oil-vat, covered it with an iron lid, made a pyre composed totally of perfumed substances, and set the body on the pyre.
38. Mahākassapattheravatthu
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākassapo pāvāya kusināraṁ addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi.Now on that occasion Ven. Mahā Kassapa was traveling on the highway from Pāvā to Kusinārā with a large Saṅgha of monks, approximately 500 monks in all.
Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle nisīdi.
aññatarasmiṁ → aññataramhi (sya-all) | okkamma → Scdt uk-. (pts note)Leaving the road, he sat down at the root of a tree.
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro ājīvako kusinārāya mandāravapupphaṁ gahetvā pāvaṁ addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti.
kusinārāya → kusinārāyaṁ (sya-all) | ājīvako → atha khalu mārge, nyataro nirgrantha śrāvakaඃ mandāra puṣpaṁādāya (bj: sabbatthi vādīna mahāparinibbānasutte)Meanwhile, a certain Ājīvakan ascetic, carrying a coral-tree flower from Kusinārā, was traveling on the highway to Pāvā.
Addasā kho āyasmā mahākassapo taṁ ājīvakaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ, disvā taṁ ājīvakaṁ etadavoca:
taṁ → (pts) | Mahā-Kassapo → K inserts taṁ. (pts note)Ven. Mahā Kassapa saw the Ājīvakan ascetic coming from afar, and on seeing him said to him,
“apāvuso, amhākaṁ satthāraṁ jānāsī”ti?“Do you know our teacher, friend?”
“Āmāvuso, jānāmi, ajja sattāhaparinibbuto samaṇo gotamo.
āmāvuso → āma āvuso (bj, pts) | sattāhaparinibbuto → sattāhaṁ parinibbuto (sya-all)“Yes, friend, I know him. Seven days ago Gotama the contemplative totally unbound.
Tato me idaṁ mandāravapupphaṁ gahitan”ti.That’s how I got this coral-tree flower.”
Tattha ye te bhikkhū avītarāgā appekacce bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṁ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti:
papatanti → patanti (bj) | chinnapātaṁ → chinnapādaṁ viya (sya-all); chinnapapātaṁ (pts) | chinna-papātaṁ → K (as before) pātaṁ viya. (pts note)With that, some of the monks present who were not without passion wept, uplifting their arms. As if their feet were cut out from under them, they fell down and rolled back & forth, crying,
“atikhippaṁ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṁ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṁ cakkhuṁ loke antarahito”ti.
antarahitoti → antarahitanti (bj, pts) | cakkhuṁ → cakkhumā (sya-all) | loke → cakkhumā loke antarahito (machasaṁ, lokecakṣurantarhitam (sabbatthivādīnaṁ mahāparinibbānasutte)) (bj note)“All too soon has the Blessed One totally unbound! All too soon has the One Well-Gone totally unbound! All too soon has the One with Eyes disappeared from the world!”
Ye pana te bhikkhū vītarāgā, te satā sampajānā adhivāsenti:But those monks who were free from passion acquiesced, mindful & alert:
“aniccā saṅkhārā, taṁ kutettha labbhā”ti.“Inconstant are fabrications. What else is there to expect?”
Tena kho pana samayena subhaddo nāma vuddhapabbajito tassaṁ parisāyaṁ nisinno hoti.
vuddhapabbajito → buḍḍhapabbajito (bj, pts); vuḍḍhapabbajito (sya-all) | buḍḍhapabbajito → buddhapabbajito (bj: machasaṁ)Now at that time a monk named Subhadda,54 who had gone forth when old, was sitting among the group.
Atha kho subhaddo vuddhapabbajito te bhikkhū etadavoca:
vuddhapabbajito → buḍḍhapabbajito (bj, pts); vuḍḍhapabbajito (sya-all)He said to the monks,
“alaṁ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha, sumuttā mayaṁ tena mahāsamaṇena. Upaddutā ca homa:
upaddutā → upaddūtā (sya-all)“Enough, friends. Don’t grieve. Don’t lament. We’re well rid of the Great Contemplative. We’ve been harassed by (his saying,)
‘idaṁ vo kappati, idaṁ vo na kappatī’ti.
vo → te (sya-all) | te → votipi pāṭho (sya-all note) | vo → K (text) te; (note) vo. (pts note)‘This is allowable. This is not allowable.’
Idāni pana mayaṁ yaṁ icchissāma, taṁ karissāma, yaṁ na icchissāma, na taṁ karissāmā”ti.
na → Sct na taṁ. (pts note)But now we will do what we want to do, and not do what we don’t want to do.”
Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū āmantesi:
atha kho āyasmā → athakho (sya-all)Then Ven. Mahā Kassapa addressed the monks,
“alaṁ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha.“Enough, friends. Don’t grieve. Don’t lament.
Nanu etaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṁ:
paṭikacceva → paṭigacce va (bj, pts) | nanu etaṁ → na nu evaṁ (sya-all)Hasn’t the Blessed One already taught the state of growing different with regard to all things dear & appealing,
‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’.the state of becoming separate, the state of becoming otherwise?
Taṁ kutettha, āvuso, labbhā. ‘Yaṁ taṁ jātaṁ bhūtaṁ saṅkhataṁ palokadhammaṁ, taṁ tathāgatassāpi sarīraṁ mā palujjī’ti, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjatī”ti.
tathāgatassāpi sarīraṁ → vata (sya-all, pts)What else is there to expect? It’s impossible that one could forbid anything born, existent, fabricated, & subject to disintegration from disintegrating.”
Tena kho pana samayena cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṁnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā:
sīsaṁnhātā → sīsanhātā (sya-all); sīsaṁ nahātā (pts) | sīsanhātā → sīsaṁ nahātā (sya-all: sī. yu.) | nahātā → K sīsanhātā (and below); K Sī sīsaṁ nah-. See pp.160, 172. (pts note)Then four leading Mallans, having bathed their heads and wearing new linen cloth, thinking,
“mayaṁ bhagavato citakaṁ āḷimpessāmā”ti na sakkonti āḷimpetuṁ.
āḷimpessāmāti → ālimpessāmāti (bj, pts) | āḷimpetuṁ → ālimpetuṁ (bj, pts)“We’ll ignite the Blessed One’s pyre,” were unable to ignite it.
Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavocuṁ:So the Kusinārā Mallans asked Ven. Anuruddha,
“ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṁnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā:
sīsaṁnhātā → sīsanhātā (sya-all); sīsaṁ nahātā (pts) | yenime → yena me (pts) | me → K yen'; ime as at 14. (pts note) | vatthāni → -3 Ch. ahatena vatthena. (pts note)“What is the reason, Ven. Anuruddha, what is the cause, why these four leading Mallans, having bathed their heads and wearing new linen cloth, thinking,
‘mayaṁ bhagavato citakaṁ āḷimpessāmā’ti na sakkonti āḷimpetun”ti?
āḷimpessāmāti → ālimpessāmāti (bj, pts) | āḷimpetunti → ālimpetunti (bj, pts)‘We’ll ignite the Blessed One’s pyre,’ are unable to ignite it?”
“Aññathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, devatānaṁ adhippāyo”ti.
vāseṭṭhā → vāsiṭṭhā (bj, sya-all)“Your intention, Vāsiṭṭhas, is one thing. The devas’ intention is another.”
“Kathaṁ pana, bhante, devatānaṁ adhippāyo”ti?“But what, Ven. Anuruddha, is the devas’ intention?”
“Devatānaṁ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo:
vāseṭṭhā → vāsiṭṭhā (bj, sya-all)“The devas’ intention, Vāsiṭṭhas, is,
‘ayaṁ āyasmā mahākassapo pāvāya kusināraṁ addhānamaggappaṭipanno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi.‘This Ven. Mahā Kassapa is traveling on the highway from Pāvā to Kusinārā with a large Saṅgha of monks, approximately 500 monks in all.
Na tāva bhagavato citako pajjalissati, yāvāyasmā mahākassapo bhagavato pāde sirasā na vandissatī’”ti.
sirasā na → sahatthā (sya-all) | vandissatīti → -4 Sdt pāde na sahatthā vandissatīti; so Sc K, omitting the na. (pts note)The Blessed One’s pyre will not catch fire until Ven. Mahā Kassapa has worshipped the Blessed One’s feet with his bathed head.’”
“Yathā, bhante, devatānaṁ adhippāyo, tathā hotū”ti.“Then let it be, venerable sir, in line with the devas’ intention.”
Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo yena kusinārā makuṭabandhanaṁ nāma mallānaṁ cetiyaṁ, yena bhagavato citako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekaṁsaṁ cīvaraṁ katvā añjaliṁ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṁ citakaṁ padakkhiṇaṁ katvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandi.
katvā → katvā pādato vivaritvā (bj, sya-all, pts) | kusinārā → kusinārāyaṁ (sya-all) | nāma → (sya-all, pts) | Makuṭa-bandhanaṁ → K Kusinārāyaṁ Mak-. (pts note)So Ven. Mahā Kassapa went to the Blessed One’s pyre at Makuṭa-bandhana, the Mallans’ memorial near Kusinārā. On arrival, arranging his robe over one shoulder, he placed his hands palm-to-palm over his heart, circumambulated the pyre three times, uncovered the Blessed One’s feet, and worshipped them with his head.
Tānipi kho pañcabhikkhusatāni ekaṁsaṁ cīvaraṁ katvā añjaliṁ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṁ citakaṁ padakkhiṇaṁ katvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandiṁsu.
citakaṁ → (sya-all)And the 500 monks, arranging their robes over one shoulder, placed their hands palm-to-palm over their hearts, circumambulated the pyre three times, and worshipped the Blessed One’s feet with their heads.
Vandite ca panāyasmatā mahākassapena tehi ca pañcahi bhikkhusatehi sayameva bhagavato citako pajjali.
vandite → vanditesu (bj) | ca → pi (bj); (sya-all) | vanditesu → vandite ca (bj: machasaṁ, PTS)As soon as it had been worshipped by Ven. Mahā Kassapa and the 500 monks, the Blessed One’s pyre caught fire of its own accord.
Jhāyamānassa kho pana bhagavato sarīrassa yaṁ ahosi chavīti vā cammanti vā maṁsanti vā nhārūti vā lasikāti vā, tassa neva chārikā paññāyittha, na masi;
nhārūti → nahāru ti (bj); nahārūti (pts) | kho → (pts) | Jhāyamānassa → K inserts kho. Comp. udāna viii. 9. (pts note)In the burning of the Blessed One’s body, no cinder or ash of the outer skin, inner skin, flesh, tendons, or oil of the joints could be discerned.
sarīrāneva avasissiṁsu.
sarīrāneva → sārīrāneva (bj)Only the bone-relics remained.
Seyyathāpi nāma sappissa vā telassa vā jhāyamānassa neva chārikā paññāyati, na masi;Just as in the burning of ghee or oil, no cinder or ash can be discerned;
evameva bhagavato sarīrassa jhāyamānassa yaṁ ahosi chavīti vā cammanti vā maṁsanti vā nhārūti vā lasikāti vā, tassa neva chārikā paññāyittha, na masi;
nhārūti → nahārūti (bj, pts) | eva → SS evaṁ. (pts note)in the same way, in the burning of the Blessed One’s body, no cinder or ash of the outer skin, inner skin, flesh, tendons, or oil of the joints could be discerned.
sarīrāneva avasissiṁsu.
sarīrāneva → sārīrāneva (bj)Only the bone-relics remained.
Tesañca pañcannaṁ dussayugasatānaṁ dveva dussāni na ḍayhiṁsu yañca sabbaabbhantarimaṁ yañca bāhiraṁ.
dveva dussāni na ḍayhiṁsu → dveva dussāni ḍayhiṁsu (si, sya-all, km, pts1ed) | sabbaabbhantarimaṁ → sabbabbhantarimaṁ (bj) | na → (sya-all, pts) | sabbabbhantarimaṁ → sabbabbhantarimaṁ (bj: machasaṁ); sabbaṁ abbhantarimaṁ (bj: PTS)And of the five hundred twin-wrappings, only two were burnt: the innermost & the outermost.
Daḍḍhe ca kho pana bhagavato sarīre antalikkhā udakadhārā pātubhavitvā bhagavato citakaṁ nibbāpesi.
antalikkhā → antaḷikkhā (bj) | ca → (sya-all, pts)When the Blessed One’s body was consumed, a cascade of water falling from the sky extinguished [nibbāpesi] the Blessed One’s pyre.
Udakasālatopi abbhunnamitvā bhagavato citakaṁ nibbāpesi.
Udakasālatopi → udakaṁ sālatopi (bj, sya-all, km) | udakasālatopi → udakaṁ sālato pi (bj, sya-all) | Udakasālatopi → udakaṁ sālatopi (cck: sī. syā. kaṁ.) | pi → -3 Sct omit udaka-sālato pi; Sd omits down to nibbāpesi (continues Kosin-); K udakaṁ sālato pi; Sum-sālake. (pts note)Water shooting up from a Sal tree as well extinguished the Blessed One’s pyre.
Kosinārakāpi mallā sabbagandhodakena bhagavato citakaṁ nibbāpesuṁ.The Kusinārā Mallans, with all kinds of scented water, extinguished the Blessed One’s pyre.
Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīrāni sattāhaṁ sandhāgāre sattipañjaraṁ karitvā dhanupākāraṁ parikkhipāpetvā naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkariṁsu garuṁ kariṁsu mānesuṁ pūjesuṁ.
sandhāgāre → santhāgāre (bj, pts); saṇṭhāgāre (sya-all) | garuṁ kariṁsu → garukariṁsu (bj, sya-all); parikariṁsu (pts) | pūjesuṁ → pūjesuṁ sārīrikadhātuvibhajanā (bj) | karitvā → katvā (sya-all) | parikkhipāpetvā → parikkhipitvā (sya-all, pts) | parikkhipāpetvā → parikkhipitvā (cck: syā.)Then for seven days the Kusinārā Mallans kept the bone-relics in their reception hall—setting them round with a lattice of spears surrounded by ramparts of bows—worshipping, honoring, respecting, & venerating them with dances, songs, music, garlands, & scents.
39. Sarīradhātuvibhajana
Assosi kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto:Then King Ajātasattu Vedehiputta of Magadha heard,
“bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṁ parinibbuto”ti.“The Blessed One, they say, has totally unbound in Kusinārā.”
Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesi:
kosinārakānaṁ → kosināratānaṁ (bj)So he sent an envoy to the Kusinārā Mallans:
“bhagavāpi khattiyo ahampi khattiyo, ahampi arahāmi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgaṁ, ahampi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca karissāmī”ti.
sarīrānaṁ → sārīrānaṁ (bj)“The Blessed One was a noble warrior. I, too, am a noble warrior. I deserve a share of the Blessed One’s bone-relics. I, too, will build a burial mound and hold a ceremony for them.”
Assosuṁ kho vesālikā licchavī:The Licchavis of Vesālī heard,
“bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṁ parinibbuto”ti.“The Blessed One, they say, has totally unbound in Kusinārā.”
Atha kho vesālikā licchavī kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ:So they sent an envoy to the Kusinārā Mallans:
“bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgaṁ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā”ti.
sarīrānaṁ → sārīrānaṁ (bj) | pi → bhagavāpi (bj: machasaṁ)“The Blessed One was a noble warrior. We, too, are noble warriors. We deserve a share of the Blessed One’s bone-relics. We, too, will build a burial mound and hold a ceremony for them.”
Assosuṁ kho kapilavatthuvāsī sakyā:
kapilavatthuvāsī → kāpilavatthavā (bj, sya-all, pts)The Sakyans of Kapilavatthu heard,
“bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṁ parinibbuto”ti.“The Blessed One, they say, has totally unbound in Kusinārā.”
Atha kho kapilavatthuvāsī sakyā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ:
kapilavatthuvāsī → kāpilavatthavā (bj, pts) | atha kho kapilavatthuvāsī → athakho kāpilavatthavā (sya-all)So they sent an envoy to the Kusinārā Mallans:
“bhagavā amhākaṁ ñātiseṭṭho, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgaṁ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā”ti.
sarīrānaṁ → sārīrānaṁ (bj) | karissāmāti → kārissāmāti (bj)“The Blessed One was the greatest of our relatives. We deserve a share of the Blessed One’s bone-relics. We, too, will build a burial mound and hold a ceremony for them.”
Assosuṁ kho allakappakā bulayo:
bulayo → thūlayo (sya-all, km) | bulayo → thūlayo (cck: syā.) | thūlayo → bulayo (sya-all: sī.) | Allakappakā → Sct adds pi; Sd allakappakapilayo. (pts note) | Bulayo → K Bhūlayo (text), Bulayo (note), and below, 27. (pts note)The Thulayans of Allakappa.…
“bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṁ parinibbuto”ti.
Atha kho allakappakā bulayo kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ:
bulayo kosinārakānaṁ → thūlayo kosanārakānaṁ (sya-all) | pāhesuṁ bhagavāpi → pahesuṁ bhagavā pi (pts)
“bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgaṁ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā”ti.
sarīrānaṁ → sārīrānaṁ (bj)
Assosuṁ kho rāmagāmakā koḷiyā:
koḷiyā → koliyā (bj, pts) | Koliyā → K koḷ- always. (pts note)The Koḷiyans of Rāmagāma heard,
“bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṁ parinibbuto”ti.“The Blessed One, they say, has totally unbound in Kusinārā.”
Atha kho rāmagāmakā koḷiyā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ:
koḷiyā → koliyā (bj, pts)So they sent an envoy to the Kusinārā Mallans:
“bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgaṁ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā”ti.
sarīrānaṁ → sārīrānaṁ (bj)“The Blessed One was a noble warrior. We, too, are noble warriors. We deserve a share of the Blessed One’s bone-relics. We, too, will build a burial mound and hold a ceremony for them.”
Assosi kho veṭṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo:
Veṭhadīpako → K Veṭṭhad-, and below, 27. (pts note)The brahman of Veṭṭha Island heard,
“bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṁ parinibbuto”ti.“The Blessed One, they say, has totally unbound in Kusinārā.”
Atha kho veṭṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesi:So he sent an envoy to the Kusinārā Mallans:
“bhagavāpi khattiyo ahampismi brāhmaṇo, ahampi arahāmi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgaṁ, ahampi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca karissāmī”ti.
bhagavāpi → bhagavā tu (bj) | ahampismi → ahamasmi (bj, pts) | sarīrānaṁ → sārīrānaṁ (bj) | tu → bhagavāpi (bj: machasaṁ)“The Blessed One was a noble warrior. I am a brahman. I deserve a share of the Blessed One’s bone-relics. I, too, will build a burial mound and hold a ceremony for them.”
Assosuṁ kho pāveyyakā mallā:The Pāvā Mallans heard,
“bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṁ parinibbuto”ti.“The Blessed One, they say, has totally unbound in Kusinārā.”
Atha kho pāveyyakā mallā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ:
dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ bhagavāpi → dūtam pahesuṁ bhagavā pi (pts)So they sent an envoy to the Kusinārā Mallans:
“bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgaṁ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā”ti.
sarīrānaṁ → sārīrānaṁ (bj)“The Blessed One was a noble warrior. We, too, are noble warriors. We deserve a share of the Blessed One’s bone-relics. We, too, will build a burial mound and hold a ceremony for them.”
Evaṁ vutte, kosinārakā mallā te saṅghe gaṇe etadavocuṁ:When this was said, the Kusinārā Mallans said to the groups & factions,
“bhagavā amhākaṁ gāmakkhette parinibbuto, na mayaṁ dassāma bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgan”ti.
sarīrānaṁ → sārīrānaṁ (bj)“The Blessed One totally unbound within the borders of our own town. We will not give up a share of the Blessed One’s bone-relics.”
Evaṁ vutte, doṇo brāhmaṇo te saṅghe gaṇe etadavoca:When this was said, Doṇa the brahman addressed the groups & factions,
“Suṇantu bhonto mama ekavācaṁ, amhāka buddho ahu khantivādo;
ekavācaṁ → ekavākyaṁ (bj, sya-all) | ekavācaṁ amhāka → ekavākyaṁ amhākaṁ (pts) | ekavākyaṁ → vācaṁ (bj: machasaṁ) amhāka → amhākaṁ (pts1ed) | Amhāka → chandānurakkhaṇatthaṁ niggahītalopo (cck note)“Listen, good sirs, to a word from me. our Awakened One was a teacher of forbearance. Na hi sādhu yaṁ uttamapuggalassa, sarīrabhāge siyā sampahāro.
yaṁ → Sdt sādhayaṁ: so K. (pts note) siyā → siya (sya-all) | sarīrabhāge siyā → sarīra bhaṅge siya (pts) | siya → SS siyā. (pts note)It’s not good that there should be combat over the sharing of the relics of the highest person.Sabbeva bhonto sahitā samaggā, sammodamānā karomaṭṭhabhāge;Let us, masters, unite in concord, on friendly terms, and make eight shares. Vitthārikā hontu disāsu thūpā, bahū janā cakkhumato pasannā”ti.
Vitthārikā → St -tā; Sc -ko. (pts note) bahū janā → bahujjano (pts) | pasannāti → pasanno ti (pts) | Bahujjano → K bahū janā. (pts note)Let there be burial mounds in the various directions, many people made confident in the One with Eyes.”
“Tena hi, brāhmaṇa, tvaññeva bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṁ savibhattaṁ vibhajāhī”ti.
sarīrāni → sārīrāni (bj) | savibhattaṁ → suvibhattaṁ (bj, sya-all, pts) | tvaññeva → tvañceva (sya-all) | vibhajāhīti → vibhajāhīti evaṁ bhoti (sya-all) | yeva → K tvañceva. SS tvaññeva. (pts note)“In that case, brahman, you yourself divide the Blessed One’s bone-relics into eight equal shares.”
“Evaṁ, bho”ti kho doṇo brāhmaṇo tesaṁ saṅghānaṁ gaṇānaṁ paṭissutvā bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṁ suvibhattaṁ vibhajitvā te saṅghe gaṇe etadavoca:
sarīrāni → sārīrāni (bj) | paṭissutvā → paṭissuṇitvā (sya-all) | ti → K ‘evaṁ bhoti'; twice. (pts note)Responding, “As you say, good sirs,” to the groups & factions, Doṇa the brahman divided the Blessed One’s bone-relics into eight equal shares and then said to the groups & factions,
“imaṁ me bhonto tumbaṁ dadantu ahampi tumbassa thūpañca mahañca karissāmī”ti.
dadantu ahampi → dentu ahaṁpi (sya-all) | tumbaṁ → kumbhaṁ (pts) | kumbhaṁ → K tumbaṁ, and below. (pts note) | dadantu → K dentu. (pts note)“Good sirs, give me this urn. I will build a burial mound and hold a ceremony for the urn.”
Adaṁsu kho te doṇassa brāhmaṇassa tumbaṁ.
tumbaṁ → kumbhaṁ (pts)They gave him the urn.
Assosuṁ kho pippalivaniyā moriyā:
pippalivaniyā → pipphalivaniyā (sya-all, km, pts1ed) | pippalivaniyā → pipphalivaniyā (pts) | pippalivaniyā → pipphalīvaniyā (bj: syā) | pippalivaniyā → pipphalivaniyā (cck: syā.)Then the Moriyans of Pipphalivana heard,
“bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṁ parinibbuto”ti.“The Blessed One, they say, has totally unbound in Kusinārā.”
Atha kho pippalivaniyā moriyā kosinārakānaṁ mallānaṁ dūtaṁ pāhesuṁ:
atha kho pippalivaniyā → athakho pipphalivaniyā (sya-all) | pippalivaniyā → pipphalivaniyā (pts)So they sent an envoy to the Kusinārā Mallans:
“bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgaṁ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā”ti.
sarīrānaṁ → sārīrānaṁ (bj)“The Blessed One was a noble warrior. We, too, are noble warriors. We deserve a share of the Blessed One’s bone-relics. We, too, will build a burial mound and hold a ceremony for them.”
“Natthi bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgo, vibhattāni bhagavato sarīrāni.
sarīrānaṁ → sārīrānaṁ (bj) | sarīrāni → sārīrāni (bj) | vibhattāni → Scdt vibhatti. (pts note)“There is no (remaining) share of the Blessed One’s bone-relics. They have been divided.
Ito aṅgāraṁ harathā”ti.Take the ashes from here.”
Te tato aṅgāraṁ hariṁsu.
hariṁsu → āhariṁsu (sya-all, km, mr) | hariṁsu → hariṁsu dhātucetiyapūjā (bj) | hariṁsu atha kho → āhariṁsu athakho (sya-all) | hariṁsu → āhariṁsu (bj: syā, kām) | hariṁsu → āhariṁsu (cck: syā. ka.) | hariṁsu → K āhar-. (pts note)They took the ashes from there.
40. Dhātuthūpapūjā
Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto rājagahe bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akāsi.
sarīrānaṁ → sārīrānaṁ (bj)Then King Ajātasattu Vedehiputta of Magadha built a burial mound and held a ceremony for the Blessed One’s relics in Rājagaha.
Vesālikāpi licchavī vesāliyaṁ bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu.
sarīrānaṁ → sārīrānaṁ (bj)The Licchavis of Vesālī built a burial mound and held a ceremony for the Blessed One’s relics in Vesālī.
Kapilavatthuvāsīpi sakyā kapilavatthusmiṁ bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu.
kapilavatthuvāsīpi → kāpilavatthavā pi (bj, sya-all, pts) | sarīrānaṁ → sārīrānaṁ (bj)The Sakyans of Kapilavatthu built a burial mound and held a ceremony for the Blessed One’s relics in Kapilavatthu.
Allakappakāpi bulayo allakappe bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu.
sarīrānaṁ → sārīrānaṁ (bj) | bulayo → thūlayo (sya-all) | Bulayo → K Bhūlayo; Sd Buḷayo (here only). (pts note)The Thulayans of Allakappa built a burial mound and held a ceremony for the Blessed One’s relics in Allakappa.
Rāmagāmakāpi koḷiyā rāmagāme bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu.
rāmagāmakāpi koḷiyā → rāmagāmakā pi koliyā (bj, pts) | sarīrānaṁ → sārīrānaṁ (bj)The Koliyans of Rāmagāma built a burial mound and held a ceremony for the Blessed One’s relics in Rāmagāma.
Veṭṭhadīpakopi brāhmaṇo veṭṭhadīpe bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akāsi.
sarīrānaṁ → sārīrānaṁ (bj)The brahman of Veṭṭha Island built a burial mound and held a ceremony for the Blessed One’s relics on Veṭṭha Island.
Pāveyyakāpi mallā pāvāyaṁ bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu.
sarīrānaṁ → sārīrānaṁ (bj)The Pāvā Mallans built a burial mound and held a ceremony for the Blessed One’s relics in Pāvā.
Kosinārakāpi mallā kusinārāyaṁ bhagavato sarīrānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu.
sarīrānaṁ → sārīrānaṁ (bj)The Kusinārā Mallans built a burial mound and held a ceremony for the Blessed One’s relics in Kusinārā.
Doṇopi brāhmaṇo tumbassa thūpañca mahañca akāsi.
kumbhassa → K tumbassa. (pts note)Doṇa the brahman built a burial mound and held a ceremony for the urn.
Pippalivaniyāpi moriyā pippalivane aṅgārānaṁ thūpañca mahañca akaṁsu.
pippalivaniyāpi → pipphalivaniyāpi (sya-all, pts) | pippalivane → pipphalivane (sya-all, pts)The Moriyans of Pipphalivana built a burial mound and held a ceremony for the embers in Pipphalivana.
Iti aṭṭha sarīrathūpā navamo tumbathūpo dasamo aṅgārathūpo.
aṭṭha → aṭṭh assa (pts) | tumbathūpo → kumbhathūpo (pts) | sarīratthūpā → aṭṭhasarīratthūpānañca (sya-all: sī.) | assa → K omits: (text) aṭṭha sarīratthūpā; (note) aṭṭhasarīatthūpānañca. (pts note)Thus there were eight burial mounds for the bone-relics, a ninth for the urn, and a tenth for the embers.
Evametaṁ bhūtapubbanti.That is how it was in the past.
Aṭṭhadoṇaṁ cakkhumato sarīraṁ, sattadoṇaṁ jambudīpe mahenti;
aṭṭhadoṇaṁ → aṭṭha doṇā (bj) | sarīraṁ → sarīrā (bj) | doṇā → aṭṭhadoṇaṁ cakkhumato sarīraṁ (bj: machasaṁ)Eight portions were the relics of the One with Eyes, the highest, the foremost of men: Ekañca doṇaṁ purisavaruttamassa, rāmagāme nāgarājā maheti.
maheti → mahenti (bj) | maheti ekāhi → mahenti ekā hi (sya-all); mahenti ekā pi (pts)seven honored in Jambudīpa, and one in Rāmagāma honored by kings of the nāgas.Ekāhi dāṭhā tidivehi pūjitā, ekā pana gandhārapure mahīyati;
mahīyati → mahiyyati (sya-all)One tooth the Devas of the Thirty-three worship; one is honored in Gandhārapura; Kāliṅgarañño vijite punekaṁ, ekaṁ pana nāgarājā maheti.
pana → puna (bj, sya-all); ekaṁ puna (pts) | maheti → mahenti (bj, sya-all) | maheti tasseva → mahenti tass eva (pts) | mahenti → See Buddha Vaṁsa 68. (pts note)one in the realm of the king of Kāliṅga; another is honored by kings of the nāgas.Tasseva tejena ayaṁ vasundharā, āyāgaseṭṭhehi mahī alaṅkatā;These, with their splendor, their excellent gifts, embellish this wealth-bearing earth. Evaṁ imaṁ cakkhumato sarīraṁ, susakkataṁ sakkatasakkatehi.Thus the relics of the One with Eyes are honored by those honored by those who are honored.
Devindanāgindanarindapūjito, manussindaseṭṭhehi tatheva pūjito;
devindanāgindanarindapūjito manussindaseṭṭhehi → devindanāgindanarinda pūjito manussaseṭṭhehi (bj) manussindaseṭṭhehi tatheva → manussa seṭṭhehi tath eva (pts)He is worshiped by deva kings, nāga kings, human kings, and likewise is worshiped by the most excellent people. Taṁ vandatha pañjalikā labhitvā, buddho have kappasatehi dullabhoti.
Taṁ vandatha → taṁ taṁ vandatha (sya-all, km) | labhitvā → bhavitvā (bj, pts) | labhitvā buddho → bhavitvā buddhā (sya-all) | taṁ → taṁ taṁ (bj: syā) | vandatha → taṁ taṁ vandatha (cck: syā.) dullabhoti cattālīsa samā → dullabhāti cattāḷīsasamā (sya-all) | Buddho → Sct K Buddhā . . . dullabhā. Comp. v. 23. (pts note) | dullabho → K and Bp add: Cattāḷīsa-samā dantā kesā lomā ca sabbaso, Devā hariṁsu ekekaṁ cakkhavāḷa-param parā ti. (pts note)So pay homage to him, with hands palm-to-palm over the heart, for the Awakened are rarely encountered in the course of one hundred eons.Cattālīsa samā dantā, kesā lomā ca sabbaso; Devā hariṁsu ekekaṁ, cakkavāḷaparamparāti.
Mahāparinibbānasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ tatiyaṁ.
tatiyaṁ → (pts)Mahaparinibbana Sutta The Third Finished.